Audio

313: How To Tell Your Brand Story And Sell More With Michael Jamin

313: How To Tell Your Brand Story And Sell More With Michael Jamin

Today I have my friend Michael Jamin on the show. Michael specializes in creating brand stories for companies and he used the power of storytelling to grow his ecommerce store, Twirly Girl, into a multi-million dollar girl’s clothing brand.

In this episode, you’ll learn how to create an amazing story for your brand to generate sales.

What You’ll Learn

  • What it’s like working as a Hollywood screenwriter
  • Why storytelling is important
  • How Michael and his wife grew their business using powerful stories.
  • A step by step guide to creating your brand story.

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies, they use to grow their businesses. But today on my buddy Michael Jamin on the show and Michael was a speaker at this past year Seller Summit and he has been a Hollywood screenwriter on hit shows like, Just Shoot Me, King of the Hill and Beavis and Butthead and in this episode, he’s going to teach us how to create an amazing story for your brand.

But before we begin, I want to thank PostScript.io for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. I sincerely believe that SMS or text message marketing is going to be a huge channel for my store going forward and I have chosen PostScript.io to be my text provider. Now why PostScript? it’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus and not only is it easy to use but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that it’s priceable too and you only pay for the messages that you actually send. So, head on over to PostScript.io/Steve and try it for free. That’s postscript.io/Steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Now, it’s safe to say that most of us have been doing more online shopping lately. And if you’re an e-commerce brand, that means you might be seeing more first-time customers, but once they made that first purchase, how do you keep them coming back? Well, that’s What Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for e-commerce Brands. It gives you the tools to build your contact list. Send memorable emails automate key messages and more a lot more and that’s why more than 30,000 e-commerce brands like Chubbies Brooklyn and Livingproof use Klaviyo to build a loyal following. Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales enthusiastic word of mouth and less depending on third-party ads. So, whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level Klaviyo can help you grow faster and it is free to get started. Visit Klaviyo.com/mywife to create a free account. That’s Klaviyo.com/mywife. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle. So, you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast today I’m thrilled to have Michael Jamin on the show. Now, Michael is someone who I met at e-commerce feel alive and he is also going to be a speaker at the Seller Summit in May. Now, Michael specializes in creating brand stories for companies. He’s been writing for television since 1996 and his many credits include, Just Shoot Me, King of the Hill, Beavis and Butt-head, Wilfred, Out of Practice, Rules of Engagement, Lopez and Tacoma FD. Now by applying his knowledge of storytelling Michael grew he and his wife’s company Twirly Girl into a multimillion-dollar girls’ clothing brand and today he helps other small businesses do the same through his company cardboard rocket ships and with that welcome to show Michael. How you doing today, man?

Michael: Hey, thank you Steve. I’m good. Thank you.

Steve: So, Michael, you know for all those who don’t know who you are. Give us a quick background story on how you got started with brand storytelling and how you and your wife decided to launch an e-commerce store selling girls’ clothing.

Michael: Yeah. That’s weird. So back in 2007. My wife just wanted to make our daughters we have two little girls just like a special dress for them. Just you know, because just a beautiful special dress like a twirly dress and so she took some classes and she made them in the girls wore them to school and next thing, you know, all the other kids like, “Hey, we want one!” and the parents wanted my wife, you know to sew them and she was like, well sure but she was happy to do it. But you know, she explained that these are… She’s like a lot of fabric the best fabric. It’s the stitching that she uses very high quality. It’s like it’s pretty intensive. It’s not like a regular dress you just going to get, you know, at Macy’s and so it’ll cost more and the parents are like, “That’s no problem.

You know, we want it. We just you know, we see how good it looks so we want it.” So, she started doing that and next thing you know, a local boutique found her and they wanted to order dresses and she’s like, “All right, so she just was sewing them on the dining room table.

Steve: How did that boutique discover her?

Michael: I think the girls were just wearing it outside the mall and like the woman’s like, “Oh my God, I want to see these.” And it was just like that. It was a woman who owned a boutique.

Steve: Oh, wow. Okay.

Michael: I believe that was that’s how it happened. Yeah and then next thing on Nordstrom was expressing interest and like it just kind of exploded and so at that point you could no longer sew ‘em on the dining room table, you know, she had a higher… We hired local sewers and contractors in LA…

Steve: In the garment district? Or?

Michael: And so, most of our in the Garment District, Yeah. Or close by. And so yeah, then it was like, “Well, why don’t you put them online and so… We… You know made a website and then in those… Like we really had no idea how to do any of this online. I mean just none and so all the first two websites were like terrible and you know, but the orders were still coming in and so, you know, it’s a learning curve.

Steve: What were the orders coming in from?

Michael: You know, it wasn’t a lot it was… You built the site and then it was just basically SEO or people hearing about it and just you know, we had labels on addresses and so people would see here the labels easy to label and they place an order.

Steve: Okay, so it was mainly word of mouth in the very beginning?

Michael: And it wasn’t a ton of business. We weren’t really advertising then.

Steve: Okay. You mentioned SEO I would imagine ranking for dress related terms is really difficult right?

Michael: It’s impossible. The only thing we ranked first on is twirly dresses.

Steve: What is it totally dress? I’m just kind of curious.

Michael: You know, it’s when you spin around the dress kind of flares out. It’s got a full circle skirt. So dreadfully flares out and you know creates like a hoop…

Steve: Oh, yeah. Okay. I know what you’re talking about. I have a little girl that’s why I’m asking. Maybe I’ll get one after this.

Michael: Yeah. Yeah, we’ll set you up.

Steve: So, validating your niche just kind of came naturally right? People just love the dresses. It’s not like you intentionally decided to start a business doing this in the very beginning…

Michael: Right and the dresses are there higher price because they’re made in America. So, some people have a lot of reluctance to buy that much on a dress and you know, we kind of explained that in the branding it’s like, “Well, these aren’t dresses really they’re happy childhood memories. There’s a difference. It’s going to cost you more…”

Steve: How much are we talking about here for a dress?

Michael: Well, so most of our dresses are reversible. So, it’s literally two dresses in one that are kind of like sewn together. And so that range it’s like… It could be like $84-ish in that area.

Steve: So, it’s not outrageous…

Michael: It’s not when you consider like, you know high quality dress like that you buy at a mall might be like in the 40’s. So, you know but that’s not reversible. So, it costs twice as much but people still freak out. I mean, they’re like, “This is not a ten-dollar dress that I can get at Walmart.” Yeah, right, but the quality, you know, you came here compare, so you have to… I had to learn really because I… You know, I just wanted to help out so I started doing the marketing. I really had to learn how to sell something and express why it would cost more and why you shouldn’t be looking at the numbers? Why you shouldn’t be looking at price?

Steve: Can I get an idea of like the designs are they completely unique? Like is your wife designing all of them?

Michael: Yeah. Yeah.

Steve: Okay. So how does how does she do it? What’s your process?

Michael: Well, some of the just it’s weird like we have I think we own three or four or more trade dress design. So, it’s very hard to get a trade dress from the government saying that this is you can’t you know patent it most that’s you know, because the dress is a dress. It’s hard to get that so we have a few of them because as the designs are so unique and original. So that’s kind of like a patented back. Like wow, you got a trade dress…

Steve: So, no one can copy the dress design?

Michael: Specifically, yeah, they have to be they would have to make significant changes to the design. It doesn’t mean it doesn’t happen. People… You know, you just have to enforce it. But, if you’ve got a twirly girl shop, you’d see all the designs.

Steve: So, given that in the beginning it was word of mouth. But once you go online, you know, you’re trying to convince total strangers who can’t really touch and feel this dress before they buy and as you mentioned before $84 is on the high side, like we’ve spent like 50 bucks for our girl’s dresses. So, I guess 84 is a little bit on the high side. So, how did Twirly Girl generate most of its sales once you started, I guess marketing to total strangers who couldn’t actually touch the product.

Michael: Right. And by the way, they’re made in America so that, right there the labour…

Steve: That’s true. Right.

Michael: So, you use that as a selling point, you know made in… Because like right now it’s so interesting back in the 90s half of all the clothing sold in this country was made in America half and now it’s less than 2%. So it’s like a novelty. It’s like wow, I mean, there’s just no industry anymore here. So, when you explain it like that they go, “Okay, I get why it costs more.” and then I really sell the values about you know, what we’re about and I sell… I basically learned this from our customers. They would say, “Wow. I remember having a dress like this when I was little my mother sewed it.” And after hearing that over and over again I picked up on I was like, okay these aren’t dresses.

It’s their happy childhood memories and then once I started selling… Once I started telling that particular story things kind of change, they go, you know, you’re right. You can’t express the how soft it is in the website. You can even mention… Maybe you can put made in America everywhere. People are going to see it. So, in the marketing is all about telling happy childhood memories and I tell that over and over again and then people get it. They finally, you know…

Steve: So, before we get into like the guts of the storytelling, I am just kind of curious. How come you don’t have these dresses made overseas? Where you could lower your price and reduce that one barrier to purchase.

Michael: Well, there is a certain amount of appeal to buying made in USA. It’s a lot of people really like that. But also, we make everything in such limited quantities, you know, that’s just how my wife wants to do it. Small runs that we’re constantly changing, so that the inventory is always fresh. So if you were to… If you would make it overseas you really have to make a huge… A large quantity and it would have to be three versions instead of 30 because you know you just have… And then at the end of the season you’d have to mark everything down by half to liquidate to move, to make room for the next season. It doesn’t make any sense because it’s not like these dresses go out of style.

That’s just the way the everyone else is doing and I think everyone else is playing in the dark ages because that’s just how it’s always been done.

Steve: So, they don’t go out of style then. Can you just sell the same design season after season? Is that what you guys do?

Michael: Yeah, we don’t mark it down…

Steve: Right that implies that you could get it from overseas, then right?

Michael: But I would have to order in such large quantities and I wouldn’t have the same variety that I have now. So that’s a real barrier for me. It’s like, you know, it’s like you go on our website now and you all look at all these, all the varieties that can get and you couldn’t do that now. if I had to do it overseas and then there’s the issue of, if something comes to you with a flaw in it, and that happens. You know, now you’re spending another six weeks sending it back to get fixed and never mind. If I were making in China now, I’d be out of business because nothing’s coming from there now.

Steve: Right? Well factories are starting to open up now. But yeah, yeah, I get you’re getting at, yeah. It’s a huge house. So, I was just wondering like if you had some bestsellers that always sell out, you could in fact get that one design mass-produced somewhere.

Michael: I could but then I wouldn’t have any variety. I would have like, you know a thousand of one dress and then what if someone doesn’t like it or what if you know, but now they can come to the website and it’s like a candy shop. You’ll see all these different colors and sizes and everything and that’s part of the appeal is that you’re getting like kind of a… We sell everything and everything is numbered like a work of art, so you’re getting dressed number 40 out of 56 or whatever.

Steve: So, you mentioned that the message that really resonated with your customers was you know, childhood memories. How did you come up with that?

Michael: Well, that was that was my… I was me, listening to my customers. They would say that. I would listen, watch the you know, the comments on Facebook or the reviews they’d leave and then over and over I started hearing. I think it’s oh… Okay because you know, I didn’t grow up wearing dresses. So, and you know my wife she didn’t have a happy childhood, so she didn’t wear dresses either growing up. It was something that was lacking for her, but she made it for our daughters so that they could experience this and it all kind of came together.

T’was like, okay. This is a memory that you know, kids grow up so fast, so they have this, you know up until like 12 or so and then girls suddenly change. They want to be you know, sophisticated, they want to wear a black and they want to you know, that childhood thing is over so quick. So, but it’s always just a memory of you know that a lot of these girls have…

Steve: And how do you turn that into I guess a story and how do you convey that to the customer?

Michael: Constantly. So, one thing I talk about is when you have a message, you have to say it seven times before someone hears it. It just doesn’t really, you know doesn’t resonate. So, for example, if you’re going to see a movie, you maybe you’ll see you know, someone mentioned the movie the title of a movie and they go, “Oh, yeah, I want to see that.” And then you’ll see a trailer for you. “Oh that looks good.” But then you after that you forgotten all about the movie and then you’ll see a billboard. “Oh, right. I want to go see that movie.” and then you’ll forget and you see a guy on a talk show and it really seven times before It occurs to you like, “Oh right. I want to go see this movie.” And so, it’s the same thing with branding you have to tell whatever story you’re telling. It’s like seven times in various ways before they finally get it. So, on our advertising on Facebook, you know, I’ll say more than a dress. It’s a happy childhood memory or I’ll say something about dresses for girl… That girls remember forever and I’ll put that everywhere. I’ll put it you know in an e-mail. I’ll talk about, you know a memory, I’ll talk about…

I’ll feature a girl, you know, and their story or in my advertising, everything is a happy childhood memory. So, it’s over and over again and I get it all the time. I’ll see the comments that people leave on our on our site or on Facebook and like and they just talk about, “Yeah, it is a memory. I remember my dressing, you know, I want to get that from my child or my granddaughter”

Steve: Does Twirly Girl generate most of its sales from Facebook?

Michael: Yeah. Yeah.

Steve: Okay. So, can we talk about I guess the types of ads that you’re running? Are they video ads? Are the image ads? Like when you’re telling this story, what is like your top of funnel look like?

Michael: Well I described It as an ecosystem. So if I show a static image ad, and that’s what I’m doing a lot of that right now where I just show just a flat address and saying here it is and you know, then I’ll retarget that with either a video ad, I have number different videos just like a video of a girl twirling in the dress so you can see the motion or I’ll retarget that one from one of my longer I do these ads that’re like three minutes long which are all funny and it’s about kind of like going down the rabbit hole so that very creative and fun like that. So, if I have to do both. I it’s you know, if I’m doing just a static image, then every target with these videos. If I just do the video, we’re talking about the tagging images. All works together.

Because part of my problem is that, you know, so little girls don’t have credit cards, so they don’t buy it themselves, right? So, your marketing for moms and grandmothers and so even if they want to buy today, they’re not going to because they got to find out there’s girls’ favorite size if every color or size or whatever so you have to kind of hit them. Keep on hitting them before they make a purchase.

Steve: Interesting. So with your Facebook ads then it because I’ve seen some of these videos and it’s really hard to convey a video in a podcast but I will actually post one of your videos in the show notes for this episode, but do you lead with the video or do you lead with the image? Like what is the strategy there?

Michael: Currently, I’m leading with the image and then the follow-up the video but last year I did the opposite so…

Steve: And is there a reason for that? I was just kind of curious because those videos are really good. They’re really convincing.

Michael: Yeah, there’s it just depends what’s working if they are, if my body is gets saturated by something that I kind of switch to the next thing.

Steve: So what I was hoping to do today, Michael was like you have this brand Twirly Girl that you’ve found this store that you can tell over and over and over again, but the problem is a lot of people out there that are selling like mundane products. Like I don’t know like, Office Products or jewelry or what-not. Stuff that might not… People might not think that they have a good hook for people to buy. So I know you kind of teach this and you have this formula for coming up with a story and I was hoping we kind of walk through that with just some example of someone selling something boring.

Michael: Yeah. Yeah, there’s a good… Okay that’s perfect. I just took on this is client home kind of consulting for. And he said, “Yeah my products a little boring. So, I don’t know if you’re going to go to help me. What do you sell?” He said. Well, it’s basically name tags for he makes them for businesses and you know, just name tags and I go well that’s not boring. That’s like the best thing ever because… What’s everyone’s favorite word in the English language is their name, people love hearing their name. It’s like if you say your name, these electrodes light up in your brain. I mean it. We’re conditioned to like and that’s why people desire fame they want other people to know their names.

So, I was like, you’re not selling name tags, you’re selling recognition and your selling recognition in every sense of the word. If you’re important enough to have a name tag, what does that say about you? A nametag could open a conversation with someone, with a customer. And so, I think that kind of opened his eyes and was like, oh he’s like, “Wow. I’m selling name tags, you know, it’s I really believe it applies to every. I’m sure there’s an exception to the rule but, I haven’t met that person.

Steve: Well, let’s go with these this name tag example here. So that’s great. You tell me that it’s all about name recognition. Like what do I do with that information?

Michael: Well for him, that’s kind of what we’re mapping out. I don’t want to go to…

Steve: Ohh you don’t want to use that… Cause’ I probably know who you’re talking about. Actually. It’s probably a mutual friend of ours at ECF. I’m guessing.

Michael: I don’t think so. But he did learn that he did hear from me through somebody ECF so I don’t know.

Steve: So I mean, can we just pick a boring example, let’s say I’m selling staplers. Hehe.

Michael: Okay. Well stay put well, you’re probably selling I guess office supply office supplies. So you’re selling you know, I guess what you’re probably selling is productivity and an organization and so you’re selling something more emotional than just a stupid stapler and a stapler is probably let’s say a stapler probably the first thing you get when you set up your shop. I mean, you got to get you know, you’re sitting at your desk. What do I need? I need a pen a stapler. It’s you know, it’s like the basics. If that were a good example, you know, I think that’s kind of what you’re selling is.

Steve: Or let’s uhm… I’m trying to think of a good sample we can go with like so when you’re creating these videos to tell your story, are you not focusing on the product anymore then? Are you just literally just telling the story?

Michael: I’m focusing on what on what they want the brand to be. I don’t think people like products are boring. Like apple doesn’t so like if someone says they like apple they don’t say, “Oh, I love the Apple iPhone 4S.” They go, “I love Apple.” You know, that’s what they talk about. The brand. They don’t talk about the product. And so, I think that’s what distinguishes brand, you know a good brand from a from a boring brand is that is the overall story that they’re selling, not just the products. Because products, everyone has you know, you can get that product somewhere else. But if you’re selling your brand then that product you can look that product through the brand so like an example, I use them back in the 80s. You remember… Well, I mean…

Steve: I’m a child of the 80s.

Michael: Do you remember Izod Lacoste?

Steve: Of course! Alligators shirts?

Michael: Yeah, right. Exactly. So, everyone preppy was the thing back then, right? Everyone had to wear these great the green or the pink Izod Lacoste right? Because that preppy. There were, the Izod was selling prep, which was having money and wealth in going yachting. And you know, that’s what they were saying this lifestyle, there’s rich lifestyle and so you had to have the shirt with the alligator on it. But pretty soon, they were being knocked off by Le Tigre. Remember them?

Steve: I don’t know. I don’t even know if I had genuine alligator shirts, actually. To be honest with you. Haha.

Michael: Well the knock off was Le Tigre. And so, it was the same exact shirt, but it had a tiger on it. Okay, and it sold that much less because that’s a knockoff but it’s kind of defeated the point. Like if you were rich or want to pretend, you’re rich you’d spend the extra $15 on this shirt because that’s what their shirt represented. It was the alligator you were buying you weren’t buying the shirt; you’re buying the alligator.

Steve: So, I understand that but how do you get to that point? So if we want to go with the productivity example, we just alluded to earlier, what sort of like… How would you tell that story?

Michael: Of the stapler guy? Well, I guess I would want to know that’s why it’s…

Steve: I guess what’s the process like I’m not asking you just come up with it. But like how do you think about it? So, you already came up with this hook so it sounds like you need to come up some sort of hook that that trigger something emotionally. Right?

Michael: Right. I would find out why that person got into that business. I’d ask me the first question and they’ll say well it was just a stupid business. I found like a no, it’s not as to why did you choose that one?

Steve: Well, let’s say this person says, oh I use jungle scout and I found that it was a good product that with little demand and that’s why I started it.

Michael: Okay, but why did you… Okay. What were you doing before you became an entrepreneur?

Steve: Let’s say I was a customer service agent.

Michael: And then what was wrong with that?

Steve: Bored at work.

Michael: Okay. Right? And so, and what are your reward and what else you probably weren’t making a lot of money…

Steve: Weren’t making a lot of money. I didn’t enjoy talking to people who are angry and complained about their products.

Michael: There you go. Okay. So, then you decided to open up your own business and you knew then that you weren’t going to have… You don’t have a business where people were angry and compelling about their products. You want to help them and help them get their own businesses off the ground because that was exciting and not boring to you. So, there’s the passion behind what your product is. You could be selling, you know, it doesn’t matter whether you’re selling staplers or pencils or whatever it is. You’re talking about the passion that you the reason why you got into this business and the reason why you’re going to be trustworthy and why someone wants to purchase from you. Because you know, you’re not going to be that kind of the guy who’s….

Who has something of an awful product with poor service, you already did that for a living and you know, how awful that is?

Steve: Interesting. So, what you are suggesting actually is essentially like an origin story?

Michael: Yeah. Yeah and in that if that’s the story like if you have a product that isn’t sexy like staplers. Well then fine, let’s talk about you and talk about why you’re the one selling staplers and why I should trust you because I could buy stapler and staple it from anybody. But if I like you and I trust you and I understand why you got into the business now. I trust you, right? That’s the first step.

Steve: So, I would imagine putting together a short video that kind of talks about your story and putting that on your about page, but would you suggest using that in your advertisements as well?

Michael: Well, I draw, you know, I think the most valuable… The three most valuable things you can get when someone comes to your website, of course, there’s a purchase. Second to that is getting their email so you can you know, if they don’t buy so you can purchase later and the third is getting them to your “about us” page so that they can learn about you. So yeah, you could put a video there or you could you know, you could just type it out or you can make that the first or the second of your email campaigns or that story. I’m not sure I would open unless you can do it in a funny way and it can be done like Dollar Shave Club, they were selling… You know, there’s boring razors, but that guy is so… He creates a great commercial so you’d have to really know how to make a dynamic commercial to do that.

Steve: Well, so let’s talk about Twirly Girl. How do you guys do it?

Michael: So, it’s funny because the reason why I called my side business cardboard rocket ships. It’s because I wanted the second commercial, we made was I had my wife stepped out of a cardboard rocket ship and I built that everything in the garage. And your first line is I just returned from Jupiter where we source all for all our fabrics, you know comes out of a rocket and it’s you know, it’s all nonsense because it’s like the brand that we sell is basically, it’s basically Willy Wonka. it’s as if Willy Wonka was a dress company, so it’s a lot of imagination and those are all childhood memories like playing with rocket ships and make believe and all that fun stuff.

So yeah, so that’s how we did it for her just you know step in and that it grabs you like what you came out of a rocket ship and everyone knows it’s made up. And it looks like it’s it looks like a guy built in his garage, which is fine. That’s how kids do make believe they don’t, you know, they built stuff themselves, you know with cardboard boxes.

Steve: So video which I’ve seen by the way, which is excellent. Are you putting that on your about page or how you getting people to actually watch that video?

Michael: That one so I have five videos similar to that. You know, like you’re all just as fun and crazy and I got two more coming up. That one I’m running just ads on Facebook and it takes some. That one. Yeah runs on Facebook and it takes them to my home page where you can see the other four videos. Yeah. And so, and if you like that one that get retargeted one of the other videos that are similar to it. So what I get out of that is, you know on my website, you know, even if I get a 3% conversion rate, which is considered pretty good, you know for all the people who are seeing the ad what about the other 97% so that ad is the, that the intention of that ad is to do something with another 97% will never buy because they don’t want to dress, they don’t have a child, they don’t need it, you know. So, to get some value out of those people those ads get shared a ton.

Steve: Oh, because their viral.

Michael: Yeah. I mean it you can’t make something go viral. But if you make something that that doesn’t… That selling something other than a dress, I’m selling imagination, I’m selling, you know a memory then then that has a higher chance of going viral.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wiegler and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price.

Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So, before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon Sellers’ button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

Steve: How do you get the other people to watch the other four videos? You mentioned you have five videos and let’s say someone watches one video and lands on your site. How do you get them to watch the other ones?

Michael: Well there and they want to watch it. I mean, you know…

Steve: Ohh they’re right on the front page on the homepage

Michael: Yeah on the homepage.

Steve: I see.

Michael: But also all retargeted on Facebook. Now just I’ll show them the other ads.

Steve: How does email kind of come into play? Like, how do you how are you grabbing email addresses and getting people to come back?

Michael: So that is the only time I offer a discount and that’s 10% to sign up and that’s the, you know I talk about this a lot as like I don’t believe in discounting my products are competing on price because I’m not something, I’m not selling something anybody else has so I don’t need to mark it down. So, but in order to get somebody to sign up on your email, you do have to offer them something. So, it’s a 10% off coupon and that’s basically all we ever offer. You know, when I send out an email blast once a month or whatever. It’s the same offer 10%.

Steve: And then terms of your autoresponder sequence once someone gets that coupon, I’d imagine there’s more storytelling there. I’m just trying to ask how you structure your email sequence.

Michael: So, for the automated email. So, what okay, every three weeks or four weeks. We send out a blast, you know, here’s our new arrival say 10%. And so those are just regular standard but then for the automation sequence every different email, I’m not trying to sell there. I’m just trying to sell the brand and so I just tell a different story about us. I tell a story about how, why my wife got into the business then I tell a story about how I got into the business and then I have another story where it’s like…

Steve: So, you’re a part of the story not just your wife?

Michael: Well, we have we have there’s multiple stories to tell so I have my own story, she has her story.

Steve: Interesting.

Michael: One day everyone in the office had to go to Atlanta for a trade show. So that left me I had someone had to watch the shop or and fulfill, you know, take care of everything and I was the only one, right? Because everyone was gone. And so, I had this idea of… Okay, I’m going to learn the business from the ground up. I’ll see how it really works and I’ll make things more efficient and you know, that was my arrogance and then as I… It was overwhelming.

I was like, I don’t know, you know, I don’t have do any of this stuff and I learned how to do it and I realized why the in efficiencies in our brand actually are actually will give the product a lot of character and why I couldn’t get rid of all those inefficiencies because that’s what breathes life into it. Like every process was. Oh, I get why we’re doing this now and so I just wrote a story about that. And so, and I…

Steve: That actually sounds like a movie.

Michael: Well wasn’t that dramatic. Hehe.

Steve: Well so it’s like you’re stuck alone running this business and like you’re making a mess of it. Trying to improve upon it and at the end you realize that you know, all these inefficiencies are in place for a reason and that’s what makes the brand special.

Michael: Right yeah. And so, I do, you know, I’m a screenwriter. So, I guess you’re right I come to it from that point of view. But I so, I wrote that and it’s not a long email, you know, I don’t know how many words but it’s a page and people right back on that and they send me notes. “Oh, you did great!” and I think this is like they’re encouraging and stuff. “Hang in there.”

Steve: That’s funny. Okay.

Michael: Yeah, so and that’s just that’s just good engagement. It’s getting people… First it helps you. Your open rate because people want to read your stuff, but also, you’re getting to people just to feel like oh, you’re a person. You’re not just a faceless, you know brand.

Steve: What’s the subject line on these emails? I’m just kind of curious to get people to open.

Michael: Okay. One of them is CEO promoted to mailroom. That one’s called that see how…

Steve: Hahaha. Okay.

Michael: You know and the other ones oh for my wife Story how it was like how a mother what was it called that I’d have to look it up. I was but it was something like by how a mother created a million-dollar business, you know, it’s just interesting and it’s true. It’s kind of how that’s how her origin story is.

Steve: Interesting. It’s got nothing to do with the product. So, I mean this is like a fundamental shift that it’s hard to fathom for people who aren’t used to doing this, right?

Michael: Yeah, and that’s kind of why I walk them through it and help them. But that’s I think that’s the fun part because I think people relate to people they don’t relate to business like big giant brands and when we first started, I was very insecure about that. I was like, well who’s going to buy from us? If they know you’re selling on the sonar dresses on the dining room table. Who’s going to trust us? And so we kind of took out all the personality. We try to make it seem like a big giant brand and that’s like such a mistake. I think that’s what big giant brands, what they do is they opposite they try to make themselves look small and personable and that’s why they hire faces like progressive like they have flow. They give the brand of face even though flow is never going to pick up the phone when you call, they try to make it seem like flow will.

So yeah, it’s really about just you know telling your personal story and if you’re proud of your business and you should be, you should tell your story and I think one of the added benefits is like on days that we are that were slow and I having someone’s got a slow day but will get an email from someone or will get a comment on Facebook and you can like they chose how much they love us and help me know they’re referring their friends to us and they’ll you know, they’ll share. “I love this brand.” “Have you seen these videos?” or whatever and so that’ll pick me up on a good on a bad day. You’re like, okay, we’re doing everything right just calm down. It’s just a slow day don’t panic.

Steve: Others think about my autoresponder sequence right now I have emails where I’m just kind of talking about the products. I’m wondering whether I should just totally replace those with creative stories. Like I enjoy writing those creative story type of emails. I have a couple of in my sequence but a lot of them are really just talking about the product and you know, those are boring. So, what how do you find the balance between product or is it just all story?

Michael: Well for the automation we have you know, I think there’s like we’re constantly adding so I think maybe we have eight or ten different, you know story kind of where I talk about our values and so I don’t like to and then sometimes I’ll give a coupon at the end. Oh, thanks for reading save 10% for you know for your trouble and just you know, again, it’s the same offer.

Steve: But that’s not the point of the email is not to get the coupon, right?

Michael: Yeah. The point is not to sell its just to share. You know and I do think if you give somebody something first and that could be a laugh and emotion or you’re just sharing your vulnerability. If you give them that, they’re likely… They’re more likely to give you something in return which is their business or referral or whatever and so I would try to just mix it up a little bit. I mean that’s kind of the name if the name of your website. It’s the name, you know, you’re talking about your wife.

Steve: Oh, I’m not talking about the blog I’m talking about the store part. The blog is all personal, All-Stars pretty much. Here’s a question that I’m sure you’ve gotten before in the past. What if someone doesn’t want to put themselves out there? Like what if they don’t want to get on camera? What if they don’t want to be a… What if they don’t want to get personal?

Michael: Well, I think well if you don’t want to be on camera, I guess if you wanted to create something. And you hire an actor for example, that’s kind of what the world’s most fast interesting man. You’ve seen that for the commercials and it’s all horseshit but he’s funny right? He’s still you know, how he rides the bull to work every day, you know, and we know he doesn’t ride a bull to work. And so that’s the face of the brand. So, you know, you hire someone and they create, you know, I help brands do this as well. Kind of create a persona so that when you speak to your customer, you’re always speaking to them and that voice that pompous know-it-all adventure man voice which people recognize and they know it’s tongue-in-cheek and that’s the voice of your brand.

That’s fine too. I would still encourage that brand to get a little personal maybe on their “about us” page where there’s just a photo of the owner and why the owner got into it and it’s not like you’re oversharing it’s not like you’re talking about something horribly personal but you’re just giving a little bit. You’re giving a taste of why you’re doing this and the struggles and the obstacles that you faced at that it shouldn’t make anybody to uncomfortable. It really is, you know, it’s not so intimate that sharing, you know horrible secret about yourself.

Steve: That’s interesting your kind of like blurring the lines between like the blog and the store. So, you would suggest talking about some of your pain points and running the business?

Michael: Yeah. We all have those pain points…

Steve: No, we all do it’s just… I really, usually do not see those as part of store emails.

Michael: I would try and see what happens where its worst-case worst that can happen. If someone falls in love with you like no one ever, you know, there’s a great quote by Oscar Wilde whose genius, right? And he said you, “you’d worry less about what about what people thought of you, if you realized how little they did.” and that works on so many… Like it basically means “A” they already think you’re garbage anyway, so what are you worried about which is funny. But I think he really is meanings means to say is like in five seconds later. They’re not going to remember this.

Anyway there, you know, they got their own problems. No one’s really worried about you know, how you come across they have their own issues. So, but if you can share and connect to somebody on a on a personal relationship, I don’t think you’re going to be judged. I think they’re going to say, “oh, yeah. I have the same problem.” You know.

Steve: I’m just thinking about my other storms signature. Wonder if I should lead with, you know, wife quits her job to stay at home with the kids and creates a million-dollar business. As one of the autoresponder sequences for the store. I just never thought of doing that before.

Michael: Well type it up and send it over and I’ll look at it. Hehe.

Steve: Well, okay. So, a lot of this involves creativity. So how do you teach creativity?

Michael: You know, it’s funny. I always someone just asked me like, “oh, well, maybe I should make a module and that’s all I’m going to make a video of that as well my website and it’ll be like a 30-minute of my creative process and it’s not like a you can’t teach someone.

Steve: What can we talk about this process a little bit. I mean I’m curious.

Michael: Yeah. Well, so I think so. I’m a like I said like we talked about I’ve been a sitcom writer for 25 years. So, and I remember I was working at King of the Hill during… On 911 right so that day everyone was stayed home from work, but the next day we had to go back to work and we had to make comedy and no one was in the mood. I promise. No one was in the mood for weeks to say and even funny it was somber like we’re all in morning, but we had to write these scripts and we had to write these funny scenes and it was is almost surreal is like a like, how do we do this when we all just want to sob and so you kind of just relied on our training and which is and is going to be someone would pitch a joke and then the room no one would laugh people go. Yeah.

That’s funny. That’s funny put that in. You know, it was that kind of thing. We rely on your training to kind of make this product. And so that’s kind of how I think about the creative process. It’s really about taking two things that are very ordinary and putting them together. So, a lot of people think creativity is like blue sky and then the sky is the limit we can do anything we want like that doesn’t that makes creativity harder. Creativity is about imposing limits on yourself. And so, for example, if you ever watch the show Project Runway, have you seen that?

Steve: I have my wife watches it.

Michael: Yeah, so like they have different challenges every week. And so, one week it would be one of their challenges these unconventional challenge. So instead of giving people cloth, they’ll say here going to a candy store and use all the candies to candy wrappers or whatever to make clothes out of so it’s unconventional right? So that’s a limit you’re saying make a dress, but you can only use rappers or candy or you know, Red Vines or licorice. So, you’re imposing that limit on yourself and then they come up with the most creative things because oh, wow. I didn’t realize you could use candy that way put it together to make something flowy and beautiful.

And so, it’s the same thing for creativity put a put a rule on yourself saying, “okay. I’m going to have a thank you page or I’m going to send a thank you email but I’m going to say thank you without saying thank you” like but okay try that. Well, maybe you could say gracias or whatever or maybe you could say. I’m indebted to you forever. I’m in an R. I’m naming my child after you but then at that’s how you can get creative on a thank you page is by, how can I say thank you without actually using the word “Thank you.”

Steve: Lemme ask you this. How is all this measurable? Like when you create a brand story and let’s say you change up all the copy and you have these videos. How do you know that It’s actually doing something?

Michael: Yeah. I mean like you can A/B test and I’m not I don’t think when it comes to creativity that’s like the best measure of things is like well which joke is…

Steve: Oh you mentioned like trying out one of these story emails, right? For example, like the one I just described about how my wife quit her job. Do you measure the effectiveness of that email by the amount of sales of brings in? Or the number of people who reply?

Michael: I would measure that by maybe the click rate or the open rate and just compare it to some of your other ones. I do have you know; I do have coupons on those thanks for reading. Here’s Goose coupon so I can measure which emails do better than others, but there’s so many other factors because it’s like well did someone buy from this email because the story’s better or do they buy it just because it was earlier in sequence. Like you just don’t know.

Steve: Right? So, is there a way to find out?

Michael: I don’t know that I don’t really worry myself with that. I just try to tell a lot of different stories and some because you know one story is going to resonate with one person a different way than another one is. So it’s a little apples to oranges to me.

Steve: For the for like your best performing story. Like what is the open rate and click thru on that email? I’m just kind of curious.

Michael: Well, I’d have to look that up

Steve: but it’s is it a significantly higher than average? Like I think the average just like 17% or something like that.

Michael: Yeah. I always shoot. Shoot for an open rate of you know in the low 20s.

Steve: Okay

Michael: so I definitely get that but I wouldn’t get that for a regular email blast. I get that for sure, you know with my story emails. Yeah.

Steve: I guess another good sign of like a really strong brand is repeat business.

Michael: Yeah.

Steve: Do you happen to know on top up your head what your repeat customer it is and with these people are they like opening all of your emails? Are they?

Michael: I get you know, I don’t have it’s fun with I’ve tried to do the numbers on that and it’s just too tricky to I’ve tried you know, it’s sort of like, you know, I’m not a spreadsheet Guy where you know, so I don’t know that but I do know that’s what we hear from our customers and that it’s like so sending, you know, a birthday offer often people buy for birthday. So we get them into our birthday club and that always performs well because you know if they if some if a girl’s birthdays in March chances are they’re going to order in February for a gift. so I said that I remind the people the next year in February. So that always does well because it’s you know, you know at that’s repeat business.

In terms of in terms of how do I know just because I could tell from the comments they leave on our site and on found on our Facebook page, you know I can just tell

Steve: and then this you mentioned earlier this this creative process that you constrain. Can you just share at least something like a framework that you have? What does it mean exactly to constrain or be constrained or constrain the creative process?

Michael: Okay. So for example for the videos and you can go see those videos on our website, you’re on Twirly Girl shop or on cardboard rocket tube. You can see how I do them. So the limits on those videos would be okay. How do I make a commercial that sells and that tell us about our brand and my budget is $1,400. So that’s a limit right there. I’m not going to spend more than that on, you know, so okay is that means I have to buy everything make everything all the props out of cardboard and spray paint. That’s a limit right there. And another limit is okay the brand voice that we use for our brand and you would note. Well, some people have picked up on this is Willy Wonka. I write everything as if we are Willy Wonka and I never reference Willy Wonka.

I never put my wife in a you know in a purple hat and a purple, you know top hat or anything. I don’t steal any lines. I don’t even say Willy Wonka, but I talked to them in that crazy voice. Willy Wonka was a little he was very mid. I’m talking about the Gene Wilder version is very mischievous. He was very and naughty and a little crazy and almost like you got spooky at times but he was like And loves what he Wonka it was magical. And so that’s that’s a limit. Okay. So, how do I write all my dialogue for the for the ad or every time we talked, you know, when I when I do a certain kind of branding email I only talk talk as if I’m channeling that voice. So that’s a limit. You know, I’m not using any one else’s voice. I’m using trying to do it as if through Willy Wonka, so I’m not you know, I’m not referencing Alice in Wonderland. I’m just doing Willy Wonka.

Steve: How did you come up with that? Willy Wonka angle in the first place?

Michael: it just kind of you know, I just love that to me. That’s a happy childhood memory for me. It’s like why do I remember my childhood? So if I can associate Twirly girl with other happy childhood memories like Willy Wonka it all it all kind of fits together.

Steve: It seems like your creative process is always based on your personal experiences. And do you recommend that most people do the same?

Michael: I think so because that’s what makes it authentic like you can’t make that up. So when I had when I tell people to write I’m like just be truthful. no cliches ever ever. Like I hate cliches everyone does and it’s there inauthentic. It’s just that stuff that’s out there and there are cliches in the comedy writing world. We call them we call them clams and that’s a No-No. So like and you hear this all the time on you know, someone would say, oh, I like doing homework said no one ever, like said no one ever is a cliche. It’s a clam right? It’s not your joke. It’s a joke. You’ve heard a thousand times or and someone post on Facebook I know a dog eating a watermelon and then they write this so this period is a cliche it’s not your thought. It’s in the first person who came up with that was a genius after that is just you know, or if someone says I’m switching you to decaf like that.

You’ve heard that a billion times right? It’s just it’s not fresh never use that so this speaks to authenticity when you’re taught when you’re telling your brand your Brand Story refer back to instances and specifics from your childhood because that can’t be made up. And that’s your personal story. That’s what people want to relate to. They don’t want my story. They want, you know your story.

Steve: So Michael we’ve been chatting for about 40 minutes. I kind of want to end this episode with a set of action items. So if you are running a brand and you think that the products are mundane what are set of action items that these people should take?

Michael: well first is I’d figure out like why you why you got into this line of business in the first place. And talk about. Okay what? You’re doing beforehand. And then why are you doing this now? And now I can now I can trust you because I know what you what you really want in life and what your what Your obstacle was getting there. So I’d bring a little bit of your own personality into it.

Steve: I wonder if like you have to embellish that a little bit because some people just say hey, I just want to make money.

Michael: but why do you want to make money? Okay, so well because my you know, I grew up poor and we never had anything and I have kids and I don’t want my kids to grow up poor and I want my kids. I want to give them the best of everything and so I don’t want to have when I was a child. Woke up worried, you know if we’re going to have food that day and I don’t want them to suffer that way. So, okay. So now I get it. So if you say I want to become a billionaire and Rich like we have Beezus. Well, yeah your jerk, but if you talk about why you really what spot underneath it. What’s really driving you that fear? You know that memory that was painful now people are going to root for you.

Steve: When you whenever you say something, it sounds infinitely more interesting.

Michael: Oh I think, that’s my training, right? Yeah, but we all have that but but right we all have that story. just have to know how to access it.

Steve: Do you have any other action items?

Michael: Well, those those the first I mean this this is really for people who I don’t want to know if you’re getting bored with your company or your you know, you’re getting bored with the whole process or you want to pick up sales and you don’t you’re tired of marking things down then this is what this is for. It’s like if you go on you Of a linklater, but you can go and made a free course for people just watch it’s like 25 minutes of how you know how branding creates value and so it’s free to sign up for it and enter your email and I’ll send it to you and it’ll help you learn how to get your first foot forward on this.

Steve: I think really it’s all about getting people to think about different things like prior to talking to you. I never would have thought to talk about our origin story on the actual store Page because in my mind at least everythingin my emails and what not have talked about the products it focuses on the products and what they’re used for in the value propositions, but just by adding an extra layer of story to it people are going to be rooting for the owner as opposed to just any other products

Michael: But they’re also going to know why they can trust you. I think right there like Okay. So this guy selling something why should I believe him? Like, who is he if I know? Okay now I know a little more about you and how you got to where you are today. I’m like well hell I want to be that to I want that too or at least I want a root for you I want Help you in some small way.

Steve: What’s hilarious about this is these are the exact things I do on my blog to sell my courses, but they are not things that I do with the e-commerce store. I just never thought to meld the two together.

Michael: Yeah, I think yeah. Well, I guess you know it sometimes takes an outsider to point it out that off. It’s often the case. I think.

Steve: so Michael tell us where can we find this free course?

Michael: so if you go to cardboardrocketships.com and you know pop-up will come up there and just sign up for the free video and enter your e-mail at cardboardRocketships.com. That’s it.

Steve: Cool. Well, hey Michael. Thanks a lot for coming on the show and I guess opening my mind to different ways to Market my business among the readers to yeah.

Michael: Yeah, and you know, by the way if they sign up and then they’ll get emails as well. And then you can see you could just studied my email even if you’re not interested in using the course, you can study the emails to okay this here’s a guy who’s sending out stories, you know stories each time. He’s telling a different story so that may help you as well.

Steve: Okay. Yeah. Hey Mike. Thanks a lot for coming on the show man.

Michael: Yeah. Thank you for having me. What a pleasure.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now as I mentioned earlier Michael was a speaker at my annual e-commerce conference. And what is cool is that he helped out a number of attendees live on camera established their story Brands right there live. It was awesome. For more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode313.

And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo and try it for free. Once again, that’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo

I also want to thank PostScript.io which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce with a few clicks of a button. You can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at PostScript.io/Steve. That’s Postscript.io/Steve.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

312: Should You Hire An Agency To Run Your Amazon PPC Ads With Edward Ruffin And Jeremy Crowe

312: Should You Hire An Agency To Run Your Amazon PPC Ads With Edward Ruffin And Jeremy Crowe

Today, I’m thrilled to have both Edward Ruffin(PPC Ed) and Jeremy Crowe from Sellers Labs on the show. PPC Ed is in charge of sponsored product ads over at Sellers Labs and Jeremy was my account manager for the PPC ads case study I conducted earlier this year.

In this episode, I provide a realistic account of my experiences having Sellers Labs run my Amazon Ads this past year.

What You’ll Learn

  • When you should use an agency to run your Amazon ads
  • The pros and cons of outsourcing your ads
  • The process Seller Labs uses to onboard their customers

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies, they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have two people on the show with me Ed Ruffin and Jeremy Crowe and these two from several apps actually ran my Amazon PPC account this past year and in this episode we’re going to discuss my experiences and when going with an agency actually makes sense for your ads.

But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Now, it’s safe to say that most of us have been doing more online shopping lately. And if you’re an e-commerce brand, that means you might be seeing more first time customers, but once they made that first purchase, how do you keep them coming back? Well, that’s What Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for e-commerce Brands. It gives you the tools to build your contact list. Send memorable emails automate key messages and more a lot more and that’s why more than 30,000 e-commerce Brands like Chubbies Brooklyn and Livingproof use Klaviyo to build a loyal following. Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales enthusiastic word of mouth and less depending on third-party ads. So whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level Klaviyo can help you grow faster and it is free to get started. Visit Klaviyo.com/mywife to create a free account. That’s Klaviyo.com/mywife. Now on to the show.

Now, I also want to thank PostScript.io for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. I sincerely believe that SMS or text message marketing is going to be a huge channel for my store going forward and I have chosen PostScript.io to be my text provider. Now why PostScript? it’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus and not only is it easy to use but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that it’s priceable too and you only pay for the messages that you actually send. So head on over to PostScript.io/Steve and try it for free. That’s postscript.io/Steve.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle. So you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the my wife quit her job podcast. Today, I’m thrilled to have both Edward Ruffin and Jeremy Crowe from SellerLabs on the show. And Edward or PPC Ed as he likes to be called is in charge of sponsored product ads over at SellerLabs. And he was actually one of the speakers at this year’s seller Summit and I believe the past couple of years, actually. Meanwhile Jeremy was my account manager from when I had SellersLabs run by PPC ads in a case study I conducted earlier this year before this whole covid-19 all hell broke loose. Well we’re going to do today is we are going to Provide a realistic account of my experiences and their experiences dealing with me having them run my Amazon ads this past year.

And why is this? It’s because one of the top questions I get asked is how you can Outsource your ads. If you don’t want to learn it yourself and whether it’s even worth the money and the short answer is that it depends on your account and what your time is worth and in any case welcome Ed and Jeremy how you guys doing today?

Edward: Great. Thank you for having us Steve. It’s always wonderful to talk with you. Before we get started. I just want to say you were a great client. Just have to get that out there, I loved working with you. I was not paid to say this but I enjoyed working with you was phenomenal.

Jeremy: Yeah. Thank you for having us. It really was. It really was awesome. We definitely dealt with a lot through the years and you know, it was a great experience and we got to I think we learned a lot of stuff along the way too and I’m really excited to just kind of talk a little bit more about that was a little more in depth just kind of dive into your account man.

Steve: Cool, man. Yeah. I mean most people in the audience know PPC Ed are already because On the show I think twice before but Jeremy give us the quick intro on who you are and how you arrived at SellerLabs handling my account?

Jeremy: Yeah, so so I’ve been with SellerLabs for the for about three years now and during that time I’ve been able to I’ve been able to work with hundreds of clients and just kind of trying to figure out the whole world of navigating advertising with Amazon. And so whenever you know, we it was presented that we were going to be working on your account. I definitely wanted to do that. You know, I’ve been following, you know the things that you had and Sellers Summit for a while too. So I was really excited to get that opportunity and start trying to figure out you know, what could we do for your account? And how can we provide value moving forward.

Steve: and what are you doing PPC for like for like the past three years over SellerLabs?

Jeremy: Yeah, so I actually started out and support their and then over a while. I realized how much I wanted to get, you know deeper into Amazon and in that wanted to really just dive straight head on into advertising and working right next to Ed. It was always a great opportunity to learn more anyways, and then so once I started getting more into advertising I realized how much I wanted to sell to so I ended up actually becoming a brand owner myself. And now it’s just that Voyage to learn more, you know, as we keep going through this just what all can I know about Amazon it’s really become addictive. So

Steve: so you’re becoming another PPC Ed that’s kind of scary. Alrighty fellows. So I’m gonna ask you guys to try not to be biased here and from your perspective. Why would someone want to use an agency to run your ads and more importantly, when would you want to avoid using an agency?

Ed: And this is actually a question that we’re asked directly during the actual first engagement process where our onboarding team is first talking with someone that’s looking to kind of play the field and see if they should use an agency or if they should just do it themselves. The biggest thing that I say people look for is to really save time, you know, you could have a full understanding of PPC and know how to I would but then you have to ask yourself. Do I have time to dedicate like multiple hours every week to actually run the PPC myself while you know, making it more efficient and gaining more cells through advertising.

So I think the first thing is time, you know, if you don’t have the time to really dedicate to your accounts on a weekly basis on a normal Cadence, I should say an agency is a good way to go, you know, someone like us like the managed Services team at SellersLabs can help you out there time is really Lee it’s very valuable you can use that time elsewhere to develop your brand introducing more products or focus on your inventory or other, you know, like Avenues of your whole entire business instead. So a lot of people come to us because they just don’t have the time for it and they want to use that time for other areas of their business instead.

That’s a big one. And another big one is really just the understanding, you know, PPC on Amazon is nowhere near what it was what your me like two years ago even last year. It’s Ominously

Jeremy: Even since we started working on your account. I feel like they just keep adding stuff to it.

Steve: They do. I know.

Jeremy: any time. I mean outside of even just you know finding time. I think the other element to think about when going to an agency is odds are we’ve worked with the product that somewhere similar to what you could be selling. I’m not going to say everything but if it’s not me personally, it’s some of the other account managers that we have we work with a lot of type of products since we started this, you know, really taking on Advertising for people and that gives us a little more time to keep testing stuff. So we’re always trying out new things and you know, that’s a if you don’t have time that’s one thing but you know also having someone there to try to figure out the small wins along the way I think that’s where you can really get the added value.

Steve: All right. So let’s say you have time and who’s not your ideal customer. Let’s just put it that way.

Ed: Yeah, I mean a lot of times I do look for people that are you know willing to spend a little bit more and advertising and it can actually justify the cost of our services if you have someone who’s only spending like $100 a month on advertising that’s not really our ideal client. Yes, they of course they can get there but they’re just not really going to make the money back and that they’re spending on our services necessarily because they’re not spending as much on their advertising. They’re not seeing a large increase in sales or anything of that nature.

So for the smaller clients You know, we can still work with them, but we only work with them if they’re willing to grow if they’re willing to spend more over time. Of course, if it’s Justified, we want to see a return and advertising was see desirable a costs and Tacos as well so we can work with them if they’re willing to grow but for those that are just like, you know, really at the beginning stages where they can’t spend any money. They’re not really willing to adjust the spin that’s going into the advertising then maybe best starting off with our tools through SellerLabs Pro which includes ignite and try to do it themselves to begin with. To scale up that advertising to get it to a place where they can see growth going forward and they can get that stand up a little bit.

Steve: What would you say your minimums are?

Ed: Generally just like 2,000 a month maybe approximately.

Jeremy: I would say that that’s a great start only because one thing especially with account management what I have to constantly be thinking about is my only goal is I have to keep trying to find things and find ways to make happy clients, you know, if we if you’re not happy then odds are you’re there’s something going on with the return we’re not doing something we need to and sometimes that is limited by what we actually can do but when it comes to actually spend and how much you’re willing to put forward we’ve got to think about how much can we use to make sure that the cost of our service actually is actually going to make sense for you because if that’s the case, you know, three months down the road you’re not going to you’re not going to be as happy as someone who is who had the budget and have the time to be able to put back into that.

So I would say that’s not a bad a bad place to say but it’s something where when it comes to adjustments and it comes to how we do things at seller Labs. We always want to be trying to find ways to increase revenue and only scale spin that makes sense for that. So it’s all about growth for us.

Steve: I’m pretty sure that the way you guys treated me was like a typical customer and I remember going through a bunch of calls with you guys to kind of figure out what the strategy is. What is your vetting process look like to see if it’s even a good fit like I know for me like you Guys looked at my account you said, Okay. Yeah, we can definitely boost traffic and whatnot. But do you do that with everybody? Like do you go through their account first and just make sure that you can improve it.

Ed: Yeah. I mean, it’s we have a full in a Salesteam. Of course just like any other organization and they’re incredible. They’re really awesome at really talking to these potential clients to find out first of all what they want. They come to verses say, well, what are you looking for in advertising? Are you looking to get more growth? Like are you having trouble? Why are you Reaching out to us or why have we reached out to you and we can talk with them about you know, the kind of like what they’re doing currently with their PPC. We have something that’s you know, a campaign analysis tool that we use as well which shows like, you know, data over a 60 day period and gives us like a snapshot on their account and that allows us to really see where the winds can be where things are going great and we can get people that everything looks phenomenal and we’re like, hey like this looks great.

I don’t think you need to restructure but Maybe you want to save time and just take this off your plates. Then they may be a good candidate then. But those campaign analysis tools are wonderful. We do this for a lot of our potential clients just to get a snapshot most of the time. We don’t actually dive into the account more in-depth and so they’ve actually considered, you know signing on as a client with us, but that is something even all have multiple calls with someone who’s just thinking about it so I can learn more about what they’re looking for and see if they’re a good fit or not. See if this actually makes sense for them because if it doesn’t make sense, I don’t want to sign you because I want you to be happy just like Jeremy said with our services want you to see a return and see winds along the way for the student issue 3 months with us.

Steve: Yeah, and to be just completely transparent here. Like I’m not used to using any agencies ever and I’ve actually heard a lot of horror stories where agencies hire cheap labor from like the Philippines or some other third world country have them run your ads while they’re kind of learning meanwhile like the front man performs all the sales and just from my perspective at least and I’m pretty sure some of you guys Listening are they put you guys probably feel the same way that I do. The reason I was willing to give these guys a try because I’ve known Jeff Cohen and PPC Ed for over five years now and I trust these guys. I personally probably would not have tried this otherwise and it was it was good to know. I think Jeremy when we first got on the phone, I was like, hey, man, are you in the US?

Jeremy: that’s what we strive for. I mean, like even when I found this know back in the day a big thing that we push for especially at SellerLabs, and of course amended Services team is complete transparency I strive for it. That’s why I love working with Jeremy dream is like my right-hand man. I have many of those people actually on our teams are two Stellar but I want us to be transparent. We’re like, you can actually ask them be like, yeah, I’m here in Athens, Georgia. Like I’m here. We have teammates all over the United States and we’re doing great. We’re loving it. We’re growing it, but it’s a really we put so much time into our initial training with our team members. I never want someone to come on and in the first week were like Hey, we’re going to get you 15 clients.

It’s more along the lines of hey for the first to know four weeks or so. You’re going to be learning you’re going to be shadowing you’re going to be on calls going to be doing the optimization process. You’re going to get your hands dirty and you’re going to learn everything from the ground up. And then once you feel comfortable, you’re ready to step in. We’ll start getting you to do some, you know, some calls together with some other people. So I take pride in our training operation because we built it out over the past three years really made it something that’s awesome. And I think other organizations just don’t have Because they just kind of like you said they can get cheap labor and they say okay now work on this account and it’s actually a live account for client and their learning and breaking things along the way whereas we’re like don’t touch anything yet. So you’re sure what you’re doing and you’ve got that training under your belt.

Steve: Yeah Jeremy if you are from like India or China your accent is great. Just want to say that.

Jeremy: Yeah, yeah.

Steve: so let’s talk about like this whole onboarding sequence first now, I know when I was speaking with Jeremy and Ed we discussed strategy first and my personal goal was to increase profit like overall dollars at the expense of a cost and get more sales and I’m just kind of wondering what are some of the common scenarios for your clients.

Ed: Yeah. This is kind of what my job is as an account director. I’m kind of like the first one that says hey, what are your goals? And what do you want to gain from this engagement that we have together? It really just depends on what you’re looking for, you know, a lot of them come to us. Just looking to make things more efficient where they’re actually saying we’re profitability just like you were talking about Or the looking to just increase traffic and traction on Amazon. They’re trying to get more sales you’re trying to get in front of more people looking for more brand awareness. And those are some of my favorites to work with because I love helping to build a brand on Amazon to some of my favorite things in the world.

Steve: For those guys like do they care about profitability at all, or they literally just going for straight sales.

Ed: It depends on the category lot of times for instance. If someone has a supplement like brand of the trying to build they know they’re going in at a loss A lot of times because it’s just about the initial sales. And having returned sales after that. So most of the time the people that are building a brand that I usually work with they’re trying to do it efficiently because they don’t want to you know, go negative right off the gate so it’s not just scaling it over time. But also like we step in to help them out with other things like, you know talking about their A+ content talking about their stores that they want to do it out getting sponsored brand ad’s going up.

So everything that deals with the brand we’re helping out with that to we’re not just saying hey, we’re gonna run some ads if you need anything call us. Otherwise, we’ll be in the background. We’re fully engaged with these Brands to say hey, this store looks great. But here’s some notes that I have or someone doesn’t have a store we can say. Hey, we actually can build a store for you. That’s an extra service that we offer. We can take this off your plate all together. So it just depends like we get a lot of different scenarios. I have some clients right now that came to us and they were only spending about two hundred dollars in the first month.

But they’re looking to spend more as long as its profitable. So it’s just about us really taking a clean approach. Ouch with the advertising starting off, you know a little more conservative to begin with. So we’re not blowing out the stand immediately and selling it upwards as we see the return coming back from the ads that we make for them.

Steve: And I know for me it was a typical client. I don’t know just wanted to get more profit and sales at the expenses.

Ed: You were anything but typical let me tell you that

Steve: All right Ed

Ed: No, I mean that is one of the main goals, and Jeremy can back me up on this. Everybody are looking to maximize efficiency while gaining more sales over time, but knowing in the initial stages, there may be an increase on the a cost because we’re trying out a new strategy and doing a restructure on the account.

Jeremy: I think what was different too and I love to take that you want it is really, you know, we ended up on a on a very year-over-year was our ongoing goal? You know, that was the one thing we wanted to look at and unfortunately past month or two year over year is a pretty sketchy place to look at by the time we were were working on that that was really cool for us to use that as a benchmark move forward, you know, not that’s not always the goal. Some people have brand awareness. They just want to try to to push things as hard as I can but they’ve always got something set up that they want to do conservatively or that’s that’s how we always like to take it.

We know some things some strategy involves a high brand awareness strategy and some things just we need to make sure that we’re more conservative. Maybe it’s only parts of the catalog but we really leave that up to the starting point being Ed, Or one of our account directors trying to figure out what is what is it? They’re really looking for there.

Steve: So I know you guys didn’t really touch my listings but is that something that you guys do also so let’s say some guys listing looks kind of bad or they’re not using enhanced brand content. Is that something that you’ll fix for them or do you give them suggestions and have them fix it?

Ed: It goes both ways. You know, like I said going back to being overly transparent if your listings are terrible. I’m going to tell you they’re terrible, but I’m going to be nice about it. I’m going to say hey, why don’t you have a seat just make sure you’re sitting down before I tell you this make sure everything’s okay. Your listings are terrible

Steve: First, You’re going to say. Hey Steve, you’re the best client that we’ve ever had but your listing suck.

Ed: It’s just because I want them to know like it’s coming from a good place. I’m telling them this because I want them to succeed. I sound like someone’s parent. Like I’m like, I only want the best for you, but it’s like but it’s We’re actually doing quite a bit of those right now. But also if it’s just a listen, I need some tweaks. It may not necessarily need our service to optimize it for you. We’ll just give you feedback and say hey maybe add more to this bullet point or take out some of these terms in your title or you know, your images that you have they could be arranged in this way or maybe you need more images and more lifestyle images or your back in key words are not there fill those out.

So what would just get feedback like that if it is something where it’s a lot of information at once Hotel? All them kind of what we see and then we’ll say, you know, we can also just do this for you. I know that’s a lot that I just threw at you we can take this off your plate and we can do the listing we can also do some 8 + content as well. But it just really depends on what needs to be done. Like I’m never going to sell someone a listing optimization if it’s just like hey, this bullet points terrible is that just not worth it.

Jeremy: I think sometimes to this isn’t something that’s uncovered until after we’ve started to so we’ll start going through advertising and we’re starting to run things and test things and then over time. We just see that things aren’t converting the way w want to and we start looking into why that is and we get back to sessions and unit sessions percentages and we start looking through these listings and realizing there’s a lot that can be done. And then we’ve got to have that conversation to say, you know, we just want to let you know once again want to sit down and talk to you about what we’re seeing just so you know that it could be an issue and then make that decision of is it something that you are able to let us take off, take off the plate for you or is it something that you just want us to give good feedback because we really will do both. We do at the end of the day your success is is what’s going to keep you working with us. So we want that as much as you want that.

Steve: so I know like from teaching my class that when someone can’t get their Amazon ads to work. I would say like over 80% of the time it’s the listing and not necessarily the ads. So that’s why I asked that question.

Ed: Yeah. I mean that’s huge. Like the listing is the foundation you can advertise anything in the world, but if it doesn’t look good and it’s not presentable. It’s just not going to sell that that applies to retell that. Ice two houses that applies to anything. So if you have a good foundation and presentation of your product before you can advertise it

Steve: what are some of your guidelines in terms of session percentage that you’d like to see?

Ed: Man, this this really depends Jeremy. I’ll let you take this one, you know

Jeremy: important for me. You know, I think you need to at least starting in this this is all over the place, but I like to at least see that something’s hearing about a thousand percent thousand sessions and for unit session percentage. I usually want to try to see if or at least getting like 10% so I can start making the decisions if I can see those two, then we can start figuring out what needs to happen. Once that starts dropping lower than that. It may not be a huge red flag, but it’s at least worth checking into and trying to see what it looks like.

Steve: Okay, so someone comes to you guys as a client and their session percentage is like 3% Is that like a red flag for you guys? Like you just immediately just start looking at the listing and tell him to fix it?

Ed: No, I mean it could also be the category.

Steve: Okay

Ed: the definitely varies across the category to just based on the traffic and based off of the competitiveness like, you know, maybe they are advertising but then advertising heavy enough to get any type of position at all and I’m actually working with a client right now that’s like that where he doesn’t have many sessions right now because I purposely started off his advertising very conservatively because the cost per click and there’s an average about five dollars and That would just blow through the budget immediately. So I start off more conservative now, we’re selling it upwards to getting more and more sessions over time. So it does depend on the category. But if it is something that is historically like that we will definitely look at the listing.

Steve: Okay

Ed: thing is the back end keywords. If you don’t have that foot out, you’re not indexing for some types of terms that you want to index for and I just ruined your traffic overall.

Jeremy: I think the other thing to think about there too is, you know, maybe sometimes people come to us and their catalogs are thousands and thousands of Products and for us to go through every single listing on our own, you know without would take so much more time away. From what when you what we want to do with advertising. So sometimes that’s where the problems aren’t uncovered until we’ve already started there too. And then we have to start talking more about that. But what’s important I think about there is whenever we have those issues or whenever we’re like seeing that something is low. We’re still trying to find ways to talk about what needs to happen there so that we can fix those issues before they become a major problem.

Because advertising at the same time. If it isn’t it, maybe it isn’t the worst listing and maybe advertising handheld at the same time because it just hasn’t been able to get the attention that it needs. And then we start pushing more traffic to that. You start slowly seeing that indexing increase and the next thing we know we’re getting a huge increase organically huge increase their advertising and your products to start to really take off all because it just needed a little bit of a push from advertising.

Steve: Yeah. So what I’m hoping to do right now is Is I want to set some realistic expectations from your clients. Now. I know I work with you guys and I think what I joined my a cost was around 12 percent or so, and it basically meant I was leaving money on the table just to kind of achieve highly profitable ads, right? And so when we kind of discuss strategy, like what are some of the expectations that you sent in terms of seeing performance or when things reach steady state so to speak

Jeremy: So you weren’t your account I would say, you know, the interesting thing about the way we work is Ed always gives us a starting strategy after talking with the client and he really tries to iron out a lot of the details of what needs to happen. And then when it gets done you get to give that strategy to me and I get to take it in completely flip it upside down and start trying to do everything else that we possibly can and I come across along the way. With you, one thing that we did that we don’t normally do is we tried to find ways to Benchmark certain metrics that we saw would be able to possibly Inc show a better increase on year over year.

So we did things like we tried to go after very specific goals on what was our click-through rate going to be because the only thing we really did know that was going to be different from year-over-year new your cost-per-click was going to be higher. That’s a gimme it anyone in on Amazon most of the time.

Steve: Sure

Jeremy: So we needed to figure out what are some other metrics that we could Benchmark and we can look at to make sure that success was going to happen. We ended up trying to make adjustments. Not only on just you’re a cost and how we were in end up and down based on what your a costs goals are but what was your click-through rate how people actually engaging with that ad and then finally, you know, what actually what was your tacos percentage? What was your total advertising cost of sale which is of course taking spend on your advertising and comparing it to your organic Revenue as a whole.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wiegler and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

Yeah, I think that was my main goal. Right? I mean I wanted I want to just get more sales at the expense like more profitability I guess. At the expense of a cost and if the tacos stayed around the same I was cool with that. Can you and you probably a detailed notes on this Jeremy, but when we when you first start out with my account, what were some of the first things that you did?

Jeremy: so when we first started out our first attempt any time someone comes to us is we want to get things as clean as possible. So we always try to find a strategy with organization. That’s going to make sure that Ed myself the account coordinator that works on our team to which is another person that helps kind of keep up with the day-to-day actions that we need done. We need to make sure that we had something we could all efficiently see and we knew how to navigate well, so right as we started doing that we started a little bit of you know here expansion and trying to test out what we could do to add keywords. Most of this is done by looking at what were you running in the past?

And then also using tools like SellerLabs Pro which has the scope which is the keyword expand or word exploration tool, once we’re able to start figuring out what those major keywords that describe your product where it started adding them. We quickly started realizing that your account and a lot of the major keywords that represent your products. We’re already like number one and ads number one organically and that’s definitely where the battle started but that was our first step is we needed to be able to figure out what is the cleanest approach For traffic and how can we make sure that moving forward we understand what needs to happen with your account.

Steve: Yeah. I remember I wasn’t paying attention that closely but I think some of the first things that you did obviously would you did you set up the campaign’s one SKU// campaign? I believe

Ed: right

Steve: was that that was your first step and then I think from there you just ran a bunch of Auto campaigns and you were talking some switches that I had never toggled. Yeah the past just because I never got around to it. Can you kind of describe what those were?

Jeremy: Yeah. Yeah. That was actually one of the first times I tested that out, too. And this is this is what we always go back to is the two things. We really can say that we always try to provide is one transparency, two testing. We’re always trying to test out new things so we can find those big wins. And in that situation. What we wanted to do is we had kind of it was it was brand new to the world of Amazon to have the four options with auto targeting campaigns at it. So in the past and an auditorium campaign, you could only adjust your default Bid, so you had one bid to control that entire Auditorium campaign, but around that time a little bit earlier. I believe it was in the prior year. We they had added four options to be able to Target your products a little bit differently on auditing campaigns

They had complementary substitutes, close match and loose match. So it gave for new default bids that you could adjust for One auto targeting campaign and a little bit more about what those four groups represent is you know loose match is a keyword type of search on an auditorium campaign. So it just is any keyword that is Loosely represented by that by the products that are the keywords that Amazon sees Frank for that for that campaign, close match is very small and itchy keywords that also represented, substitutes are products that people may have bought instead of yours. And then Compliments are products that people bought in conjunction with you. The difference between those two is the Complementary and substitutes are all made by Amazon providing asons. We’re close match and loose match are all keywords.

Steve: And do you remember which one’s ended up working well for my particular account?

Jeremy: Yes, so after we had set it up we had broken out all the Autos to be to have the all the keyword targeting options in One auto campaign and all the product based targeting in a second one. So the same product mirrored but one had the two options are targeting attributes the other have the other two and at the end what we found was keywords continue to work for you. We had but we were able to do that helped us a lot more with your account is because we had that broken up we could actually pay less for the asons because we couldn’t negate them at the time and we only needed to pay for what made sense for that section of Amazon.

Steve: So when you guys were looking at my account for the first time what was low-hanging fruit?

Ed: I still go back to the structure. I’m like you had the napkins.

Steve: Okay

Ed: brands of the towels the handkerchiefs everything like that. I think just a biggest thing and this is something that like it’s kind of like a even if we have a client that comes to us and they stay with us for the initial three months and they’re like, okay, I got this under control. I can take it back over kind of things. They kind of leave with kind like a goody bag from a really awesome party or something is that structure because we restructure the account with with let’s see what Jeremy? 9% of the clients that I work with kind of The account itself because I have a little bit of OCD and if I’m looking at ads all day, it gets really bad. So I actually take the time for the initial portion of the engagement It’s a build out a brand new structure.

Just like you said Steve where it’s you know, most of the time these you based at group system where we have campaigns like we have a napkin campaign and then we have all the napkins advertise inside of that campaign, but there’s one ad group for each skew so this way we have all of our napkin keyword Search terms coming through one Campaign. But then we know exactly what Search terms are working for each individual skew so we can get very unique variations of those Search terms coming through for a particular product. That’s the biggest thing that I remember seeing because there was some overlap or things might have been advertised multiple places and then it kind of splits your impressions over time and makes it harder to see what’s actually working.

So it takes longer tags to gain valuable insights because everything is being split so hard so doing this one of the first big ones that I saw this also allows To see what’s actually advertising what’s not advertised. There’s not really like, you know, just the way to just look at a campaign and see that now we can see that just based on the disk use throughout the account. So that was the biggest thing that I saw. Jeremy, which is one else that really stuck out for you when you first look at the account?

Jeremy: No, I mean, I think that that that really was that’s usually a big thing that we have to come across and then from there. It’s just trying to understand what the clients goal or goals are so we can align with them but I think we found some cool things but as far as like coming in that structurally That was the only thing that I saw that could have probably improved.

Steve: So in terms of setting expectations for anyone who wants to use managed Services, I know that we kind of got off to a rocky start in the beginning and that was to be expected you guys warn me ahead of time that the spend and the conversions would be higher than when I was running my own campaigns. What was your process for transitioning things over? Yeah, and what’s the time frame that you would expect?

Jeremy: So that really is for us. We always like to use three months is like our marker for Is that time to try to figure out how to best transition what is already running first off get it over to ours and be able to use this new cleaner strategy to be able to keep highlighting the winds in your account and a little bit more about how we like to do that is we like to make sure that everything that’s been there everything that’s running. We want to just make decreases and try to cut back on things that are poorly performing for that campaign. So that really only things that are that are working super super well are there and honestly, you know, if we kept running those campaigns and over time we kept adding to only ours and only making decreases to everything that been in that account before.

And it just so happened that three months later. We have one campaign and auto targeting campaign that is still giving it phenomenal a costs and making good sales, even though we’ve transferred it. I almost would say let’s just keep running that until we don’t see that success. So we’re never missing opportunities. We’re just Can you to expand on them

Ed: right whatever just going to turn off the campaign because it’s not ours, like if we’re seeing that valuable traffic still coming from and after doing just decreases over time after just pulling back and transferring to our new campaigns at this the running real efficient and it has a great return. We may still keep it going for the time being but of course our goal is to always pull things over to our campaigns to make it just cleaner across the account

Steve: and how long did that process take? I don’t remember I don’t I don’t know data, but was it around three months?

Jeremy: we got most everything transitioned. After three months. There was a few campaigns after three months that were still running really well, so we kept them to we let them continue running and a lot of that still does come back to even you know, how Amazon collects data some of there’s a lot of things that are unknown with what they validate and how they find indexing for products and campaigns and how they’re running. So if something is running super well and it just so happens that Amazon has just collected the right stuff on that campaign in Auditory campaign to let it keep running. Well, we just wouldn’t want to cut that away until we see that that’s actually the case and it’s not performing well.

Steve: So looking at my account specifically where were the largest traffic gains that you ended up seeing from your implementation?

Jeremy: I think that we still were able to do a little bit more with product targeting and that was that was something that we didn’t have as much of for you. A lot of your sales came through brand a lot of people knew about what your brand was and that’s how people got to you. So immediately as we started going through and trying to figure out not only what keywords are we bidding on but what keywords are you already indexing? number one organically for we wanted to try to figure out what else could we offer one is of course, we could keep trying to push into some other areas like Seasons with weddings or you know, people were searching for things for holidays.

And we did do a little bit of that. But the one thing that I that we did we try to focus a little more on was how are we actually targeting other products on Amazon and honestly if that was something where we were still working on your account some of the new options they’ve even offered since then. Then I would probably keep pushing on those at this point too

Steve: so I just pulled up my post that I wrote on this and just some of the numbers that ended up happening. So I took these numbers after the three months settlement period once we were running primarily your ads and it looks like you boosted ad spend by about almost 6,000 like 5,800 bucks and the revenue increased by twenty six thousand which is roughly a 4 and 1/2 x return and can we talk about just kind of fees here, so These are they start at what like $1,000 a month.

Ed: Yes, we would do this, I actually like the way we do our pricing it’s based on tears of ad spend. So the initial tier is if you’re spinning between zero to five thousand dollars a month and ads spend, we start off at $9.99 so thousand dollars a month and then you go up based on your ads spend like the next year for instance is a 5001 to $10,000 a month and that’s 13.99 then it goes up accordingly like to the other tiers going on. So it gives you Room to Grow which is why I like it. We’re not constantly asking for a certain percentage necessarily. We’re just kind of helping you grow. If you want to if you don’t want to grow you can stay within that tier we can be really strict on the actual spend itself.

But it gives you room to kind of grow before you hit that next tier on a monthly basis so we can kind of work with you on that and we also have like in a contract someplace to do renewals as well. So if you renew you can get like a discount there as well. So we’re always looking to help out, you know the clients as well. We’re not just going to be how some other organizations are with their base spending.

Steve: I guess the key is it’s just like a flat rate, right? There’s no percentage of AD spend or anything like that?

Ed: Yes, just flat rate on a monthly basis.

Steve: Is that right?

Ed: Yeah.

Steve: Okay. Yeah. So for some of your other clients and I know my profit margins are really high so, you know, I could actually justify the spend but what would you recommend and I don’t know what your typical customers or how much you can increase their ad spend but I assume there’s some sort of correlation right in terms of whether this makes it worth it or not in terms of margins or skill.

Ed: Yeah. I mean, I’m really does just you know, based on what you’re currently spending and having first of all the willingness to grow but also knowing that were going to be in there to make your account more efficient at the same time people may come to us if you like all I do is I just spend money on Amazon. I don’t get any return, you know, you can also come to us to see if we can help you out with that. So make sure what you are. He is leading to a good return for you. And we do use we do still use a cost as a good basis, but also tacos as well so we can look at the overall sales coming through to so really just having understanding that we’re here to help you out to make it more efficient. Of course, we can’t guarantee like Hey, we’re going to have you done. So 5% a costs by the end of this month.

But having that availability of there and even like I have a new client that I’m starting with actually next week. He probably has a dollar margin on each product. And we’re just going to take a different approach with that. It’s like anybody with different types of margins. You can take a different approach which that the aim very low would like, you know, Ten Cent bids across the board or even five cent bids just to begin with.

Steve: I mean, how is that possible a dollar? Margin?

Ed: That’s the fees and everything. It’s a very competitive like Market as well. So I’m going to see how it performs but it is something where even just having passive advertising is still a good way to increase your velocity over time and the show Amazon that you deserve better placement organically so you can still have those cells coming through

Jeremy: and And it seems like I don’t know if this is going to be one of my client said but it seems like me the conversation that would have to happen that situation is advertising is there to help influence your overall sales, but what you have to figure out in the same time is how can you get more margin is it is a is that a supply issue? What it what do you have to work on there while I’m working on this make sure that that transparency is understood that those are very very small margins and we’ve got to make sure that we’re really Precise there at the same time just like we were talking about all the time.

We have to make sure that you that we’re validating the cost of our service and we’re still giving you a great return because Amazon likes to take every cent from you than it is we don’t want to just be trying to take everything from you. We want to try to find a way that actually works so we can keep a relationship going.

Ed: right

Steve: How’d you guys run the campaigns? Like how often are they monitored or they monitored by like a machine? I know it’s like how I would do it, but

Ed: I mean, so what we have 14 available every account has a dedicated account director, account manager, an account coordinator. So you come in and have a full team behind you. You have three people that are looking at your account, you know on a weekly basis. Normally the accounts are looked at four to five times each week based on the optimization schedule of the account coordinator. And of course the account managers also looking at it and the contractor is also looking at it. For instance, Like Chase Kucera one of our Stellar account coordinators who is a huge data geek which is why I like him so much.

He actually Ali has his like in a broken out where Mondays and Tuesdays he’s doing been adjustments then one day he’s doing keyword transfers and he’s doing budget checks and doing the negations and doing other things like that. So he breaks it out on a weekly basis. So you can Circle back to the same tasks at the same time next week. So it allows the data to repopulate within that Weekly period.

Steve: I see. Yeah, I mean one of my problems I know is that I didn’t really look at my account very often.

Ed: Yeah

Steve: and so I purposely went for low a costs so that I wouldn’t actually have to manage it that much. And when you’re going for traffic I think and when you’re pushing the envelope you kind of have to monitor a little bit more.

Ed: data coming in a short period of time see you at the optimize it a lot quicker because you’re just going to jump on it a lot faster before it does blow up and leads to wasted stand across the board.

Ed: And that’s like the that’s the main thing I try to tell people like outside of outside of Sellerlabs when I’m talking to a client if anyone’s asking like hey, I’m interested in trying to get into Amazon and starting to advertise or maybe they’ve already been they just want to get into advertising. My biggest thing is try to find a way to set up a system that gives a repetition of what you’re doing. You have to have that even if it’s just something simple as saying I want to spend an hour doing this once a week. If you as long as you can do that, you can check yourself and find a way to create a process that will keep happening. But if you don’t have time for that then that’s kind of why our that’s why we exist. We’re here to help people whenever they don’t have time for something like that.

Steve: And the most important question of all I have for you guys. Was I a pain in the ass or what? I mean in terms of the clients that

Ed: Can we go ahead, can we in this now do we have

Jeremy: Are we done? No no, honestly Steve, you really aren’t a bad client, we definitely dealt with a lot through the years, maybe it conditioned us to have thick skin, but at the end of the day, we’re always just trying to find the right answer and you had things that you were Looking for and our goal in that situation is to figure out what is it that you’re looking for. How do we align on it? How do we complete it? So it was easy you were great wo work with

Ed: Yeah you were great.

Steve: I know from my experience like Jeremy. I remember you want to meet weekly and I was like weekly what the heck I don’t have time to meet weekly and then you’re like, okay bi-weekly and then I was like, okay that seems like a pretty often also and I was just wondering if that was common with your clients.

Ed: Yeah. So all of our clients we do by weekly calls.

Steve: Okay

Ed: see we do by weekly calls, but we don’t disappear on that off week. Like we’re still there available by email. I’ll have clients who say hey got this problem. You have some time to talk and I’m like, yeah, like let’s just jump on a call. It’s easier to talk about this and having e-mails back and forth for hours. So by weekly calls are the Cadence that we have and that’s just worked because even if there’s not much to talk about is still time to connect and realign on everything and show them, you know, what’s been done today? Count you know what we did in the past two weeks we plan to do going forward. Here’s your metrics. Here’s how they look here’s the continuity and change over time that we’re seeing throughout them as well.

So it’s just a good way to keep that relationship strong too because based on relationship like if we aren’t talking to our clients, we’re not really keeping that alive, you know with them. We’re kind of just letting the ball be dropped. So that’s something else to really focus on it’s just like being there for the clients being a brand Advocate being there to help them out and being there to talk to them what they need something.

Jeremy: you know, I’ve been a little bit all over the place on that too you know, we always present like bi-weekly is a standard for us to just kind of say that that’s what we might do. But you know, I’ve had clients that want to talk every single week and they have a list of what they want and every single week for me to talk about or what they want to go over and I’ve had clients that want to talk every month and I’ve had clients that I send an email update every two weeks to them for the past, you know for months. It really is up to what Is the client feel like it’s adequate there and we’re just kind of there to make sure that we’re figuring that out for them, too.

Steve: What’s funny is I was just kind of looking through my email thread with you Jeremy and there was one email where I sent as like I don’t think anything really changed or could change that much in a week. So why don’t we put on this meeting? Oh man, but yeah, I think it’s great that you guys are so communicative like it’s not my style in general, but I can see like if you’re paying money and you’re not familiar with you guys, like on a personal level then you probably want to talk a little bit more.

So it’s great that you offer that by default. Should say I guess that much pretty much covers case tell you that I’ll link up the blog post that I wrote. If you guys want to see some actual numbers and months and months when they were actually running my account. But in terms of where people can get ahold of you they’re interested in trying your managed services and where can they find you and what services do you offer exactly?

Jeremy: Ed cut out a little bit. But yeah, I know that Ed has we have a link that we can get and I believe if you’re trying to pull that up right now too, we have a way to be able to get people back there. But as far as our services we offer, of course, we ad management if people are anyone’s interested in actually taking over the advertising but then we also offer the ability for stores if people are interested in this actually building out stores for them as well as China looking into like a plus content listings too.

Steve: in terms of charging for that. Is that on like a one-off or is that kind of included when you pay for the PPC managed services?

Jeremy: it’s all just a one-off, you know whenever We feel like that something that that could they could really benefit from we start having those conversations. We have had people reach out to us and just immediately interested in something like that.

Ed: Yeah

Jeremy: and in that situation, we’re definitely gonna do work with them and try to figure out one, you know, especially when it comes to listings. What can we give them because we don’t want to just sell listing optimizations and then get them into hey these look beautiful. There’s not anything we can do to help you want to be able to actually give value with anything we’re offering so we like to have those conversations as their own thing their own service that we’re going to offer as a whole for them.

Ed: Right

Steve: So Ed. I think you cut out when we’re talking about the link like

Ed: yeah link that we can use to get in touch with all of us.

Steve: Yeah. Yeah, I guess I imagine like if they’re interested they’re going to set up a call with you guys similar to how we got started.

Ed: You can just go to sellerlabs.com/ppc-steve. Steve, you got your Link man

Steve: I know I was about to say I don’t remember you guys tell me about that link before because I’ve never used it before so

Ed: we got it is so nice we got it just for you because we love you so much.

Steve: Oh, wow. Okay, you are piling on the flattery today Ed had just wondering in the back of my mind whether you guys want something but I

Ed: I’ll let you know what I’ve been looking for, you know, we can work something out.

Jeremy: I’ll be honest with you Ed won’t stop talking about these handkerchiefs that you have. He just really haha

Ed: You got me there, I was looking for bulk case just for myself.

Steve: So that’s how you guys got the a cost of you start buying all my products, I see now how it works. Hey but guys, I appreciate you coming on the call. And and I know I get a lot of questions on just using agencies in general. I know I’ve used you guys and I’ve been in touch with you guys for so many years and that’s why I trust you and I think that’s important when you guys, when in general if you’re thinking about going with an agency.

Ed: Yeah it is.

Steve: So, all right fellas until the next time I assume I will see you at the next seller summit, Ed? so and and Jeremy hopefully I will encounter you again at some point and be that pain in the ass once again.

Jeremy: I enjoyed seller Summit this year. I tuned into it as much as I could while I was still working. There’s some really awesome stuff there. So thank you for letting me join. It was great man!

Steve: Yeah, I mean someone’s got to be doing the work. Well, it is gallivanting and online conference. So. All right guys, well, thanks a lot and take care.

Ed: Awesome, Thank you.

Hope you enjoyed that episode and I hope it provided you with some guidelines on when you should go with an agency. And when it makes sense for your Amazon business. For more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode312.

And once again, I want to thank PostScript.io which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce with a few clicks of a button. You can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at PostScript.io/Steve. That’s Postscript.io/Steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo and try it for free. Once again, that’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

311: Nick Shackelford On How To Scale An Ecommerce Business With Ads

311: Nick Shackelford On How To Scale An Ecommerce Business With Ads

Today I’m happy to have Nick Shackelford on the show. Nick runs Structured Social which is a company that specializes in the growth of ecommerce brands. He is a master of paid media, has spent over 85 million on Facebook and pioneered well-known products like the fidget spinner.

In this episode, we’re going to discuss how he scales ecommerce brands with paid advertising.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Nick got started with advertising
  • How to spend millions of dollars on Facebook ads
  • The difference between a good media buyer and a bad one
  • How to make ads to sell boring mundane products

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.

Emerge Counsel

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies, they use to grow their businesses.Today I have my buddy Nick Shackelford on the show and Nick probably spends more on Facebook ads than most people that I know and in this episode we’re going to discuss how to use ads and influencers to quickly scale an e-commerce brand.

But before we begin I want to thank PostScript.io for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. I sincerely believe that SMS or text message marketing is going to be a huge channel for my store going forward and I have chosen PostScript.io to be my text provider. Now why PostScript? it’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus and not only is it easy to use but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that it’s priceable too and you only pay for the messages that you actually send. So head on over to PostScript.io/Steve and try it for free. That’s postscript.io/Steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Now, it’s safe to say that most of us have been doing more online shopping lately. And if you’re an e-commerce brand, that means you might be seeing more first time customers, but once they made that first purchase, how do you keep them coming back? Well, that’s What Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for e-commerce Brands. It gives you the tools to build your contact list. Send memorable emails automate key messages and more a lot more and that’s why more than 30,000 e-commerce Brands like Chubbies Brooklyn and Livingproof use Klaviyo to build a loyal following. Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales enthusiastic word of mouth and less depending on third-party ads. So whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level Klaviyo can help you grow faster and it is free to get started. Visit Klaviyo.com/mywife to create a free account. That’s Klaviyo.com/mywife. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle. So you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today, I’m happy to have Nick Shackleford on the show. Now Nick is someone who was introduced to me by Ezra Firestone and I am super glad that he did Nick runs structured social which is a company that specializes in the growth of e-commerce Brands and he is a master of paid media. He spent over 85 million bucks on Facebook and he pioneered well-known products like the fidget spinner. He’s also known for helping one of his clients clear 10.7 million dollars in sales in just 35 days with online Ads and besides as agency Nick also runs an event called geek out LA which I had the pleasure of attending.

And it had some of the best content that had ever seen at an event. He’s also going to be a speaker at the seller Summit 2020 over in Fort Lauderdale on May 6, and I’m really looking forward to having him there. Anyway today we’re going to talk about scaling e-commerce brands with paid advertising and with that welcome to show Nick. How are you doing today Man?

Nick: Yeah. I’m doing well, it’s funny because I know sometimes you work from an office and at home. I’m obviously at my home right now. Nobody is allowed into LA and that’s a little bit of an overstatement. But I told my entire Team “guys, just do not come in” work from home. This is it just going to know on Italy they’re shutting everything down. So I’m very thankful that we’re obviously a little bit more ahead of the time. So things are all good on our end, but just working.

Steve: Yeah. Absolutely man. So hey Nick for people who don’t know who you are. Give us the quick background story. Tell us how you got started with Facebook ads, start from the beginning.

Nick: I’ll go I’ll go as far as back as relevant. So before I jump into paid media everybody that’s kind of like the court at the round is like the internet doesn’t discriminate and that’s I think that’s an absolute fact. So I was actually a professional soccer player and I realized if you’re in America and you play a professional sport the last sport you should play if you want to make any real money is a lacrosse, but right close behind it is going to be soccer, man. I realize it was definitely a Boyhood dream to do that. But as soon as Understood how expensive it is to live in Orange County / La I realized quickly. I needed to Pivot.

So in 2013-2015, I achieve my dream of playing professionally. And as soon as I realized what student loans were after I graduated from st. Louis. So I am an Orange County kid graduated from the Missouri st. Louis. And as soon as I jumped out of professional sports, I walked right into what I like to call a millennial consultancy. So I break it down. I did date myself. So I am a 90s kid. And through and through but what I realized was a lot of these individuals were Shifting the purchase power. I purchase power for us were how do we get and this was specifically for Pepsi. So as Pepsi was trying to grab all these new parents that are having young kids coming to their shops.

How will we able to communicate with them? And how can we promote at the time was there syrup because Pepsi they have the bottles and the syrup side. I was on the syrup side at a restaurants. How do we develop campaigns to get more Millennials into the doors? That’s where I spent my time and I’m a young kid sitting at the table with a lot of old veteran male marketers a couple of females there and it just for whatever reason as anything I said, they’re like, well that’s interesting. Let’s dive into that more and little by little we started doing our own. This is one of the organic Facebook side, but we are producing videos pictures incentivizing them to share that was probably at the time where Facebook really cared about organic reach, but that was my fairy first I knew it Facebook was and obviously I’m a MySpace kid, but Facebook, I got to enjoy it as a college kid and be a little bit as my career started.

Steve: Cool. And so how did that evolve into physical products?

Nick: Oh actually went right into the second opportunity where a woman named Rachel gave me that first nod at Pepsi that’s on the organic side. There wasn’t really any real play there unless I wanted to go corporate which they would have sent me to New York when my lady was like no. Sorry, baby. Do that you’re gone forever. So let me quickly me to Pivot into Performance Marketing. Unfortunately, or fortunately, however you look at it. I was little bit spoiled. So the very first brand I got to work on was Apple. So this is something that I love love talking about. The only KPI I ever had was how cheap we can get the views.

Steve: They didn’t care about conversion and return on ad spend or anything like that?

Nick: Nothing nothing. So you think about this is when Apple Tim Cook just announced a lot of the new push. Was moving away from traditional media into paid media and we’re talking launching the iPhone, the Iwatch, the iPad Pro we were running the same exact spots on TV with millions of dollars to spend across a pack Let’em , the UK North America South America. Look we were just dropping budgets. And this is how we did it. We would choose in back with a we have the Rachel frequency tool and you choose how many dollars would it take to make sure that we hit every single person in that country.

That was the budgets. So we, I learned very very quickly like oh my gosh what I think it broke a limiting belief of what money meant because I grew up modest like parents divorced fairly really early. My mom was a front office. My dad was an HVAC guy and I was like, oh I’m gonna be destined to be after he plays sports equipment going to be a college coach or a high school coach. And as soon as I saw these dollars in Facebook and learned how much money was being spent that was it for me. I knew there was Money to be found

Steve: that’s ridiculous. Are we talking like hundreds of millions of dollars here?

Nick: Easily, every single campaign to be launched a penny on the country. Now, you don’t need millions of millions of dollars to Target all of turkey, but for those larger markets like you’re definitely spending upwards of 10 to 50 million dollars.

Steve: Hahaha. Oh my God, that is so ridiculous. So so how did that stint at Apple lead to fidget Spinners?

Nick: Oh, okay, so there is no congruence. But the only main part was at the time I was building my relationship with their partner who’s fairly silent on a lot of the socials. But his name is Jake Schmidt, and he we don’t each other for about seven years now. He’s about five years younger than me. So I’m 29 is a little bit younger and he hit me was like, hey Nick, I’ve been trying to push this thing through influencers and I saw trendy because back in the day if you were on Instagram early and people are doing like these growth Bots are follow for follow like for like trying to grow big as they can. Jake just happened to be followed and liked by a brand that was selling 3D printed Bridget Spinners, and he was like, what is this?

And at the time there was a likes to grab was a bunch of these tools out there and he just kept following back and he ended up finding that you can buy a bunch of these fidget Spinners from China and we ourselves can sell them and they were 3D printing of the quote is kind of low and as soon as he found it Feels Alright, how do we fix this? So we did our very first influencer camping before we knew how that was kind of working out with a gentleman who did a wall sit and if you Look at the brand digitally on Instagram. It’s still alive and still definitely living and there’s a very first image of a man doing I would say he’s like an older team doing a wall sit as long as the fidget spinner spins and I couldn’t tell you why this worked but I think it was just the first time I was been it’s been done for that product and these kids went wild

Steve: and that led to like millions of dollars of sales right for your fidget spinner.

Nick: It would have.

Steve: Oh it would have. Okay.

Nick: What did we understand, understood two things, so Jake at the time goes ahead you run paid media. I was running Facebook already for Apple. So I knew the buttons and you were to click we’re getting $2 to $4 conversions on a 40, 35 dollar product.

Steve: That’s ridiculous. How? how? how? how?

Nick: We had two major angles in, we definitely dealt with the trouble when at the time but we are taking a the ADD and ADHD angle stop the fidgeting, right? So we showed a main video that’s definitely still up there of a kid tapping. We still the problem like that at its core in hindsight. We definitely weren’t smart enough to do this at the time, but we were showing the problem tapping our feet clicker pencils biting our nails and then we said like those solution was our fridges, right?

Steve: So you’re talking to parents at the time?

Nick: We thought we were talking to parents and that was probably one of our bigger issues of how we couldn’t scales because the kids that we were communicating or we were creating content for kids, but the kids had no money.

Steve: Hmm Okay.

Nick: So the sort of seeing it in engaging the liking and sharing but we had to convince mom and dad to make that purchase. So then we went a little bit Upstream of do you want a little bit of your free time back? How do you get the kids from stop bugging or fidget you put them put them to bed make them quiet grab our toy. Well the issue with that is and I don’t know how this kind of got viral but we ran into our first time we found out what Chinese New Year meant meaning nothing in nothing out and we continue to sell and that was the first time that we had in our experience. And again, I was a soccer player. This is not my path that Jake was obviously trying to start products has as this is but this was the first success one we ever launched.

It was very difficult to know how to respond and keep the consistency of tone that we know now there’s tools out the Wazoo to use but try DMing 13, 14, 15 year old people and then deal with the parents and they’re not having credit cards. It was it was wild

Steve: is that ultimately what made you shut that down or?

Nick: We will go too deep into why we ended up giving up a majority of the company to someone looking to help us as though we thought at the time and took the company into a direction which in hindsight was not the right direction. He wanted to create a connected fidget spinner device. Which I still currently have in my car, but just with that phrase alone. Do you think people needed a connected fidget spinner?

Steve: Are you implying like there’s an app and you can control it through the app or something like that? Is that?

Nick: absolutely

Steve: okay interesting.

Nick: So at the time we knew it was a trend right? fidget. It was it was the yo-yo I call it. That was a yo-yo of the time and that’s why I still love it because it’s a very relevant and I always like to make the joke that if it wasn’t for us Toys R Us would have went down much quicker

Steve: ha ha ha

Nick: because it wasn’t they were the number one order like them Target. Bed, Bath and Beyond and Best Buy were the ones who wants to buy it and so We did a good we had a great little run. I realized real quick two things. I rather scale and solve the problem then develop the product and that’s kind of where Jake and I’ve kind of found his Niche and kind of what we’re talking about today is how was I able to start a product making good, A little bit of my money and why don’t I just continue to go make products? Well, I’ll tell anybody until I’m blue in the face. If you have no idea what you want to do or be or grow up to do join an agency because you’re gonna learn two things really quick.

One, you’re going to learn how to work with people and to you’re going to learn the industry that you like the most.

Steve: Okay

Nick: And that’s it.

Steve: So you have no desire well, at least at the moment to start a physical products brand because that’s not your expertise or?

Nick: So, Correct from the start I have no desire to start a brand but I have a lot and lot of desire to partner with those that have a great product. So that and that’s kind of where we are today is I I’d rather not spend and my genius or my ability to scale build a company in areas that aren’t perfect for me. Meaning, if you come to the products and you have no brand identity of no proven sales. You have no converting page to be very difficult for me to implement what I know because minimum the Brand’s we work with are spending a hundred two hundred three hundred thousand dollars a month.

Steve: Okay. So Nick, I know you work with a lot of Brands today. And what I was hoping to do is maybe get your opinion on a strategy. Let’s say for a company that might make like mid six figures maybe low seven figures or do you work with those types of companies?

Nick: Absolutely.

Steve: All right.

Nick: Those are all of the brands that have two things that we like one, they’re probably small enough to implement a lot of the tactics that are more direct response and the not so super establishing their brand that they’re not willing to take more of a direct response direct-to-consumer play and they’re also going like there’s some things that are working. There’s some angle there are some product they definitely have viability.

Steve: Okay. So let’s just start. I know I know you worked with a bunch of Brands. So let’s start the so let’s say a company comes up to you and says, hey we need help on the media buying end. What do you begin? What questions do you ask? How do you get started?

Nick: Great question. I usually try to ask them. Okay, what are your margins were working. Why is that important to me? Because when every person comes into me, I think I actually wrote this email today. I asked them I didn’t ask them. What’s your advertising budget? I go how much are you willing to invest in marketing? That was only what you can frame this because right now it’s investment and learning and what direction you should take your problems. Why I believe that is because right now Facebook is still the only tool that can give you enough learning and understanding and control over the direction of your product.

But it still takes time to figure it out because there’s a lot of variables price point, the conversion rate and the quality of traffic. So those three very high level the buckets. You need to be pulling on a levers, the bucket you need to be feeling of the leveraging to be pulling.

Steve: So what would you say that the necessary margins would have to be and what would you want the average order value to be for example?

Nick: so thank you for being the second part up. So second part would be AOB so I need the margins to be no, no less than 25% I need my AOB to be at least 50 to $60.

Steve: So margins are you talking about net margins or gross?

Nick: Correct, Net because on average. Say, more brands, I’ll say oh say more Brands and I like to say is don’t invest up to 30% of their marketing spend. So I’ll remember that so A brand that is looking to grow needs to be investing at least 30 percent of their gross revenue into marketing to continue to grow it. So if we’re able to know that they have at least 25 to 30% Margin. It’s a wash and we can continue investing to me that if the product is good enough that repurchased rates going to come through.

Steve: All right, so their gross margins are like 66 percent. That means they’re still making a third they spend 1/3 and advertising it cost them a third and then they make it third so that sounds about right?

Nick: Yes, and then we can continue to invest because now we know that this product is a has a little bit of repurchase rate built into it, which is why I love baby products, Beauty products, consumables, pet specific products those products that already have a way of this is eventually going to run out. I just need to make sure that they enjoy this experience as much as possible. So they don’t have to pay to reacquire them.

Steve: So let me ask you this are there types of product that just won’t work like mundane commodity products are those generally not going to work?

Nick: well to this one one that I’m active investor in one that I love thoroughly. It’s called Miraclebrand.co one that you know of

Steve: yes, because I just saw the ads for and I thought they were excellent. So let’s talk about that one a little bit actually so describe what the product is.

Nick: Absolutely. It’s a miracle brand is a silver technology sheet and towel. Now you’re going like okay. Why is that important? Hm microbial. It’s a lot fresher for longer. You have to wash it as much I can eat as many USPS as possible. Right? Well, I started doing a little bit of research. I love this for two reasons. One, The team behind it are great Founders. Two, The Branding is beautiful and three, the creativity that you can have with this is unlimited right? Who needs to wash their clothes often kids are going to college. Maybe you’re a bachelor. Maybe you’re a single mother. Or maybe you’re too busy. Maybe your are a nanny.

There’s so many different angles you can take with this product, but we didn’t realize that that time is what’s the frequency in which someone’s buying this product multiple times. So now we have an issue of LTV and AOV and repeat purchase rate. Now our average cost that we’re selling a great bundle for about 170. Okay our average I think on any day is between $100 and $200 depending on how much you’re spending on ads and it’s tough because we know we’re not getting that repeat purchase rate as much as we need to. On average it’s six months to a year because you’re not refreshing towels.

Steve: Right. So let me ask you this. Then when you’re talking about your ad spend do you factor into account the lifetime value of the product when it comes to what your return on ad spend that you’re looking for?

Nick: We try to we try to now it’s not a perfect science because I think there’s too many tools and there’s not communicating across attribution levels, but we try to understand at least what the repurchase rate is within the first 60 days or 90. and all that all that allows us to do is understand how much more money we can spend or how much money we need to pull back from. For instance, There’s a brand that we work with called kokunot they sell hair serum. They sell face serum. And on average these women are going through it between 30 and 45 days. So guess what We’re putting a lot of our re marketing budget or not, putting our budget depending on whatever the strategy is for that month.

Well the budget could be put into Facebook or Instagram or Twitter or Pinterest. Around 30 to 40 days or we can just not choose to remarket. Just let Facebook be an acquisition Channel and let email do the nurturing so we don’t have to communicate at all of their. Now, I wouldn’t do that holy but I definitely would different types of discounts on remarking on pay channels versus remarketing on on email channels.

Steve: So why not run both them simultaneously the same offer?

Nick: you could but there’s definitely a different value that’s associated with I have to spend money to acquire a customer that might have already purchased from me.

Steve: Okay

Nick: On a discount well now I’m having to pay again to acquire that customer and pay and give up a little bit of margin. Is that repeat purchase for me?

Steve: Sure. Okay. Okay

Nick: So, you might not want to write you might not want to run an offer on paid traffic knowing that you already have that customer. You should just build a better flow or have a better communication, better way of segmenting communicating them

Steve: So back to the sheets example, I mean in the traditional sense, it’s kind of like a mundane product right? It’s sheets. So so how do you make that product interesting?

Nick: Okay. So how do we make the party concerned depending on the person that’s communicating about it. It’s sheets like there. It’s almost like toilet paper. Like how are you community what now to it was kind of a hot commodity

Steve: Yeah, it is right now

Nick: Sheets might even be a hot commodity these days. Who knows? But there’s a I know we’re dancing on a creative that we’re going to show at Seller Summit, but the type of luxury we’re trying to show what that product and the mundaneness of what it actually Is, is where the humor is right? So if we’re having someone because we’re talking about these sheets are very very high-end were charging people between 79 new hundred and $979. How or why is someone’s going to communicate why are someone’s gonna want to purchase this or we have to cleverly and articulate wash it less live better and be a little bit more Royal when you live in your sheets.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wiegler and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

Okay, and so that obviously involves some sort of video creative. What I’m trying to get an idea is like there’s a lot of people who are listening to this podcast right now and they’re probably selling some mundane products. Some people are just selling on Amazon and they want to start selling on their own site, but they’re looking at their products and the like hey, these are just kind of products. You can find an office store for example, or you’re selling sheets. What is what are the what are the things that you ask the brand in order to formulate a really good ad campaign for them?

Nick: Interesting. So this kind of you kind of go down like the USP list. If you are that’s not super special scientific. Other than like does your brand have the ability to have a little bit of humor in it? Because it is the mundane. It’s really difficult to sell socks stances very well this why do they do very well this is because they partner with professionals or partner with active athletes Etc. But if you’re trying to sell glasses for instance, and there’s no major value proposition around it humor is the easiest way of go.

About you’re going to buy this. Anyways, you might as well buy it from us and we’re going to make you enjoy this a little bit on the way. I don’t have a specific strategy or way of setting that up because it really comes down to what the brand wants to want a wants to embody. Like it’s humor the right call for you. If not, it’s really difficult for me to say

Steve: I see that brand that you scaled to was it 17 million and 35 days wasn’t that like a sock company?

Nick: It was it was it was it was a dog socks

Steve: Oh it was a dog socks Okay.

Nick: So the main brand is called Pup Socks was they were sister brand called Face Socks in the main reason we scale. This was of a very very simple phrase “your pup on socks” that was literally the type of career that we ran and it was not clever. It was not cute but it was extremely direct

Steve: was this a video creative?

Nick: No, it was an image

Steve: It was an image.

Nick: We actually would joke about this. So if you if you search it’s on Buzz, it’s on Sumo if you just did 1 million at 4X It’ll pull up and we have the exact screenshot of the audience are red text with your pup on socks. It was a dog with an arrow pointing to sock

Steve: and that’s it

Nick: Okay, but the Simplicity of like that’s communicating exactly what it is that you are going to buy and guess where they’re going to land on that page to make that purchase. Why this worked so well, obviously it’s a gifting product for sure. But as soon as he landed on the page and the fact that it had to be a custom upload of an image that they already have a fond memory on or it’s an animal that pulls on the heartstrings like they’re going to make that purchase looking to convert through on average or conversion. It’s about 4 plus

Steve: Wow. Okay, I guess this yeah for an animal lover. I can see it working.

Nick: Oh my God, who sells socks for $32?

Steve: that’s ridiculous.

Nick: I don’t know why but it’s been able to have sold a lot of ridiculous things like that. That makes absolutely no sense. But I’ll go back to the question you brought about how do you be clever about the mundane?

Steve: Okay.

Nick: It’s not it’s not as easy as you think it is because it does take a little bit of Creative Juice to sit through and come up with how am I going to communicate the value of this paper or pen or pencil? And the only way you can really do is looking through a lot of Amazon reviews why people are using it. There’s a lot of people that are commenting on our ads at think they’re funny and they’re probably not but the fact that they brought up someone had to have that thought. There’s a lot of different ways of going about of gathering information of what you should do to communicate against

Steve: Can you give me an example of how an Amazon review gave you inspiration?

Nick: Yeah, absolutely. So with Miracle specifically the main question was you may great sheets, but where’s a comforter and the number one trending a, The number one trending product outside of our silver sheet. Also, the silver sheets was silk sheets and then silk sheets everything every product that was frequently bought with was pillowcases or a comforter. And so that just put us down this awkward path of going “shit guys, I think we need to sell comforter” because look at all of our ads were showing her sheets showing the comforter and people are asking where can I buy that comforter looks so comfy. We never sold that product before and we allowed that to shape the next product we developed which should go live on our Kickstarter the end of the month

Steve: which is a comforter and pillowcases?

Nick: which is just a straight comforter.

Steve: straight cover

Nick: that was because of manufacturing issues, but we would have went we would have went pillowcases as well

Steve: Actually. I was just thinking that because you mentioned before that people buy sheet set, but then Anything else those are pretty good upsells right? Comforters, pillowcases

Nick: It made a lot of sense to his plus that’s that’s another higher ticket product that people can see the value or the quality ins

Steve: and what about in terms of the creative. So with Miracle sheets and it’s really hard to show an ad on a podcast I guess but you guys want the humor route.

Nick: We did

Steve: And can you talk a little bit about how much that campaign costs to film how much generally you spend on just like the creatives before you even run a campaign?

Nick: Sure. Great question. So the team that we had helped us out was called Common Thread Collective great founder team that I was very very thankful to be a part of for the last year and a half or so and we knew they were able to create a Content but I wouldn’t say cheap it was a relatively cheap because a lot of the stuff is still pretty costly that campaign of you smell like sheet, which is if you can Envision me as an English grandmother Queen, that’s exactly what it was coming across as in this was a $15,000 shoot all in. Now, we did two, two cuts. You get to see the other one

Steve: I did. I think I’ve seen all of them now at this point.

Nick: Okay? So yes, hopefully you are in my remarketing circle. There is no discount code. So go ahead and stay on this way. The humor out was easy to come across because a I think they’re creative team is very remarkable and B the cost of getting new assets knowing me because I’m running the account. I’m actually in a day to day. It was really difficult because we had no spokesperson. We had no like Avatar or person that could definitely speak to what this product was and so by embodying both her and him at the time like we should definitely link to that.

Steve: Yeah, I’ll link to the ad underneath the podcast. Yeah.

Nick: Thank you so much because it’s really hard to get across but they were communicating a lot of the things that was questioned by our customers of why is this product so expensive and what is it going to do which if you watch the ad they just talk through the USPS, wash less, smell fresher and was the last one, anti microbial those three, but they do it in a way of going like the high classes was communicated by who the person was and then the humor of it pull people in if you look at the comments people are loving the ads and running clicking and buying which I hate.

Steve: So when you do a shoot like that you said it was 15 grand how many actual creatives do get or is it just that one video?

Nick: No, they do. So what they call it’s like little bit of a transactional Content real. So I usually do a longer 35 to a minute piece and then within that minute piece depending on the variables. This is really now that I’m in the business of like selling content. It really comes down to deliverable assets they can use top middle bottom of funnel. So that I think when we were when it was delivered because it was a little bit ago. They gave us 25 assets or maybe 15 assets the longer piece still images obviously cuz you’re going to gather that with a second shooter and then the different hooks that they communicating with this has to be cut into vertical and this has to be cut into square.

Because you don’t you don’t necessarily always shooting Square because sometimes the scene might not be permitting it but you’re trying to make sure that if I do have to cut it for platform which squares for feed or 9 by 16, you do want to have the subject in the communication of the whole entire ad with in that square set. So we just did a scope of content and we’re delivering for 29,000. We’re delivering 45 assets.

Steve: 45 okay. So can you talk about how you use those assets in the ads like what do you use for top of funnel middle funnel and bottom of the funnel?

Nick: correct on the as on the on the Miracle brand specifically?

Steve: Yeah. Sure. Let’s use that one. We’ve been talking about that brand.

Nick: Sure. So Miracle, we got the long-form piece of Grandma walking in and that was just we ran for two different things one on PPE which is put a page post engagement and we ran that against a conversion ad so we let that same exact post duplicated into same exact conversion post. Duplicated into a page post engagement so that we’re just acquiring people that like and comment on

Steve: so, I’m sorry. So do you always start out like that to get some social proof on the ad before you run it as a conversion ad?

Steve: If we in budget permits not all brands are able to allow us to spend on this but we knew what we had and it’s unbelievable viral ad and so the brand owner and me knowing that some my dollars involved. I knew this was the right path to take with it.

Steve: So, can you provide some guidelines? Like, how long did you run that engagement add before you convert it over?

Nick: The day I lost my conversion can be in the day. I lost my PB

Steve: really? Okay. What’s the rationale for that?

Nick: Well, I didn’t want to spend I didn’t want to spend on I didn’t want to spend on just acquiring people that might just be window Shoppers. I wanted to have the ability to have conversions from day one.

Steve: your PPE Ed also generates conversions. I would imagine, right?

Nick: right not as much as you think if you’re telling Facebook y’all want you to give me engagement. They’re going to give you engagement. They’re not going to yes. I hope that the my ad is good enough. The clicks and likes and comments are cheap enough, but oftentimes of all the money I’ve spent on this like I spent a shit ton of money on this platform and there’s definitely not a time nowadays where I’m running a PPE campaign to get conversions, especially for a product that costs over $100.

Steve: Okay

Nick: Right. Now this Strat this is a strategy. I would have taken the fidgets Spinners back in the day because it was a viral ad and we were able to get more reach so yes, they might not be converting with the amount of shares comments and abilities for us to follow up with those are sitting in purchases too

Steve: I see so this PPE Ad I imagine you only run it for a short period right or do you just keep it going?

Nick: Yeah, you run as long as you want. It’s just too bad that the budget is between five and ten bucks a day. It’s nominal.

Steve: Okay. All right. And is there some sort of guideline you’re trying to hit in terms of social proof?

Nick: I’m not no, there’s no specific on that. I’m trying to go for the more people. I know they can comment Engage The more opportunity that I could have my customer support team reach out. Potentially provide a promo code. So if we if we continue to see engagement stack on the ad, it’s only going to help two different things one relevancy score basement views it as a better piece of content. We might get cheaper delivery cheaper CPMS. But if you’re if you’re running yourself and you’re trying to look at hey, I would like to allocate some engagement budget if you will?

How do I measure this is working check your CPM to CTR. Like if you’re if it’s consistently not moving up or down or if it’s moving up maybe that dollars aren’t worth and just put it back in your conversion campaign. But if you are seeing that your delivery is getting little more little more cost-effective. Your PPE is definitely influencing the fact that you’re hitting better people and having higher engagement higher click those and longer watch times.

Steve: Can you provide some guidelines on what like a good click-through rate is?

Nick: no, but there is there is a video that we did talk about ADA attention interest desire and action if you’re looking at I think it’s your three second impression 3-second video views / Impressions. You want to have that at least 30% you want to have a 30% three-second view rate to Impressions.

Steve: Okay.

Nick: I have one video I just did is in Bangkok is called the Ada calculation, look that one up.

Steve: Okay. I’m just trying to get an idea of which metrics that you’re focusing on especially in the beginning of the campaign when you’re just starting it out for the first time.

Nick: Yeah, again, we’re looking at cart things. I only get paid if I make money so I don’t report on conversion I won’t report on there’s never been a client that asked me how many likes or Falls that I get from that man always be like, so did you make me money? You know, so we look at we look at our average cost per cart. So average cost per cart at prospecting and average cost per cart checkout. And the reason why now, there’s a little bit of variance in this some people run sliding carts or sliding shelf for a check out. So that might be a little bit easier to get you some people do a check out where it automatically pushes you into cart.

So that might assist or my change the value of a cart to you. Those are all correlations that you need to obviously understand. So if I were to give you any jumping off point when you just launched a new creative, first get a baseline on cold traffic going to go prospecting what your average cost per added cart is at profitability, right? If you need a 2X and your average cart is 13 bucks. Like you definitely need to know that that maps to a $26 or that’s like two times as cheap as your cost per purchase, right?

Steve: So in general, do you have some guidelines on what percentage of the add to cart people actually will actually buy the product? I know that varies but

Nick: man I don’t even know I don’t even want to put my name on a guesstimate right here. Okay, because it’s going to vary by industry.

Steve: Well, let me ask you this. Are you optimizing for add two carts in the beginning?

Nick: Never. We don’t optimize radicals because again just like the engagement piece will give you out of carts. And why is it I don’t know. I really don’t understand why but I used to be a really big tactic and strategy that people are using the like hey, you need a quote unquote season your pixel. Brother, I promise you that is not something that we ever need to worry about you go for conversion from day one

Steve: interesting. Yeah.

Nick: Because you your unless you’re only ship with unbelievable strategy on abandoned carts or a text message follow-up. It’s just not going to back out. We’ve run those tests optimized for conversion optimized it for carts. You’ll definitely get cheaper carts. But that gross does not back out.

Steve: All right, so you’re optimizing for conversions and then you’re getting some add to cart numbers here. How do you know what the correlation is from? Add two cards to purchases. How do you make that estimate that you just described earlier?

Nick: Absolutely. So I wish I could pull it up on my computer right now because I have this document. It’s literally a simple correlation document of the average amount of average amount of cost per landing page view. That’s there’s cost per click and then there’s one more step into like actual landing on a product page. now, this is all assuming that they’re dropping onto homepage. Not a product page, or maybe everyone just wanted to a product page, but on average you need to have your metrics of cost Braddock cart to your cost per initiate, check out your cost per purchase. You’re going to get obviously your carts your initiates in your purchase.

It’s needs to be as close as possible to a 25 percent increase from your cart value. To initiate into your purchase. So 25% should be the variance across the entire funnel and if it’s up and down a little bit you’re probably looking at a mixture of cold traffic and warm traffic, but you have to segment those two because they perform significantly different

Steve: interesting. So when you run your campaign, so what is the landing page look like?

Nick: Well typical home page. I have no pride. No preference around this a lot of the brands that we work with unless you’re selling a single product. It’s going to look like a normal home page

Steve: interesting. The reason why I ask is because a lot of people these days are running ads to a I guess a special landing page that just kind of showcases that product like a kind of like a long form sales page. and you know, maybe they might be collecting emails or whatnot on that also, but that one page is kind of like a little mini funnel where they buy there’s upsells that are to that product or whatnot.

Nick: I totally hear you. I think I think there’s you have multiple approaches if you’re a single SKU store. I think that’s smart to pull off. If you have one single hero product and not real not really buying intent for your secondary of support, supporting products that make sense as well. But if you’re if you’re looking to build at least DP remarketing or anything dynamic in terms of remarketing, driving straight to store and allowing them to shop more.

It’s still very very viable option you’re able to fill these buckets of audiences. We do have some brands that run just to a single product funnel. They don’t get the luxury of building or \ letting these people window shop.

Steve: Right

Nick: So but that is a strategy. Maybe we run top of funnel for single products and all the remarketing if they didn’t make a purchase or they fell off too soon. Put it back to your store.

Steve: I’m just curious for the sheet company. It’s that sounds like a single Product Company right the miracle brand?

Nick: correct So they have well they have sheets. They’re betting their pillow cases. They have a bundle So that’s its generally two, you have bedding, you have towels. Okay. So look at the landing page. It’s a dual product landing page, depending where you go from that. It’s going to be a single product.

Steve: Okay. So what is the what is the middle of the funnel look like what type of ads are you running there?

Nick: A lot of social proof. So we have a lot of UGC and we a lot of what we like to call. I don’t want to..

Steve: So UGC stands for user-generated content for those who love you who are listening.

Nick: So we have a lot of user generated content from the demographics that we really care about. So about single guy, a single mother, a mother with a lot of families and older I would say more like a nanny Aunt figure but they’re all communicating the same exact value proposition is that it’s just a different delivery.

Steve: Okay, so you just try to get so these are from purchases. I’m guessing that you’re asking for testimonials and whatnot. And you’re trying to get different demographics.

Nick: Absolutely. That’s I think as soon as we started implementing males talking about the product and adding little bit of humor like guys, you know, you’re not wash your sheets, you know, you don’t have to wash this at all. Like that’s it’s pretty straightforward. But it’s really what needs to be heard.

Steve: So in terms of audiences and we can talk specifically about this sheet company. It seems like sheets apply to everyone right? So, who are you targeting or how are you setting up your audience’s for this?

Nick: I’ll definitely tell you that we’ve moved significantly far away from doing very Niche or micro-targeting. We’re very Broad and everything what I mean by that is the only changes were doing to audiences are going to be the amount of the bids that were actually doing if we’re bidding for AOB or bidding for two AOB on cost cap campaigns. That’s a little bit more like the nerdy media buyer. But I’m definitely not sitting you’re choosing audiences that no one’s ever heard of are stacking audiences that are like 3 or 4 or 12 deep to get one specific audience.

Because Facebook has told us and we’ve seen this the more broad the allow you let the more you allow Facebook to choose who to send this to the better. Now, the changes is whether you’re going to go a look like audience versus just a broad audience broad interest audience. We still do interest testing consistently, but it’s not at not at a tremendous amount of budget. That’s just for to see what we can drum up a little bit of Interest

Steve: interesting. So I imagine for the she company you could probably run that wide open, right?

Nick: Really. We love the brands. We love the products that don’t have to be necessarily explained everybody and that’s applicable like it has a wide appeal wide market. Because we know by our branding, We Know by our price points We Know by the people in our content like we’re going to start segmenting them out. I don’t need an audience to do that for me.

Steve: So for your user generated content, you’re just retargeting back to the homepage or no?

Nick: No, it depends on depends on for this specific product. It would be home page because homepage acts as a collection because there’s only two paths that you can go but generally speaking if we’re running to a product that has for running to a brand that has multi SKUs. We’re dropping the back on the collection or product page depending how the site setup is. What I really hate doing is when I remarked it back to a product page and they don’t have the ability to do any frequently bought with or they’re just stuck on that one product.

Maybe they need to see it. Right that’s all stuff that needs to be tested. But I I just hate running some of that jumped onto a landing some of the jumped on my product page. I put them right back to the product page why you should put him to the cart or you should put it back to a collection because there’s probably other things that they’re looking for. For or maybe they need to Discount specifically just and there’s so many different thought work going through

Steve: So how do Dynamic product ads fall into play then because that kind of violates your premise, right? Because with DPA you’re sending people back to the product

Nick: Right DPA. So if we depending on how you want to structure that store, so we run a lot of our DPA pages of just people that’s Add to the Cart initiate check out and we’re dropping right back to cart. So they had to view product plus added to cart. Where do you drop them back to cart view product plus added cart initiate check out you’re going to put it back to carts. You can’t go to prostrate to check out.

Steve: I see. Okay. So you’re literally dropping them back to the shopping cart page.

Nick: Yeah, because the three going to add it there like now if you’re if you want it. And how segmented you really want to go and how much money you have to spend but that’s the real question because some people aren’t going to need to segment that deep of going I want just home page visitors segmented from collection page visitors section from product page visitors section from add to cart inclusive of initiate check out. Some people don’t have the budget to run through that so what they would end up doing similar what you’re talking about is, okay all people that added a cart that’s a sink. That’s a bucket like that’s a bucket of maybe viewers from Day 1 to 30 put those together.

But if they haven’t added it to cart, let’s just put it right back to the product page. It’s really up to the choice of the how much budget the brand has to spend.

Steve: Okay

Nick: But I do what I do like about product Dynamic product ads, which don’t get talked about often. Is there a brand right now that I’ve been working with called Get Caro, and they’re looking at pulling in like Dynamic creative off of your product page. That isn’t just like that that crappy product on white. So if you’re if you’re To do Dynamic product ads you’re able to pull in a lifestyle image. If you set up your product feed to do so on Facebook.

Steve: I’ve heard about people doing this. They have multiple creatives in their product feed and they can even use GIFs or GIFS, right? Yep. Is that something that you’ve been doing with your brands?

Nick: yeah, we’re running a lot of Lifestyle products. So we have speak speaking specifically on one Posh Peanut, is a baby brand and those the best performing creative is the DPA of Lifestyle images that image is just the one on their product page

Steve: interesting. Okay

Nick: because it think about it right like why would I want to run just a strict protocol white when I can still build that same audience and run a video an image a GIF my own care. So maybe I can create my own Carousel from the collection and run it back to the same audience. Now DP is obviously very effective because it ”dynamically do that for you, but you can still set that up by yourself.”

Steve: Can you run videos? Dynamically?

Nick: You can run. I think it’s a slight. I think they call it slide show. I don’t think it’s streaming video.

Steve, Ah Okay, because I know you can switch up the images and you can use GIFs or I don’t I always screw up it is GIF or GIFs. I don’t know, whatever. When do influencers come into play?

Nick: I think this is I believe influencers in three different type of three different main topics one if your brand that feels as though you’re so congruent with that influencers audience, but you aren’t in that influencers audience and it would be it would make a lot of sense for her to introduce you or him or her sorry him or her to introduce you to the audience. That’s when they come into play. If you have a new product that you want to launch and you don’t necessarily want to live on your site or you know.

You’re like I want I want to launch this with a with some of that proven the space or some of those real authority to speak about the quality of this product and that you yourself going from like I’m the brand look at me look at me and that credibility of that new product launch would that influencer my land a bit better? do that. And also if you just are struggling with getting a bunch of good pieces of content. We’re going to create it for you. In the funnel, if you want me to talk specifically in the funnel, they’re applicable top middle and bottom.

Steve: Okay

Nick: Because provide that social proof of going like hey and let’s be let’s be very specific on influencers. Like I’m not talking the Khloe Kardashian’s and the Kylie’s like I’m talking Cindy Lou from Utah cuz she’s a she’s got a bomb mommy blog and women listen to her and she’s got 50,000 followers.

Steve: So you mentioned that you use this top middle and bottom how do you kind of distinguish because it seems like a lot of people are going to be seeing the same ads then right?

Nick: Well, it kind of depends because if you’re going to get the if you’re going to get content from an influencer, what part of that tells you like? Oh, that’s a hundred percent top of funnel. You don’t know that like you just don’t know when you get that content back. You’re going to give him the brief. You’re going to be like I need you to talk about these main value propositions because this is what are women or men or loving about it or asking about it and you’re not going to get like a clear reason about okay that has to live top of funnel because that’s it’s not true. It’s an absolute and you can’t speak in absolutes and paid social

So something is going to work at minimum bottom of funnel. I’m definitely going to try that top of funnel to see if it convert on new traffic. Everything should be segmented anyways.

Steve: okay

Nick: But if you are wanting to think about this cleanly give them give them three things to talk about. For miracle sheets, We believed that the fact that someone didn’t have to wash it frequently was a really important value proposition. Okay, so we have the influencer speak about just that you didn’t have to wash it and then her life was easier and that that she didn’t have to worry about the smell and the second was, smell and but we didn’t let her go deep into on the first because she’s talking about not watching it. The next was it smelled better for longer. Now, Those are hooks that can A, reinforced why some would buy but it also could convince them initially while they would buy top of funnel. So see there’s two applications on both top and middle funnel

Steve: Okay, and you just have to experiment to see what works.

Nick: I really I know a lot of people when you jump on a podcast We jump on these things that you sees things in absolutes. It kills me because I’ve seen too much and I know for a fact that there’s nothing absolute especially pay social and especially right now, like there’s why are people buying things at their buying right now at a fear? out of boredom? They’re at home. They have more Wi-Fi. There’s so many questions.

Steve: So I remember you saying this at your event, you have to hit you try to hit all the different angles just to see what works all the different hooks right? When you’re when you’re generating your paid ads. Hey, Nick, so if I’m like a six-figure company or a low seven-figure company, like how much money would you feel that you would need to just kind of get gather data on this entire process excluding the creative.

Nick: Excluding the creative. I think if you gave me $15,000 to develop five grand across three clear angles. You can create content for and write specific ads tied to it. Now. I wouldn’t go as deep into making specific landing pages. But if the brand or we have the ability to do that, I think $15,000 will give you enough directional information that you could buy to then invest more or go in that direction.

Steve: Okay. That was kind of like my next question. How do you know whether it’s working or not? I mean

Nick: Yeah, so we have we have two things. So we have a correlation export that shows and this is like our Bible so brand comes into us. We do the same audit of like, okay. First of all, where they where they knee hurting the most in the funnel. Is it top, middle, bottom? Are they even spending that we do our best to not talk to Brands. They’re going like hey, we have this great idea. We want to launch it because we just know that that’s going to be investment that’s going to be at least 30,000 to invest in. They need a website. They need content. We have to test that content. We have to iterate that content just because the price point makes sense.

I digress but there if a Brands coming into me and they go like we already have a great product. We’re making sales on Amazon. We have some great feedback, but we don’t have any own audiences or paid or paid angles that were running. What do we do? Five grand a pop / angle build up top and middle and bottom of what I’m not saying of do full videos, but at least a congruent story with different versions of copy will be enough for you to go like, okay. Does this mother angle work? Does the bats or angle work or does it college angle work? And then from that we kind of develop more content around it.

Steve: Okay. Hey Nick. This is a good lead-in to where can people find you. And what do you do?

Nick: Well, jeez if you guys can see who’s on coming Seller Summit. This is

Steve: ha ha ha.

Nick: This is I am, we are making the trip out here from California to Florida. So we are braving the flight to do so, if not find me on Instagram. I am Nick Shackleford and I am trying to build up the Twitter a little bit but it’s still slows. But I love paid social. This is I wouldn’t do anything. It’s like if I was asked with something that’s more like Nick, when you got all the money in the world. What would you do? Same thing. I just probably would have a nicer computer.

Steve: Hey didn’t even mention Structured Social. Come on.

Nick: I know I know it’s knowing how great your audience is like there’s people are smart enough to find if they wanted so I’ll let you do that talking but if you are interested in what we do, we are at Structured Social just as is and we love what we do. So thank you very much brother.

Steve: Cook, Nick. Thanks. A lot of coming on the show man, really appreciate it.

Nick: Of course. See you soon.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode as I mentioned earlier. Nick was a speaker at my annual e-commerce conference called the Seller Summit and he knows his stuff when it comes to Media buys. Now, I know that I will be listening to this episode again to catch all the little details. For more information about this episode go to my wifequitherjob.com/episode311.

And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, that’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo

I also want to thank PostScript.io which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce with a few clicks of a button. You can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at PostScript.io/Steve. That’s Postscript.io/Steve.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

310: How To Make Money When You Have No Money With Steve Chou

310: How To Make Money When You Have No Money With Steve Chou

In this episode, I will teach you how to make money with no money in a sustainable way that can eventually lead to a profitable online business.

This tutorial will assume that you are starting from complete scratch with no audience, no connections and no prior business experience at all.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to make your first 1000 dollars without paying a dime
  • The best business model to make money.
  • What you have to do when you have no money to start a business

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

309: How My Student Joel Cherrico Makes 6 Figures Selling Pottery Online

309: How My Student Joel Cherrico Makes 6 Figures Selling Pottery Online

Today I’m really happy to have Joel Cherrico on the show. Not only was Joel a student in my Create A Profitable Online Store Course but he might have been student number 1.

Joel is a potter and he hand creates amazing ceramics of which I have several pieces in my living room. As you know, selling art is probably one of the most difficult products to sell online because you have to create a following in order to command premium pricing.

In this episode, we delve deeply into his story to discover how he turned his art into a thriving business.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Joel got started making pottery
  • How Joel can charge $500 per mug that he sells online
  • How to become famous
  • How to build a following of super fans

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies, they use to grow their businesses. Now today, I have a very special guest on the show Joel Cherrico. Now Joel is one of the first students that ever join my create a profitable online store course and after many years of consistent work, he has created a solid six figure business selling his own hand thrown Pottery over at CherricoPottery.com. Here’s how he did it.

But before we begin I want to thank PostScript for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. I sincerely believe that SMS or text message marketing is going to be a huge channel for my store going forward and I have chosen PostScript.io to be my text provider. Now why PostScript? it’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus and not only is it easy to use but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that it’s priceable too and you only pay for the messages that you actually send. So head on over to PostScript.io/Steve and try it for free. That’s postscript.io/Steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Now, it’s safe to say that most of us have been doing more online shopping lately. And if you’re an e-commerce brand, that means you might be seeing more first time customers, but once they made that first purchase, how do you keep them coming back? Well, that’s What Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for e-commerce Brands. It gives you the tools to build your contact list. Send memorable emails automate key messages and more a lot more and that’s why more than 30,000 e-commerce Brands like Chubbies Brooklyn and Livingproof use Klaviyo to build a loyal following. Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales enthusiastic word of mouth and less depending on third-party ads. So whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level Klaviyo can help you grow faster and it is free to get started. Visit Klaviyo.com/mywife to create a free account. That’s Klaviyo.com/mywife. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle. So you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast today, I’m really happy to have Joel Cherrico on the show. Now Not only was Joel a student in my create a profitable online store course, but I believe that he was actually student number one or two way back in 2011. In fact, he signed up for the $99 package. The course is a cost 1,700 bucks and that $99 package didn’t include videos or live office hours. There was a it was a no support tier basically but it didn’t last long and so I ended up Upgrading him soon after to the full package.

Anyway, Joel is a Potter and he makes his own amazing Pottery of which I have actually several pieces in my own living room. And as you all know selling art is probably one of the most difficult products to sell online because you have to create a following people buy your products because of you and over the years Joel has created an amazing audience and has done very well. So today we are going to delve deeply into this story and find out exactly how he did it and with that welcome to show Joel. How you doing, man?

Joel: I’m doing great. You know, thanks. Thanks for bringing me on Steve because we go way back. So I really appreciate all your enthusiasm over the years and I think I actually paid, I was going to pay a little more for that course, but your wife talked you into a discount so you’ll have to thank her for me.

Steve: Yeah, when I launched it was only I think was $99 to the cheapest one and it was $299 for the most expensive one.

Joel: Yeah, I think I’m ready to do some pottery or something for you.

Steve: I think so. I think that’s what it was because at the time you had no money at all if I recall.

Joel: yeah. Oh, yeah for a few years. I was I was really bootstrapped. I was I was basically just living as a not quite a starving artist because I traded a lot of pottery for food, but it was it was tough for a couple of years while I really refined my craft and more importantly when it comes to the internet figuring out proper how to be a proper business person online with art. That’s a that’s a unique challenge so it took a few years, but it’s going pretty well now.

Stwvw: So how did you get started with pottery and what made you decide to start like an online business selling it?

Joel: well When I was 18 for whatever reason I got to college and I was pre-med and I had all these big dreams of becoming a doctor but there’s one problem. I was getting terrible grades in my biology, chemistry. I was getting D’s and F’s and I just hated it too. It’s really struggling and I had taken some pottery in high school. I made about a hundred pieces of pottery and I won an award from for my high school graduating class for pottery. So I knew I was pretty good at it. But I was like, haha how am I going to make a living doing this but for whatever reason I decided that I was going to switch to Art.

So I studied art for four years and right away. I decided I wanted to figure out how to make a living as a Potter. I knew some people did this and it there was you know, people were College professors some people sold Pottery. So I spent four years in college treating that like a pottery apprenticeship really intense working as much as I could. Just trying to get out of all my classes and be on the pottery wheel to refine the craft. With my senior year I knew I had to make a living somehow. So I took some business classes and noticed really quickly the unlimited potential of the internet and reaching people globally and trying to figure out how to pack and ship something fragile took another few years, but it’s been about 15 years of trying to do Pottery full-time.

About 10 years as an actual LLC business and it’s finally started to take off a few years ago some major things happened. And now it’s a prospering business with some employees and we’re looking to expand into a lot of different Avenues.

Steve: That’s awesome. And I have to thank your dad for introducing us. How the heck did he find me actually was it random?

Joel: It was it was probably Google searching. He’s probably just worried about his artist son.

Steve: Yeah

Joel: You know, I give him a business plan. That was I don’t know 90 pages long and rambling about all these ways to make money and he probably was just trying. He’s probably just trying to do the same himself and I’m pretty sure he found you Google searching somehow.

Steve: Yeah, I mean you got cool parents to to be so supportive of your business, you know, I got to hand it to them, hand it to your parents.

Joel: Yeah. My mom was always big in the music people always ask me if my parents did pottery and none they never did. I mean, my mom was a nurse but loved supporting trying to get us into into the Arts and Music and I want a lot of awards and trumpet early on which people Really know about but I had a lot of skill and it’s strange that that transferred into a different art form completely and my dad was he worked for IBM is whole life. So for them to be supportive in something like Pottery, I think they knew that because I’d had so many successes and awards that it was something real.

It wasn’t it wasn’t something that I was just wanted to do only because I was passionate about it. There was a real purpose there and that finally started to it took a few years there were some rough years. But it’s been prosperous long term.

Steve: So how did you know that you could actually make a business out of this where there are other with there a bunch of Potters that you kind of looked up to that we’re making a full-time living doing this?

Joel: you know, it’s rare it’s rare, but I pieced together some of the best parts that I saw from not, First It was Potters but later it was other entrepreneurs when I started actually reading business books right around the time that I took your course and the year or two after that, so It was it was one Potter who I saw she had some mugs on her website and they were eighty two dollars each and I remember thinking man a coffee mug for $82 that seems like I knew I could make a lot of coffee mugs. Like I can hand craft a lot of these things and I just I wanted to bridge that gap of finding out how someone her name is Ayumi Horry and she’s still

Steve: That sounds familiar. I remember looking at her website, yeah

Joel: I probably was just obsessed with her back then and I’ve reached out to her a little bit and she’s a she’s a professional in our field but I saw those her pot sell immediately when she would send a simple email to her mailing list a couple years later after I’ve read a lot of business books. I tried to I was inspired by Tim Ferriss his real world MBA and tried to give myself enough knowledge that it would be like if I had gone to business grad school. So he says something in one of his books that great marketing works the first time and that’s really what I saw in Ayumi’s work it was.

Not just I mean it’s marketing you could call it that but if something more it was a way it was a key to something that could be a livelihood.

Steve: So how did you get your name out there? Because I know that you sell out every time now to and I’m actually on your email list. Yeah, thank you for initial strategy for just building awareness. I guess for what you do?

Joel: Well, I tried a lot of different things and honestly, I sold mostly locally for the first few years and I needed that time to to see how people reacted to the work in person. Most importantly I would throw pots in front of people. I demonstrate my craft. So when Facebook live was created when Periscope was created and even YouTube you can live stream that wasn’t around in 2010. So these when these Technologies happened I had the skills to translate that on the internet. I I now have a film studio. It’s a space we devote only to basically me performing Pottery throwing demonstrations on video.

Combine that with the fact that it’s live and that now we have all these Tools mailing lists giveaway software. All these ways to reach people are our email list is tens of thousands of people now, so the tools on the internet. Just yesterday, there were a few thousand people in my studio that could never happen in person, but thanks to a simple video. There can be a hundred people in my studio at a single time and that really does translate into a lot more people wanting to buy your art.

Steve: So walk us through the process here. So up until those Technologies you were just kind of doing local throwing and maybe Live Throwing and getting some business that way but once these live Technologies came out, can you walk me through how you got started there?

Joel: Yeah, it’s pretty simple. I just opened it. I bought a smartphone and I downloaded Periscope and I put it I put it on a tripod and I just clicked live and I literally just I started one fan at a time. We all start with 0 followers. When the mailing list started. I think when I was taking your course, it was three or four hundred people and I literally just I started slowly and steadily and I explored every online tool available every option one of the Biggest influences on my on the tools I use is an author named Ryan Holiday. Are you familiar with Ryan

Steve: Yeah, of course. Of course. Yeah.

Joel: So I’ve read all his books. I’ve met him a couple times. He actually owns few pieces of my Arts. So he’s got one on his kitchen table which kind of blew my mind because it’s a kind of a big piece and though the first book he wrote it start. It’s it’s it’s an easy read as short. It’s quick and it’s all about getting started short and quick and start with a mailing list of 300 people who who you know, and I’ve learned that the best way to promote your work is often a give it away for free. So through giveaways through a free email newsletter when you’re making a type of especially coffee mug, most of what I do is coffee mugs. That’s just beautiful and people really connect with it.

I mean, that’s how I’ve connected with people like Ryan and Tim Ferriss. He owns a couple pieces. It’s not because they bought my work it’s because I mailed it off to them for free. There’s Is a huge piece of Mind in Neil deGrasse Tyson’s office right now because

Steve: That’s awesome.

Joel: I mailed stuff off to him for free and that developed into a business relationship.

Steve: I know you got mentioned on the Tim Ferriss podcast was that after you gave him one of them?

Joel: So I basically, Yeah. I asked if I could send him some things the cosmic mug was inspired by his Muse concept combining that with the he has a concept called The Muse in the 4-Hour workweek his first book. That’s that’s what bird the cosmic mug, so he He has the one of the very first ones that popped up and I’ve been in in contact with his assistants numerous assistance over the years and we’ve never decided on any kind of collaboration really but it’s you know, he just interviewed Neil deGrasse Tyson like a month ago. So it’s amazing that you start to see these connections and it’s really just putting pieces of the puzzle together.

Steve: Where would you say was like the inflection point like you’re grinding you’re grinding you’re building up your scriber list one subscribe to a time. What was the Tipping Point?

Joel: You know, it’s funny you say that because in 2015, I was I read that book two or three times by Malcolm Gladwell Tipping Point. I was obsessed with it and I can think of a few a few times when that lime light comes on you and then and then it goes away. So one major one was when I decided to turn the cosmic mug into a Kickstarter because that was the best tool at the time. For for putting it out into the world. So in one month this one type of coffee mug raised I we had $25,000 goal and it raised $34,000 and we shipped them to 16 different countries. So that was a nice success and validated the idea. It wasn’t massive but it was it was enough to say okay. There’s really something here and then a couple months later.

Steve: How did you market the Kickstarter because you have to kind of see it yourself with your own audience

Joel: Totally. Totally it was a building it. I spent about a year researching taking that Muse concept from the 4-Hour workweek and researching Kickstarter projects. I took another course actually. It’s by his name is Klay Abear and he studied with Seth

Steve: I know Klay abear. Yeah

Joel: That’s awesome.

Steve: Yeah, we’re going to Mastermind together. I love that guy, yeah.

Joel: Yeah. Well, so I’ll so after I studied with you. I basically studied with Klay specific to Kickstarter and that investment paid off obviously. So so the the kickstarter was a yeah, I it was a slow building I was Klay was big on build your list. So I was building the list by giving away free Cosmic mugs and letting people sign up for free when they wanted the chant when they wanted one to buy. So the kickstarter was a chance for them to get one at a discounts as their high-end mugs are kind of expensive and

Steve: How did you and more to just continue to give him away because shipping is kind of expensive too right?

Joel: Oh, yeah. These are clay, fragile pieces of pottery. If you drop it, it’s going to break. So I was still at farmer’s markets. I was still at art shows grinding it out. That I was still selling a little bit of pottery online and educating my customers on why you know how to how to make it affordable for shipping and why it needs to be a certain price for shipping. I was still figuring that out and I just I just did it. I saw it all is investing in the business. I just that’s the best you can spend $100 on a Facebook ad or you could give away a couple mugs. And I think the value of giving away your art your art what you make if it’s good is always your best marketing.

Steve: So, you had that Kickstarter which was successful and that I imagine built your list even further and then when did The Guinness Book of World Records? When did that fall into place?

Joel: About three months after that? So, I took that the Kickstarter money. I basically… I use that money to figure out the next step. It wasn’t enough to really build a Pottery Studio, you know that 34 thousand dollars sounds like a lot of money in a single month, but I had to create pack and ship a thousand pieces of pottery.

Steve: That’s crazy.

Joel: Yeah costs over 20 grand and I think I pay yourself. So, I was still scraping by, but I decided you know what, I like to. I was single I was just living in a little apartment. I was like, you know what I’m going to keep… I’m going to keep exploring what I want to explore so I had been practicing for the Guinness World Records title for its “Most Pots Thrown in One Hour by an Individual” Throwing pottery means twisting Pottery on a wheel and so I decided I was going to practice and I spent about a year practicing but after the Kickstarter I spent… I took a whole month and I was like I was training for a marathon five or six hours a day because I was doing on my kick wheel. There’s another record now, it’s someone else has it but they did it on an electric wheel.

Steve: That’s cheating.

Joel: Yeah, so I was I was kicking the wheel to do it and the previous record holder did a hundred and fifty on an electric wheel and so I hired a couple students to film the whole thing, and I did it on public space and I got it on my first try I made a hundred and fifty-nine. So, I beat it in an hour and you can find that on YouTube. It’s pretty cool to watch.

Steve: You probably have to be in shape to do that to right? For an hour like physically in shape?

Joel: It was excruciating. Yeah. I was just dripping sweat and is one pot every 24 seconds for an hour straight. I had no idea if I could do it so that that was the first kind of made that was a Tipping Point. You could say it was a nice piece of publicity Guinness World Records actually came to the town where I’m at in interviewed me after that, so it had a long effect of nice publicity.

Steve: So did it generate any sales as a result of that or?

Joel: I mean, it’s still generating.

Steve: Oh really okay. Okay

Joel: It’s hard to calculate it’s not something that it that’s trackable like a Facebook ad. But but it’s I mean the fact that we’re talking about it right now means it was a milestone that was really important for showing me what’s possible. Well with zero budget.

Steve: Okay. Okay. And so you got in the Guinness Book of World Records that sent you some some traffic, I guess in some sales was that enough to sustain a living at that point?

Joel: still wasn’t, no. No. I was still showing locally. I was probably up to maybe 30 or 40 percent of of my Pottery entering the world through the internet people, you know, people were still kind of The tools may not have been ready or I may not have been ready. But basically once I started to do video and embrace video, especially live streaming video, Facebook live, Periscope when Guinness World Records came, we did a Facebook live video. And so I spent an hour with Guinness World Records with them at they had the microphone and I was throwing Pottery talking about the record and 300,000 people watched that

Steve: Oh three hundred thousand. Wow

Joel: Yeah more than that and then I Videos on my own and a couple of them were watched by over a million people.

Steve: Wow. Okay. This is like Facebook live or what is this?

Joel: It was all Facebook live, Periscope didn’t have nearly as high of a reach for whatever reason my fans want to hang out on Facebook.

Steve: And so I’m sorry you had a million people live?

Joel: Numerous times. I’ve had a couple million when I’ve livestream on what I do is I’d live stream on other pages on Facebook that this kind of hippie Pages once called expanded Consciousness and two million people watched me in an evening throw pottery and then I would just do it on my own my CherricoPottery page and 200,000 would watch.

Steve: Wow!

Joel: I think that was something when it was new there’s we were obsessed with the new because now I do I do a scheduled video schedule about 10 every single month and they’re watched by an average of five to ten thousand people each so it goes up and down.

Steve: No, but I mean that’s still a lot. So when you do it on someone else’s page, Imagine you have to ask for permission and everything, right?

Joel: Yeah. I connected with those pages the same way. I connected with Neil deGrasse Tyson and Tim Ferriss initially. I just messaged them or email them or said hey, would you like a free piece of pottery or with throwing this Pottery serve your fans? I think, you know people seem to like it maybe they would like to see it and they would just say sure and I would live stream for a couple hours. I would try to be professional. I ended up building a professional live streaming Studio, which is pretty simple it’s just a pottery wheel with a curtain in the background, space technology.

Steve: Right. Right. So when you get all those people like a couple million people watching you live. I imagine you just your sales go Bonkers, right?

Joel: So the biggest difference between all of your fans who are listening and what I do is most businesses have a scalable product in quantity. I knew from day one that my hands can only make so many pots and sure I can hire a bunch of potters and I still might but that’s not why people want to support the art. That’s not why they’re part of this journey and following my story. It’s because they want to connect with an artist and they want to connect with something that I’ve crafted. So what I did was I made more intricate art. I made more valuable art.

I made one offs that were more rare and then a grouping of a hundred that are simpler. So I’ll have a $50 mug and I would have a $500 mug and that’s how it works to this day.

Steve: I see and so do you make any of the less expensive mugs anymore or

Joel: oh, yeah, but they they don’t stay in stock. So that the problem is they sell out especially with it’s a mug with a handle because I make plates, bowls, all kinds of things but there’s something magical about a mug and I can’t keep them in stock for 50 or 60 or $70. So are five hundred dollar ones. I’ve got a lot of those in stock right now and then Two to three hundred dollar ones fewer of those and anything below $100 tends to sell too quickly for me to keep it in stock. And that’s been sustainable for now. I want to offer lower-priced things, but I’ve got a few challenges to figure out before we’re able to do that.

Steve: Yeah, but if your hand making everything I can imagine that price point being worth it.

Joel: It’s not responsible for an artist to have really low prices and struggle to make a living.

Steve: Yeah

Joel: I did that man. I spent five years doing that after college. So I tried and I loved it while I was doing it that time is over and at some point if you’re going to make a living as an artist, you need to raise the quality of your work and then raise your prices and take the criticism that’s going to come with.

Steve: Does that mean that every single one of your pieces is completely unique every time you make it?

Joel: Yep. Yep. There’s it’s impossible for them to be identical which is part of the magic of clay.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wiegler and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

Steve: So when you want to do one of those lives, I would imagine even the more expensive pieces sell out right when you have that many people on?

Joel: So so that was happening back when you write when Guinness World Records happened and I was getting millions and millions of views. That’s what was happening. So what I did was I it was gut wrenching at first, but I raised all my prices and then I raised him again and then I raised him again. So the $25 mug went to 45 and I added a layer of glaze Is then I went to 85 then it went to a hundred and twenty-five for a coffee mug and I added multiple layers of glaze with brighter colors and I tried to communicate that intricacy. So the ones that are $500 if they take ten times as long to make than a $50 mug. That’s why they’re worth the price.

Steve: I see did people Flinch when that happen when you started raising prices?

Joel: People will still Flinch, two things happens people got really upset and flinched and the mug sold out.

Steve: Yeah, so would you say that those aren’t your Target customers in the first place? Then? I mean your true fans are the ones that are willing to pay the price for Quality.

Joel: Yeah, I wrote an article for the American craft Council called the search for 1,000 true fans and it was inspired by this article by Kevin Kelly. It was a one of the founders of Wired Magazine. Have you heard of this article before?

Steve: I haven’t read the article, but I mean a thousand true fans. That’s a well-known. Yeah.

Joel: Yeah, and so the idea is if you can sell a product for $100 and I know these coffee mugs $100 per mug this was this was largely inspired by me my own selfish. How do I how can I do this? How can I make a living? So I’m kind of forgetting your question. I’m not hoping I rambling here.

Steve: No, no, no. It’s just basically when you raise your prices people flinched and then I started talking about. Hey, those weren’t your true customers or your true fans.

Joel: Okay, that’s yeah. Yeah, yeah, so they I want to I need to give them a chance to be because some people are on fixed income. It’s when people watch these Facebook live videos, I get the I get feedback that it feels like what Mr. Rogers got on public television. It feels like what Bob Ross and The Joy of Painting these Public Television TV shows that’s our social media now people say your videos are theraputic. I have PTSD in this has helped me through so many dark times, you know, I poured my heart and soul into these things for two hours straight.

I’m throwing Pottery. So if they can’t afford a mug for more than $30, I’m trying I need to meet them where they’re at because that’s the bulk of the people to so I try to understand try to see that the frustration is largely coming from they want to be a true fan and the vast majority of people can’t afford that which is why which is why I added a lot more ways to you know, we have a subscription model now for five dollars and nine dollars a month and I’m also adding some lower end products

Steve: interesting. What do you what do you get for that subscription?

Joel: So there’s there’s a I think just over 400 people now on patreon who are supporting us at $5 a month, nine dollars a month, and $24 a month.

Steve: Do you put out bonus content for these folks?

Joel: it started that way and it’s evolved into basically a pottery Option so at $24 a month, they get a moon mug that’s worth $500. And I also send them a cosmic mug and a cup and an educational brochure pack and they do get bonus content. So

Steve: so that sounds like a great deal.

Joel: Yeah, so that’s that’s what subscription models are tough. Right? So yeah, that’s it needed to be. So you know.

Steve: so you’re limited obviously by the number of pieces that you can make in any given month and so these subscription Has that you’re talking about wouldn’t it be and I guess maybe money isn’t the primary motivation for everything but wouldn’t it be more economical or useful for your time to just produce the higher end mugs and maybe a smaller quantity of the loan ones. It seems like you are at $25 a month and you’re giving away a $500 mug. It seems like a huge bargain. Right?

Joel: Well, yeah, it takes them a year to get that so they have to stay committed. So there’s a lot of trust on them to every month

Steve: I see.

Joel: Until they get that mug stay subscribed.

Steve: Got it.

Joel: But also, you know one of the best feelings in the world is when you raise prices on your art and someone believes you and they buy it. One of the worst feelings of world in the world is when you raise prices and you hear crickets and nobody buys it and they’re supportive and so it’s not like it always works. I have I am I mean I have hundreds of thousands of dollars of retail value Potter three-foot jars. I have hundreds of pieces in storage, platters, wall platters jars that don’t sell so it’s important to meet your fans where they are and it’s also why like I said, I’m building a business relationship with Neil deGrasse Tyson because he lives in New York City.

He has his own TV show in National Geographic and New York City’s the art capital of the world. So right now, I’m he gave me some homework to find a gallery to come see the art that he has so we are exploring that high-end that high-end, Ultra high-end Ceramics, and but I’m also planning to travel to China to explore having some products made their.

Steve: let’s talk about that. How would that work? If people are buying these pots because of you then how would this whole Outsourcing to China? It just seems like it would be a huge negative.

Joel: Totally. Yeah. I really I wanted I want to come on this podcast to get your opinion on that Steve because that was the credit. That was the overwhelming feedback. I got when I had some pieces designed and launched them to our fans it started off really negative, but Is a reason that porcelain Ceramics are called Fine China, the Chinese have been doing it for two thousand years and the specific type of pottery I make this black Pottery that’s inspired by outer space. The cosmic mugs. That is a Chinese glaze from about a thousand years ago the Song Dynasty.

So it might not be the best idea to have everything every product you’re doing made in China but something if I were to have these made in Italy made in Germany, The quality would be lower and that it’s the Chinese have they know porcelain. They’re, I think over 700 porcelain factories in China and I’m doing it because I believe that the quality will be highest and that we can figure out how to keep the price low the quality high and have deep respect for Humanity and the environment.

Steve: So for these ones that you are getting from China, do you put your own personal spin on it somehow?

Joel: Well, I’m acting as a designer. So I’m learning I’ve been doing this for less than a year. Next week 400 mugs are coming, so we’ve ordered multiple batches and they’ve all sold out at about 36 dollars each

Steve: Nice.

Joel: Every one. So I’m slowly scaling up. And yeah, it’s a glaze that it’s a shape based on my mug, but it feels it feels remarkably different. You said earlier that you know, everyone is unique because my hand touches it. These ones are all the same the shape is all identical because they’re made with molds. They’re made with porcelain poured into molds their factory made but it’s funny because who works in factories.

I mean, it’s still people is still hundreds of people who are who are handling these pots and there are little smudges. The glaze is remarkably unique. So we developed a glaze that is so complicated that every one of the Chinese mugs is also an individual unique mug because of the glaze not the shape. Does that make sense?

Steve: Yeah, yeah, absolutely. You know, I guess the model that you’re taking is a model that a whole bunch of I guess clothing makers and that sort of thing have taken also, right. They have their own original pieces that they sell for a lot and then they also have you know, mass-produced pieces that they sell at a much cheaper price. I guess the only thing to get over like it would be different is if you had like a team of apprentices who studied under you and we’re producing these pots that I feel like that would be a little bit more meaningful from a customer standpoint. But if what you’re doing is working then that is a way to scale your business.

Joel: Yeah, we were hiring in a month or two. We plan to hire our second full-time employee. My wife and I are the only two full-time employees now, but we could use some help and we’re considering whether it’s going to be an apprenticeship model or something more like, there’s this great book called The e-myth Revisited and Talk about oddly enough. They talk about McDonald’s in that book and it was a it was hard for me to read it first. But I’ve since read at a few different times and it’s like well, yeah, why is why is McDonald’s been around for 50 years and why can any high school kid figure that out.

So we might hire a prentices we might hire just some local workers and some friends high school kids. Yeah, we’re navigating that but I see what you’re saying in terms of the meaningful purchase. I believe I could probably make make I make about three to four thousand pots a year. I can probably push that up to five or six thousand with a little bit of help.

Steve: Yeah, definitely and your wife sounds really understanding as well. So she doesn’t she works full-time in your Pottery business?

Joel: Yeah. She has a graduate degree as a Montessori school teacher and she had she was just finishing that up when we started dating, but she originally studied art we both spent four years of our college education studying art. That’s what we’re passionate about. So when business started to take off and we finally passed that six-figure Mark and then almost doubled our goal and businesses continue to grow. I just I knew I needed to hire so we try to spend every day doing what we want to do making art. A lot of what we do is still the tedious handcraft that we’re plan to hire some help for but her craft is actually making paper by hands not Pottery by trade. So we’ve sold a lot of her paper products now to our fans.

Steve: Interesting. Wow, that’s cool. Joel like I get a lot of people who are artists and they come to me whether and asked me like how do they start an eCommerce store and do essentially what you’ve done. What would be your best advice to these folks?

Joel: Well the art always comes first.

Steve: Okay

Joel: You always have to make the art first and Aesthetics and why you’re making your art and the objects you’re making that’s always most important, but if you can’t figure out the financial and the economics of it then it’s like fuel for a rocket ship. Okay. This isn’t just the this isn’t just the nihilistic pursuit of Rocket Fuel. Okay, but you’re not going to get off the launch pad without it. Like what we want to do is explore, you launch a rocket to go explore because you want to explore what’s out what’s in the far beyond that’s what business is. That’s what a venture is when you’re starting a business.

But Rocket Fuel is essential and money is rocket fuel. And most artists we you know, we all we all assumed that people want to in like they know like what we make but you need to make something people want you to start with a humble mindset that nobody cares, you saw when I was struggling to sell $25 mugs and they would just sit there is no nobody cares. You need to start with a humble mindset and it’s your responsibility to educate and attract people to your story of why what you’re making matters. And if people aren’t attracted to it, then maybe you need to make something else.

Steve: You know, it’s funny. Joel is when you before we actually spoke, I remember looking at your mugs and I was like, okay great. These are nice mugs. I hadn’t seen one. I only saw it on your website, but it was after we had our first Skype chat and just talking to you like your products instantly became like thousands of times more attractive and for you to you know, I what I was thinking you were going to say was put yourself out there and start creating videos. And like get built a following get people attracted to your personality. And then anything that you’ll make will eventually sell. Do you feel that way?

Joel: I feel like that’s a trap. I feel like social media and Trends push us to think that’s most important. But in reality the only type of success and Prestige and money that come are the type that are slow and built over long long periods of time. So I understand that Fame and putting yourself out there that is really important, but that just that was something that not only came natural to me. I actually have a big problem with ego. I tend to just put myself out way too much when I when and when I decided to you know what I’m just gonna let the art speak. I’m going to shut my mouth. I’m going to focus on the Arts.

I suppress my ego as much as I could. I still talk, I love to talk so I still end up talking about it, but the objects themselves became truly remarkable the physical act of making them turned into a Guinness World Record

Steve: Hmm, that is so Interesting

Joel: I think that yes. Isn’t too much. Yeah, too many of us start with I’m afraid to put myself out there when the real problem is. I’m afraid to make something people want.

Steve: Interesting, were there any times when you are tempted to kind of sell out and just because you needed the money and you knew you could make more money by doing things a certain way that you wouldn’t necessarily be your style. Does that make sense?

Joel: Yeah, but I it does but it doesn’t. And what you mean by sell out, like what can you define that you mean by sell out? It’s so it’s tough for me because I this is a question I’ve gotten often from people like you people who are

Steve: I’m not an artist. So yeah

Joel: no no, but your I consider you one of my mentors Steve you were you seen so much my early career and my Pottery Professor. He’s kind of my Mr. Miyagi told me to whack taught me to wax on wax off. I use his pottery wheel. He asked me that once too and I’m not sure if there’s a clear answer to it because when you’re a business person your job is to I mean, 95% of my art enters the world through sales on the Internet. It’s shipped directly to people’s doorsteps, So when we having a low month and I need to lower prices on a $500 Moon mug and sell it for 200 at you know, Black Friday price sales, I do it.

And I’ve always noticed that people are happy to get the discount they understand that sales happen in short periods of times and I’ve just tried to take that take the free-market jungle for what it is that the business is going to tell you what it needs customers are going to tell you what they need and you have to meet them when they where they are if they can’t afford a 200 dollar coffee mug, then sometimes you’re going to have to lower your prices. You can raise your prices and you have to lower your prices sometimes and try to be honest and respectful throughout the entire process.

Steve: I guess I wasn’t talking in terms of pricing. So let’s say your audience wanted a certain type of mug, but that’s not the type of mug that reflects your style. Would you go ahead and make that mug if you need the money, you understand what I’m saying like the customers dictate might not necessarily be your art style.

Joel: Yeah, I see what you’re saying. So everybody wants a mug with their name on it. That’s I get asked that every single video, you know thousands of times so fortunately, I think I’ve creative enough variety Mountain mugs, Moon mugs this Nuka glaze. I have a iron Brown and a cobalt blue and there’s three different styles of moon mugs and a Neptune mug and a spiral Cosmic mug and a lunar I could go on and on so because so I when I asked I answered that question to them with variety, there’s such a variety of a body of work a catalog that I make that I say no to I can say no to a hundred percent of the commission request that come in because I’ve created a more profitable catalog that people like more than some tacky mug with their name carved in the side that they want to pay $20 for.

Steve: Okay.

Joel: Does that make sense?

Steve: Yeah, it does. Yeah. So you mentioned focusing on your art and making the art stand out as a reason to buy it. But even if your artist Superior, it’s not no one’s going to buy it unless they know it’s around right? So it seems like you also need to always put yourself out there in addition to, you know perfecting your art form, right?

Joel: Oh definitely.

Steve: So for someone just starting out. Would you say that building that audience first is what will make the whole art selling experience a lot easier or would you perfect the art and then build the audience?

Joel: Well, I guess I just like to share as much as I can about what I did and what I did was perfect the art first.

Steve: Okay.

Joel: So it was through high school that I made about a hundred pots and then through college I spent four years and I don’t want to say I didn’t sell anything. Because I sold about $5,000 worth of pottery during college at the bus stop. So I was learning how to make things people want and I was putting myself out there performing Pottery demonstrations. I’m so I was doing both but I think if you if you focus too much on creating contents and putting yourself out there. You end up just like everyone else as opposed to with where’s your magic?

What’s special about you and if it is the art if you can make art that’s truly remarkable that I did that to me that feels more powerful in my gut and I feel like if you’re just doing things for clicks for likes for metrics before you perfect something that’s worthy of those clicks and like some metrics then I just didn’t do that. Like I’m not Gary Vee, you know

Steve: Yeah of course.

Joel: I can only I can only talk so much before I have to let the art speak for me

Steve: Right. Okay, cool, Joel. We’ve been chatting for quite a while and I wanted everyone out there listening to get a chance to see your works. So where can people find you, where can they buy your pottery?

Joel: Yeah. Thank you. So, my name is Joel Cherrico and cherricopottery.com. Cherrico is C H E R R I C O —- and if you Google that all kinds of stuff will show up. I make the moon mugs in the cosmic mugs that will probably show up in Google and on Facebook. The best way to watch is really on Facebook because I really like I let you into my studio and we just hang out while I throw Pottery. But yeah, we do we do everything we can to spread the word. We have the mailing list where we give away free Pottery every single month the cosmic mug, cosmicmugs.com is what our bestseller is. It’s what people seem to gravitate towards most. Just so we built a whole website just devoted to that.

Steve: What was the rationale for that?

Joel: You know, it’s funny all these people that I’ve connected with. I’m actually a client of Ryan Holiday and all that means is we had a phone call after I read so many of his books and wrote a blog post about how his work inspired me and we talked for an hour about how to make this profitable because I was really struggling it was post Kickstarter. So there was supposed to Guinness World Records we had evidence that there was something real but I was struggling with sales, online sales and he said why don’t you build Cosmicmugs.com and figure out what does it cost to sell a cosmic mug with a Facebook ad is it $5.00? Is it $10?

Like wouldn’t that just like accomplish all these things you want to do anyway, if you just built a real business instead of chased Fame and New York City and all these things like that stuff can come later. But why don’t you just build a real business in the meantime, so it was a It was hundreds of hours of work through our websites, hiring student workers to help Consulting with some of the best in the world and trial and error lots and lots of trial and error of how to properly serve people with a coffee mug shipping it to their doorstep that they can purchase from anywhere on the planet.

Steve: Why not create a dedicated landing page on Cherrico Pottery?

Joel: So I did a landing page before the kickstarter to collect email addresses, but Right now we’re more focused on sustainable monthly Revenue. So cosmic mugs are available every day. And there are some email signup tools.

Steve: Oh I see. Cool

Joel: We use Bigcommerce still so if people aren’t ready to buy $100 coffee mug, we say go sign up for e-mail newsletter list and you might get a chance you can we give them away every month. So we’ll announce a giveaway and then we can email market. So we send we can email Market to people every month we and if a certain style like a $50 mug is sold out we can just email them and let them know that the less expensive ones are available. So we use Sumo email signup tools and all three of our websites. They all kind of look like one website, but there are three different websites two Big Commerce websites, one WordPress website where two out of the three people can actually purchase through Bigcommerce. And then one is a Blog all of them have email signups. So I didn’t see the need for a landing page now that we have the email signups.

Steve: Oh, I meant instead of starting Cosmic Pottery or Cosmicmugs.com and just use CherricoPottery.

Joel: Yeah. Yeah. It was a hassle to build a second and website, right? That was I’m still trying to understand that strategy myself, but The Branding has raised sales.

Steve: Okay. Yeah, I can imagine if you want higher rank for Cosmic mugs, which is your thing. That would probably be the best way to have like a focus marketing effort if that’s your best seller. Yeah.

Joel: So I know you drove home early on the importance of backlinks the importance of showing up in Google and I still don’t completely understand that but what I do understand is that when you focus whether it’s on marketing or on products or on building traffic that focus is extremely powerful and the cosmic mug is about focusing all of this story into one coffee mug.

Steve: Cool.

Joel: And that’s worked.

Steve: Where can people find you on patreon. And what do you offer on patreon?

Joel: Yeah, everything whether it’s Instagram, patreon all that is CherricoPottery. Patreon, we give you the live video schedule so many People ask when they see me making pottery. They’re like, oh I want to learn to do that. So they asked you to teach classes. Do you let us visit all these things. So I created an educational brochure pack. It’s a bunch of different Flyers essentially, but I catered each one to something specific to the pottery process. So if they join it’s five dollars a month is our lowest tier on patreon and we mail it out right away. So we send it out with a piece of Siena’s paper art. Actually. It’s a lot easier to ship paper than Pottery. Right?

Steve: That’s cool. Yeah

Joel: So, patreon, Chericco Pottery and then at nine dollars a month we give them a discounted deal on the cosmic mug and higher than that’s the moon mug and yeah it’s been growing every month it’s relatively new I think it’s a coming up on the two-year Mark

Steve: Cool awesome, awesome I just wanted to give the audience every possible way to follow you and support you.

Joel: Yeah I appreciate that man you’ve been a big help and I’m really happy that we could connect again it’s been a while.

Steve: It has been a while and I’m really happy that you’re doing so well and it just makes me really just makes me really happy, really.

Joel: Cheers man, well you’ll have to experience the new art so be sure to send me your address when this is done I’d like to mail a

Steve: No, I’ll buy one dude yeah I’ll buy one.

Joel: You can you promise me you’ll buy one but right now we’ll just pretend you want to give away so I like to mail you the first one

Steve: ha ha

Joel: You can give away to your fans or something or you could buy a second one at some point but I appreciate you, your believer early on and you know that’s what an artist needs when they’re starting out.

Steve: Cool, well I appreciate it Joel and thanks a lot for coming on the show.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now, for everyone out there who does not believe that artists can thrive in e-commerce. Joel is living proof that it’s possible. He charges over $500 a piece for his works of art. For more information about this episode. Go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode309.

And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo and try it for free. Once again, that’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo

I also want to thank PostScript.io which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce with a few clicks of a button. You can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at PostScript.io/Steve. That’s Postscript.io/Steve.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

308: Moody Nashawaty On How To Make Facebook Ad Creatives That Convert

308: How To Create Facebook Ad Creatives That Convert With Moody Nashawaty

Today I’m happy to have Moody Nashawaty on the show. Moody is someone who helped me with my Facebook ads for my ecommerce store a while back.

He is the chief strategy officer for MuteSix.com which is a firm that specializes in customer acquisition. They do Facebook ads, Google ads, email marketing, you name it. And they recently sold their company for a large sum of money.

Moody is an advertising master and today he’s going to teach us how to create ads that convert for physical products.

What You’ll Learn

  • The components of a high converting creative
  • Moody’s process for effective ads
  • How to sell boring products with Facebook ads
  • The types of ad creatives that work

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies, they use to grow their businesses. Now today, I have my friend Moody Nashawaty on the show and Moody is the chief strategy officer for MuteSix.com one of the top online advertising agencies in the world. And in this episode we’re going to dig deep into how to create compelling ads for selling physical products online.

But before we begin, I want to give a quick shout-out to Klaviyo who is a sponsor of the show now, it’s safe to say that most of us have been I’m doing a lot more online shopping lately. If you’re an e-commerce brand, that means you might be seeing more first time customers. But once they made that first purchase, how do you keep them coming back? That’s what Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for e-commerce Brands and they give you the tools to build your contact list. Send memorable emails automate key messages and more, way way more. And that’s why more than 30,000 e-commerce Brands like Chubbies, Brooklyn and living proof use Klaviyo to build a following. Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales enthusiastic word of mouth and less depending on third-party ads. So whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level Klaviyo can help you get growing faster and it’s free to get started. So visit Klaviyo.com/mywife to create your free account. That’s KLAVIYO.com/mywife. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle. So you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today, I’m happy to have Moody Nashawaty on the show. Now Moody is actually someone who helped me with my Facebook ads for my e-commerce store a while back. He is the chief strategy officer for MuteSix.com, which is a firm that specializes in customer acquisition. They do Facebook ads, Google ads, email marketing you name it and they recently sold their company for a large sum of money. Now, I recently met Moody for the first time in person in my buddy Nick Shackleford’s live event down in LA. And what’s funny is that I didn’t know the guy was famous until random people at Nick’s events certain randomly shaking hands with the guy and patting him on the back

Anyway, Moody is a master of AD creatives. So today we are going to talk about how to create ads that convert for selling physical products online. And with that, welcome to show Moody. How you doing today, man?

Moody: Hey Steve, glad to be on the show.

Steve: Honor to have such a famous person in the ad space on the show.

Moody: I didn’t I didn’t know I was famous either until I was walking around that event and people like hey, I know you are and I’m like what so I don’t know. Maybe this is my like launch party and it

Steve: Maybe it is maybe it is. You’re gonna you’re gonna be much more famous after this podcast. Let me tell you so. So give us the quick background story. Tell us how you got started with just Facebook ads in general and how did you hook up with Steve at MuteSix.

Moody: Yeah. It’s so funny. You know, it’s Steve. I actually met him in a Facebook group. He was looking for media buyers about four years ago in the big Facebook media buyers group the ad buys group run by Tim Bird and I just replied to his post and then we chatted. We’re both in LA and we got lunch, but my experience with Facebook ads got started a lot earlier than that. I started running ads on Facebook in probably 2011-2012 doing a lot of really large light campaigns for the big Brands. This is before you had any sort of like link ads. And in the first type of Link add you actually had was in the right hand rail, do remember that?

Steve: Yeah, of course. Yeah.

Moody: Yeah. So we’re doing light campaigns for you know, big big Brands like Walmart and Tropicana and all sorts of things and we’re you know, we’re spending millions of dollars generating likes for an agency called Shift which then turned got bought out by brand networks. And so, you know, it started all right there for me, you know, and it quickly turned into like okay like this Okay, and this is interesting and you know selling likes is a fun thing, but you know, I quickly wanted to learn how do you actually make businesses scale using Facebook ads and specifically the ability to target so efficiently and in the platform.

So I found Steve actually I spent a little bit more time at a more of a PR Agency and then I found Steve in 2015 or so and then you know, it was it was You know building MuteSix since that.

Steve: All right, Yeah, so cool. So you met up with mutesix and you you helped Steve basically grow that company to where it is today, right?

Moody: Yeah. So I joined in as number 9 today. We’re about 210 people. What we wanted to do is we just wanted to help businesses scale. So we’ve got about I think three almost 300 Shopify stores that we help and consult and we’re an agency right? So we’re helping these brands. Mostly with paid media a lot of its Facebook do other things we do Google, YouTube little bit of Amazon got a whole email team and then we’ve got a whole creative armed designed just to build creative that convert for our different a department. So.

Steve: You guys specialize in physical products, right?

Moody: Yeah.

Steve: Okay

Moody: Hundred percent e-commerce.

Steve: So let me ask you this. I’m sure you get a lot of people applying for your agency do tend to turn away people who have just kind of Boring mundane products or do you just kind of make it work?

Moody: Yeah, you know if it’s e-commerce, you know, there’s there’s a couple of things that we look for. We’re not turning around turning away everybody where you know, we look for potential, you know, there’s a enough AOV if there’s you know something that’s you know, there’s some sort of charm or spark to the to the product then you know, we want to do it, we don’t like Commodities like something that you just tend to buy on Amazon tends to not work specially if it’s like a lower price point.

Steve: Okay.

Moody: But if it’s you know It’s a well branded product or it has the potential to be or if it’s a highly demonstratable product. Those are things that you know, you can get in front of people, you know, ads some salesmanship in a creative and actually make work.

Steve: So what is AOV size, what is AOV need to be typically to make things work?

Moody: For so if it’s gotten AOV of at least 30, 40 bucks

Steve: Okay

Moody: You know, that’s the bare minimum and then if it’s like, you know, if it’s something that has like maybe a lower AOV but has an LTV. So lifetime value of actually being a lot larger than that’s not a that’s not a big Point. That’s that’s something that we look at too. Because I mean if you can really whoever wins in this game is the person who can spend the most money to acquire user, right? So if the LTV is, you know through the roof or forever lasting then that person can spend, you know, business can spend as much money as they want to acquire a customer.

Steve: Right, and then in terms of margins, are there any guidelines that you have also as well?

Moody: Yeah, I mean it depends, you know, if you’re doing, you’ve got a $40 product or margin should be around 10 to 12 to 15 bucks max. But otherwise, you should be pricing your you know, you should really be pricing higher.

Steve: Okay

Moody: So we do work on pricing too like there’s some there’s times where we get brands that come in the door and we’re like hey like your pricing too high or pricing too low or no, how can we how can we work out the product economics to be more feasible for what we’re trying to do here.

Steve: Okay. So Moody, what I was hoping to do today is kind of get a framework from you and kind of like your process for coming up with creatives that convert for a typical physical product. I mean we can use one of the examples that you’ve already used in the past, but I was just hoping you could walk us through the process. So first off, where do you begin when it comes to the creative which arguably is the most important part of the ad, right?

Moody: Right. I mean it’s so even Facebook’s come out and said that in the algorithm the thing that matters the most is the creative and it’s about 60% of the essentially the efficiency of where you’re going to get your CPA down and actually get performance. So for us, you know, we like to so when it comes to creative the biggest factor in all of this starts with the hook and you know, I mean look at the end of the day And we measure the hook in the how effective It Is by basically taking three second View and dividing it by impression and that’s basically our hook through rate or you can call thumb stop rate.

And that’s basically going to tell you how many people are stopping on your ad as soon as they get to it in the news feed. And what that does is if you’ve got a hook a basically a thumbs stop rate of thirty percent or higher then that’s effectively good and you’re getting people to actually consume your content for at least three seconds.

Steve: So you mentioned three seconds. So that implies it’s a video creative. Do you recommend starting with video creatives or do images work as well?

Moody: Yeah, I guess images and video, you know, we have been, videos’ just something that I think every brand absolutely needs to have anyone running ads needs to have video. You can get a we can get very far with static. You can’t get this type of scale you can get with video just because basically you’re bringing the salesmanship into the news feed right? You’re actually Allowing people to absorbency without having to jump onto your site right there in a familiar territory of the Native platform, whether that’s Facebook Instagram or any of these other social platforms.

So video is a place where people can really get to understand who you guys are as a brand without having to you know, dive deeper into your brand and into unfamiliar territory, which is your website and whatever that works out, right?

Steve: So just to kind of clarify what you just said about the thumb stop rate. So you’re looking at the number of Impressions and then you’re looking for the number of 3-second video views and you divide the two and you’re trying to get 30%?

Moody: Exactly.

Steve: Okay. And so that’s your guideline for a good high quality creative?

Moody: Hook is number one and then you know, if we were to back up again and just talk like fundamentals, you’ve gotta start with understanding, you know, what are the unique selling propositions of your of your brand and you know, we’d spend a lot of the time actually doing research and looking at competitors and looking at we’ve got we basically have a framework of what ads what convert what they look like. We got a bunch of templates and frameworks, things we apply to each brand that comes to the door that tend to work. But you know, if I were going to start this from scratch, I’d back up I’d say, okay, like what is my brand, you know and we can maybe come up with an example, you know, their gun is one of our brands that

Steve: What would you say is like the most mundane product you’ve ever had to write creative for like there again is kind of unique right?

Moody: It’s it wasn’t always unique. I mean, I think we got it to this point, but but I think that’s fair. Let’s see. I mean we could I mean Thinoptics is an interesting one.

Steve: Okay. Yeah, let’s go with that one

Moody: only because you brought it up earlier.

Steve: Yeah

Moody: That’s on the top of my mind.

Steve: But like do you have you ever sold like sheets or hats or articles of clothing?

Moody: Yeah, we’ve done so we do a lot. We do a lot of so there’s two categories right? There’s it’s either like a Lifestyle brand of some sort or Brand of commodity or its demonstratable products kind of like Thinoptics, Awaord or.

Steve: Let’s do a brandable commodity actually

Moody: Yeah, so like we do apparel, shoes, you know, you know shirts, hoodies, jackets, whatever you name it swimwear, we get we have a lot of those and so like if we were going to do like a like a brand-new commodity, let’s say like an apparel brand, you know, once specifically that comes to mind is butter cloth and they were on Shark Tank recently. They have these really cool dress shirts where they’re made out of long fiber cotton, which is like similar cotton you might see in like Egyptian sheets and you know, so with them it’s interesting because if you guys look at the if you look at you, look at some of the ads were running now a lot of it has to do with their you know in this is a little bit unfair because they’re on Shark Tank, but it’s actually a lot of their actual video from Shark Tank.

You know now we have Robert Herjavec in the mix, but it didn’t start out that way they came to us. They had zero dollars, name fact wanted a partner that could be much more than just Marketing agency. They wanted a website built, you know, they wanted full, you know, basically full hands on everything digital and the Daniel Tran is like The Mastermind behind butter cloth the actual piece of clothing. I mean, he’s got a history of actually making the goods right like he used to work for Mattel making Barbie dresses who worked for affliction making shirts and jackets. He was the expert at making amazing. That’s a get shirt. It’s now because this is what he wanted to do. And he took that and he’s like I know nothing about digital.

I know nothing about Shopify or any at, you know, running e-commerce site and he came to us literally with a prototype and put it on our table and said this is what I have. What can you guys do and we’re like, okay like how much does it cost? Well cost x amount to make shirt we’re selling it for a hundred and ten probably getting four times five times on margins there. And then essentially, what’s we looked at it and you’re like, okay, like how do we sell this online? How do we sell this with Facebook ads? It’s a really nice dress shirt. It’s got a couple really good qualities.

First of all, it’s a hundred percent cotton and really good cotton. It’s demonstratable to this sense that it’s like stretchy has a really nice space, breathable, you know, if you looked at the some of the shirts, they’ve got really nice designs on them. The collars are certain design and essentially like, you know, we didn’t we didn’t know where to Start other than to kind of lean into the USPs. It’s like okay like it people what do people want on a dress shirts. They want it to fit right a hundred percent. They want it to look good. So like that. Those are two things that use absolutely have to have they don’t want it to wrinkle. They want it to feel and feel like it’s high quality, you know in our case here like the softness comfortability ability the ability for it to be active.

The fact that it doesn’t necessarily like stretch out over time. I’m if you wear it a few times, right, you know, potentially you’d also want to be able to wash it without having to take it to the dry cleaner cleaning. So you want a little bit of durability and these are all factors that we honed in on when it came to selling the shirt. Now, We got a little bit lucky Metta World Peace walked into. Like this is just random, but he just comes into our door 2017. It was like right before Black Friday like a week before Black Friday and He’s got a brand called the panda’s friend, which is just sell shirts with pandas on them and he’s really cool dude. And actually, you know, off-topic we spent like an hour like going through and teaching him Google analytics one day because he’s absolutely wants to learn everything.

Like I don’t know if you know like if you if you haven’t spent a little time looking at what Metta World Peace is doing now, it’s actually fascinating building apps. He’s doing all these things and charity. It’s

Steve: I had no idea. Okay.

Moody: It’s amazing. We can spend an hour talking just about that. We won’t, he walk through a door a week before Black Friday and he’s like hey, I’ve got this brand with you guys work when you guys do it that like I can’t do anything. It’s literally a week before Black Friday. You came to me a month ago. Like I can’t ramp up you this fast, but I do have this brand butter cloth with they just launched a few weeks ago. And you know, you just have to put the shirt on cause it’s amazing. So I literally threw a shirt at him and never met him once before in my life and I was like dude try this on and he’s looking at me like what are you doing? Okay, he takes off his shirt. He puts the butter cloth shirt on I grab my phone I recorded and like what do you think? He’s like, wow, it’s amazing. It’s breathable. It’s comfortable it fits I can stretch in it.

Look at like it’s all of it all of these things and I took the video and I sent it off to the butter cloth team and they just fell in love. They’ve been like his fans for a long time. You know, there really is some

Steve: But that doesn’t sound fair Moody. I mean you’re getting a celebrity

Moody: I know so

Steve: I mean you have another example so we can take that example, but so you all the value props you just mentioned. What was the hook the value proposition is just the hook right?

Moody: Right. So here’s here’s what we figured out with men’s shirts. Is that a lot of there’s a lot of men out there who actually get their clothes or their shopping is done by the ladies in their life. So their girlfriends, their wives, you know, something we lean on in our advertising from butter cloth is we are, you know, probably 30 40 percent female its women who are buying for their men, but the hooks for butter cloth are so it’s one is I think in the terms of priority of like what matters for this brand fit and look is really important. So getting just, you know, going out and getting really good lifestyle shots of butter cloth, even like really Crisp and Studio shots. You’ll see just carousels in this is static, right?

This isn’t even that much video but static images of really good looking people wearing shirts the good fit so, you know people can start and you know, one of the key things about, you know selling shirts to men is they know they never want to see their faces are the only they don’t want to see the faces of the models. They just want to see the shirts. So your data cut off heads office. Yeah. I didn’t know if you knew that but

Steve: I did not how did you figure that out? Just testing?

Moody: it’s a it’s a key learning you’ll start to see it now that you know it if you look at almost every single male e-commerce brand that sells apparel. There’s no you’ll never see faces of models. If you do it’s usually like lifestyle stuff or just people looking away but it’s never like they’re up the camera as much especially in the like when you’re on product pages and you’re on you know, when you’re when you’re looking through actual actual like product shots of images.

Steve: Mmm-hmm. if it’s not true for women’s clothing though.

Moody: No, I think it’s mixed. It’s a mixed bag with women.

Steve: Okay, sorry. Okay, so the hook. Is just the fit.

Moody: So starting with fit that combination of things it’s definitely fit and look like people have to like what they’re buying like obviously but then what we did is we tested a lot of video of like people stretching and like moving in Mobility. So you get to see a lot of that sort of Hook was like, hey, it’s the most comfortable shirt ever like never met a shirt like this that kind of thing and we were just showing people moving. You know actually, you know this kind of zooming in on the stretch happening and then we call out a lot of the details like, you know, the really cool and detailed collars and you know, even like the risk collars that that kind of thing.

So you get a lot of quick movement there. We also you know kind of approach it from a Persona types of like now we have a lot of ads running to people who travel like. Hey, like what if you could travel In this shirt, it’s so comfortable. It’s like the ones that you need while you travel, you know, we do a lot of promotional like so like Valentine’s Day was really big for us just the gift that you know, your husband will never forget that kind of thing. Now, we’ve got a lot of like again footage of I guess a couple celebrities that we rotate into the mix. But yeah, that’s kind of

Steve: So when you’re targeting then are you just targeting females then with these ads?

Moody: With that, let’s specifically the gifting. Yes.

Steve: Okay.

Moody: Yeah tends to be specifically for that but not for everything else for everything else. It’s mixed. It’s probably 50/50.

Steve: So when you’re deciding on the audience for these, what do you have any guidelines there? So it depends where you are, right? There’s like different phases that you might go through as a brand and you’re targeting like if you’re just getting started you’re trying to find who your buyer is and trying to you know, you just test a lot of different audiences that make sense to your brand. I mean you try to get a little bit more Niche with your and narrow with your range of people you might Target, you know, bucket sizes of one to two million as you get into scale, you know, Facebook the Facebook algorithm is smarter than And we can never be when it comes to audience testing.

So we’re we actually move into more broad territory. If we’ve got the data for look-alikes. We use all of it, you know, we can spend there’s 20 different ways. You can use look-alikes effectively, you know, and then and then yes, we move a little bit more broad a little more open specially with more viral like videos like longer form 30 seconds or so, like there’s like, you know a hook and then education behind it. Then we’re going we’re trying to make something that can get a lot of shares attention. It’s things like that. You know, it’s interesting you actually when you create viral videos like videos that scale that are more appealing to just the general public. I mean back in the day when we first get started we call them Business Insider videos, just like, you know stories on the text on screen or generally around the product.

There is some there’s two things interesting that happened one is you get a lower CPM because you’re getting a lot of comments engagements, shares that kind of thing and then the second thing that happens is all of the traffic of like people tagging their partner people tagging their friends or shares and things like that all of the all the purchases that happen because of that don’t actually get tracked as paid media. They’re actually coming in as organic because you know, like when I share it to you and you click on it, you actually don’t see an ad you see a viral video that I tag you and that’s basically digital word of mouth. That’s happening between me and you, right?

Steve: Okay, yeah

Moody: And if you go and you convert off that that actually looks like Facebook organic. It doesn’t it doesn’t actually show up in your ads manager.

Steve: I see. So when you look at your stats, you got to look at the ads as well as the organic when you’re taking on this new account for return on ad spend?

Moody: right

Steve: Okay, so it sounds like you guys always go the viral video route?

Moody: It’s definitely something like it when it comes to making something like really blow up quickly. That’s the best route to do it. You know, another example is tap shoes. Are you familiar with tap shoes at all?

Steve: I’m not actually

Moody: Tap shoes make these amazing durable boots. They retail for about 250 bucks, you know, and they swear they’re worth five or six hundred and you know, because they’re basically Factory did indeed a see they can cut out the middleman and bring the price down to 250. They’re amazingly durable. They’re waterproof. They look incredible and you’ll see in the creative elements. It’s less about I mean they do talk about features and you know water resistant so they like splash water on there and Jumping in puddles that kind of thing but really people buy the boots because they just look so clean and beautiful and amazing. And so you’ll see a lot of their ads are focused around that where the boots are the center of the frame and you’ve got people walking you’ve got like different ways pants could fall on the boot.

I think a lot of people, you know struggle with like how do you style your pants with a with potential boots if you’re like in which what kind of pants do you wear with boots? You wear it in you wear it out that kind of thing they do they make it look effortless that any anything you wearing with that specific boot. It just looks so clean and so good and the other thing is they focus on people walking showing movement like and you just it’s interesting. It’s like you’re looking at this boot and you’re like, well, I just like have to have it. They really tap into that. I have to have this feeling that everyone has within them.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wiegler and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

So going back to your thumb stopping so you have one of these videos that you’re sending out to top a funnel and you’re looking for this thumb. Stop rate of 30% given that you meet that requirement. What would you expect to be a good return on ad spend on a top of funnel ad with one of these videos?

Moody: So it really depends on margins for these for these higher price point products like but of course there’s a insurance for a hundred and twenty bucks right on top is selling boots for 250. You know, you you can get away with a higher role as target like 4/5 x because you know, there’s a lot more, you know, you don’t have to you don’t have to there’s a lot more marketing enough to spend as much to get there the like lower targets like, you know, I think It depends like I think it’s a lot of the times like the way but Our Brands think about it especially brands are going for growth and going, you know going to become as big as possible as fast as possible.

They’re willing to spend as much to break even on the first sale knowing that potentially, you know, they can win customers especially if I mean most of the Brand’s we work with have an LTV of sorts or, you know have customers coming back. So they’re just trying to win customers and so they’re looking What their role as targets like basically break even and a lot of a lot of our brands are the back could be two and a half that could be 3x and so they can just they can funnel this Bond acquire as much customers as possible when on the second and third purchase and basically, you know show themselves as a as a highly fast-growing successful brand

Steve: In the case of that shirt. It sounded like they only had a single product though, right? So I would imagine the lifetime value of that. Would be less than the shoe company which probably sells a bunch of accessories. I would imagine right?

Moody: Well, so the thing about when you find a new win the male Market because heart men are fickle like we choose what we like and then we never we never switch off what we like women are a lot easier in the sense that they’d choose, the they’ll go and they’ll experiment and we’ll try different brands. Men and in the case, if you if you win over I’ve got people who bought an 18 shirts like they’ve come back. At 18 times.

Steve: Wow, okay.

Moody: You know the brand has been around for two and a half years and there’s people like literally there’s hundreds of people who bought three four five times or more. It’s so like, you know, the trick is once you have you know, once you get once you basically need to roll out, especially with apparel you need to be rolling out new Styles, you know, and as much as you can as possible, right so like like right now like, it’s March 5th. We’re going to be rolling into spring collections here in the next couple weeks and you’ll see that with most apparel Brands like this they’re going into spring. I mean, it’s not exactly cold or warm outside yet. But you know people start buying for spring here.

You know about second or third weekend of March April, you know, April May June are going to be big and then it slows down and tell you about somewhere in August and September of people are like, oh it’s going to get cold soon and so like they would usually would have bought everything they bought in for the season.

Steve: Can I get an idea of how much it costs to produce a video that you were just describing earlier?

Moody: So it’s interesting like the tap shoes ones. It’s just one cameraman and you know, a lot of different varieties of boots it all in one shot on a model with different pads. So like it doesn’t require a lot if you you know, if you really study like a lot of how these videos look, I mean if anyone can go to tap shoes, right like Taft and look at the ads that the running in their ads library and you’ll see like a lot of good examples of these but essentially like it doesn’t require so you got you gotta get a cameraman could you know, I think you know, the freelance camera person in LA is pretty abundant like you can find them anywhere.

Although also, you know, there’s creators literally in every City now that are popping up learning me. Skills that’s thanks to the Internet. So, you know it you could get a cameraman for 150 200 bucks 300 bucks. You could also barter with like three product or whatever it good you have is and then, you know getting a model to to be part of this you’re looking at a hundred fifty to two hundred dollars and then an edit it’s from an editing perspective. It’s another to it could be about $200. I mean, these are like, you know, you can get these for lower but two or there hundred bucks, you can make a range of videos I’d say.

The thing is like you might want to try different hooks different text on screen. So you might want different iterations of that specific creative that you shot and so you could probably do a shoot day for three four hundred bucks with the cameraman and a model and then you can do a do a bunch of assets with an editor for a few days and that can be anywhere between three and five hundred bucks so you can maybe like at the least get a bunch of video assets like maybe four or five videos to run for a you know, maybe a thousand bucks.

Steve: Okay. Yeah, that doesn’t sound bad at all.

Moody: Yeah, that’s and that’s the Baseline like you can get you can get even lower. If you go do it yourself with an iPhone. Like there’s a lot of videos. We spend a lot of time actually doing a lot of UGC content user-generated content or we just run around the office, especially the brands like new and you know, you know, we just gotta do a lot of testing before we really can invest Will do will actually go shoot UGC content or will send product out to bunch of influencers or our friends and family and will literally shoot the content we think is right to convert and we’ll turn those into ads and so you can get it down even more.

I’ve got like a lot of our campaign managers like just for fun create their own ads for Brands sometimes and you know, that’s you know, that’s just them spending an hour shooting an ad maybe then drinking like a tea or supplement or you know, I don’t know. It’s like a lot of the times it’s use case right? It’s like how are you using the product if it’s apparel if it’s a little bit trickier. But if it’s like, you know things like we’ve got a lot of kitchen appliances or makeup or you know, skincare or supplements, you know, it’s like it’s literally just the action of like taking the product or using it or doing it tutorial that kind of thing that could turn into a successful ad.

So yeah, I mean like you can really bring it down if you just get crafty yourself. The principles are the same right? It’s like people need to see it being used. They needed. They need to see the value. Like it doesn’t matter necessarily how the how big the it creative investment is if the principles are right.

Steve: So once you have these creatives, let’s say you have like a set of three or four videos that you’ve edited and ready to go. How do you typically set up your initial ad campaigns top of funnel starting from nothing?

Moody: So top of funnel starting starting from nothing. I just would Savage I figure out who this this audience like who the audience is that’s going to look if you’re starting actually from nothing. You can create a list of audiences that makes sense for your brand. So like you know, who’s your competitor set? See if you can you can find you know those Brands but then maybe based off of a bunch of like demographic data or just a really solid strong guests of who your buyer might be I’d start that way with just interests. And then if once you start to like once you start to run track like basically in when I go a little bit more into the fundamentals. It’s all a conversion campaigns for purchases.

Almost all right out the gate. If you’ve got a higher price point product, then you can consider doing something like add the carts just to gauge intent, but what you’re tracking is like what are the odds that are you know, my best like, you know link through CTRs that I can spend money towards but then as you’re getting that deeper Insight, like what’s my cost for add the cart it what’s my cost per initiate check out like am I getting actual purchases from this, you know, you want to kind of track all of that and see which one’s giving you the clear Direction and then start to focus and spend your money there.

And so what you’re going to test is going to test audiences you’re going to test a bunch of creative and copy angles. And as soon as you start to get like insights on to what’s actually working keep diving deeper into those things once you have enough traffic to the website and you get enough people who are you know, actually, you know engaging with your brand in some way you want to turn those into look like so you’ll have like, you know at the very minimum you have like local eggs off of people of website visitors because those people showed intent and then, you know, add to carts once you get up to like 500 or a thousand add to carts. You can make a look like after that.

Steve: What are some guidelines in terms of number of conversions? Whether you decide to go purchases versus add to cart. Why would you go add to cart instead of purchases? The only reason is you would have more add to carts, right?

Moody: It depends how much budget you have and how much you’re willing to spend to learn without getting a return. You know, if you do add to carts in the beginning you’re at least generating and testing especially if it’s a brand-new at account. You’re not going to have the data that the Facebook algorithm and your own account is it’s not going to have the data to go out and find purchases out of date one, so you to like give it like a easier goal, whether that’s literally traffic or engagement or you know a little bit deeper in the funnel where you go to like add to carts, you know, Facebook and start to learn and find that Target easier because you can create, you know, you can create a lot more ad to carts before you can create purchase, especially if you’re starting at a really low budget.

Steve: So do you have a guideline of how many conversions That you would need to kind of train Facebook.

Moody: So I would say you would need you probably need about a hundred conversions of like add to carts and you might see a couple purchases here and there but once you’re up to like Fifty to a hundred purchases, then you’re like switching to purchases.

Steve: Okay. All right, and in terms of the number of creators that you test in any given ad set do kind of limit that or do you just kind of throw everything that you have created in there?

Moody: So in the ad set, you know, you’re not I wouldn’t run more than ten or twelve creatives. I would try yeah, like because you know at least in the ad set level and then I would try to make decisions quickly. I would try to if things are right like so so like you might see like high CTR and it followed through with like low add to carts and actual some purchases. Like that’s that’s the best-case scenario. Sometimes you get a high CTR, but no follower through. So I would just make decisions and then go back and see like if like I’m getting good CTRs and no follow through a public killing that ad.

If it’s not like completely if it’s not like out of the box like just killing it like just doing really well and then I might go back and check and see if they actually, you know with attribution got anything, you know, because a lot of sales don’t actually happen until you know, it takes two to three days depending on your price point for somebody to purchase. That product so it’s all the so something else to consider is just you know, how much how much learnings are happening in attribution and you might be making decisions too quickly.

Steve: So how quick do you wait? How long do you wait before you start shutting things down? That’s not working? couple days?

Moody: Yeah, it’s really more of a spend Factor. Like if I’m spending if I’ve spent three times my like totally AOV like let’s say so let’s say my total AOV is a hundred bucks. If I spent three four five hundred bucks, and I’m not getting I’m not getting any purchases out of that. I could clearly spent too much right, you know if I’m spent if I’ve spent 200 bucks and I’ve gotten add to Cart cost. That’s let’s say, you know, I don’t know. Five times lower than the AOV so like let’s say 20 bucks. Let’s say my add to cart is 20 bucks and I’ve spent 300 bucks and got a few purchases coming in. I’m probably in a good place where I might break even pretty soon and that that math is simply my AOV is a hundred my CPA can be 50.

Let’s say like, you know out the gate and so we optimized it down. So I’m looking to make you know for Says out of 200 dollars in ad spend, you know, and but I’m getting you know my add to cart rate. Let’s say is in the you know, 15 to 20 range. And I know those probably will hit depending on how smooth my funnel is like, you know, it depends how you know, how good are you at connect at converting people from add to carts to purchases. So, you know, you kind of just backing out the equation.

Steve: Sure, right. I mean, there’s a lot of variables involved obviously. So what is your take on like just all the different places that you can run ads now, there’s like 12 different places now, right? Instagram right hand side, Newsfeed, messenger, Marketplace do just try them all or?

Moody: yeah. So power 5 is you know, and is something that Facebook rolled out and we’re very much aligned with power 5, which is like open audiences, you know, open placements, right? Like those are you know, CBO like these are things that I agree with and we don’t think we’re not place them in agnostic unless it comes to stories but even stories like you can you can craft custom and in the ad unit. So but we run across the board and let Facebook figure out because what the Facebook doesn’t tell you is it doesn’t tell you the journey it took to get somebody to convert so it might be, you know served on IG mobile serves on Facebook right hand rail then served on you know.

On mobile desktop mobile for Facebook and then the conversion happened. Well, the only thing that’s going to get the credit is that last touch

Steve: right

Moody: So like you don’t actually get the full picture and by giving Facebook full rains to know the vote like actually optimize against the full picture is best practice.

Steve: I see, And so in terms of creative, do you have different creatives depending on where it’s being shown like give us some. Yeah. Okay

Moody: Yeah, for the most part stories, stories like they’re you know, they’re just It’s a different type of creative and the news feed that’s where you really want and stories are like half of the inventory nowadays. So like you want specifically you want stories. You won’t story creative for the stories placement.

Steve: In general. Do you separate all the mediums into separate ad sets when you’re targeting or did? Do you know what I mean? like one ad said, yes right hand one ad set just for Newsfeed?

Moody: No, we combine everything. And then in the down at the ad level we be plugin custom creative to stories.

Steve: Okay, and so stories is pretty much the only custom created that you use?

Moody: right.

Steve: So, when do you decide that an ad that you’re running you can actually scale that and then what is your procedure for scaling that ad?

Moody: So if you know, sometimes it takes a bit of time look at best case scenario you throw the ad in and you start just seeing a lot of traffic to your site start seeing a lot of conversions happening, especially if you’re running only to if you’re only running Facebook ads and you never had traffic before and now you have a bunch of traffic, I wouldn’t trust the platform too much as much I should just trust you know, what you’re seeing on your back end and Shopify and then if things look good if you’re like breaking even or better I’d start to you know, just double that budget or increased by like 25 to 50% depending.

Like if you started small, you’re like look, I think there’s a different type of spend or this different types of performance at different spend levels. If you’re openly targeting or targeting pretty Broad and you’re spending $100 a day from being up to $200 or $300 day shouldn’t be too much of a difference. You know, I think there’s like different tiers like going from a hundred to a thousand dollars a day is like one tier going from A thousand and three thousand dollars a day is its own tier and then spending like 5,000 or 10,000 dollars a day its own effort in and you know has its own set of challenges as well.

If you’re you know, if you’re spending 50 or $100 a day or so or something like that. You’re not going to get too much of a drop in performance. If you move up to a couple hundred dollars more a day. So like I’m quick with budgets I look I don’t have time to like we know clients and Everyday, like they’re hiring us to find performance.

Steve: Yeah

Moody: So like I’m I gotta find I got to make it win quick and you know, I don’t you know, I think like, you know, so I see solid performance especially if I’m spent seeing like profitable performance then I’m quick to increased budgets quickly.

Steve: And how big is this audience like, so if you have to spend like a thousand dollars a day, like how big should that audience be to kind of avoid burnout? Like when you determine that an audience is kind of burnt out?

Moody: Essentially, it’s like when I start seeing like a 25% drop in performance consistently I start to consider. I don’t think I actually don’t think audiences burnout as much as creative burns out like this is literally the problem.

Steve: Hmm

Moody: You know what I mean? Like your look alikes if they’re off like Dynamic data like purchase that whatever like those won’t change as much as you’re actually that that audience will be fruitful. I mean, you know, there’s two million people in that audience and this is what Facebook is determined the best audience to hit based off of that purchase set and you know, unless you’ve got 2 million people purchasing, you know, they don’t that audience really isn’t worn out

Steve: Right, Okay.

Moody: You can poke holes in that but essentially like, you know, I think creative fatigues a lot quicker than your audience is due and creative is more like I think if you’re seeing if you’re seeing a drop in performance consistently over two, three, four days even as you lower budgets because you maybe you’re watching that I would start to consider that to be a fatiguing creative. You could also look at audience insights and you can actually see how many people have seen your creative once, you know, you can look at, actually, sorry, campaigning outside insights, but you can see like when people are actually dropping off to your creative.

And it once you’re seeing like 25 or 30% I wouldn’t kill that creative. I’d lower down significantly until it wasn’t performing and then I would move it to make a remarketing campaign because it was clearly a hero. So like in remarketing I would want to have like basically a rotational all the hero creatives because if I’m running new topic on the creatives chances are there’s still people haven’t seen those new ones or those old ones and so like in a seven-day remarketing I might have like three or four Heroes along with bottom puddle messaging to convert that user.

Steve: How often do you typically rotate your career? Herbs, and that’s a broad question. I mean you look at performance obviously, but what do you see that you’re rotating it? What frequency rotating them at?

Moody: Yes, I’m trying to find so like it’s you know, you want to have your scaling like create the creative that’s working out and then you know, there’s a life cycle, you know for like it there again lifestyle cycle on creative is actually fairly short. Like we can’t like something will work for three weeks and then it’ll die down. So like we can constantly have to be bringing in new creative like every week so we have like a rigorous like testing schedule of created that we’re bringing into the newsfeed.

Also, you know, we’ve got like editors that are just constantly chopping up new creative as we get it giving it to our team our ads team. And so what we’re launching things like literally twice a week trying to find our next winners because we know they’re only going to last about three weeks before we have to start to scale them down. And that’s I mean, that’s a higher scale

Steve: Yeah. I mean you guys are spending five to ten thousand dollars a day, right?

Moody: Somewhere right there. I can’t really talk numbers.

Steve: Yeah, sure. Sorry, but you don’t have to. The higher your spend the more often. You have to rotate your ads out essentially? Is that accurate?

Moody: Yeah, The higher? Yeah a hundred percent and I would say like you’re the right creatives could work for a long time. Like they if it’s actually a lower spends like the right creatives could work for two, three months and you know not have to be something that would be like complete like you don’t have to be You could introduce creatives every couple of weeks at like lower spends. We’ve literally had creatives that you know, they’re right and they have the viral factor and they hope people in and they sell people on the product.

They literally blasted like a year and a half in some cases like you just get unicorn creatives occasionally, which is like, right? Yep. That one’s go running. You know.

Steve: So I guess the key Point here is you don’t look at frequency, or what not you just basically determine this based on performance. And so if you’re seeing something two to three days underperformed by 25% then it’s time to potentially rotate that out.

Moody: Right.

Steve: And you were use all your creatives like your hero ones and your retargeting ads in the bottom of the funnel. And that’s that.

Moody: Yeah. We also have some bottom of the funnel specific messaging but that you got to really figure out what people’s objections are what are their fears or doubts about you as a company like what you got to build ad specifically to fit those that and maybe even like, you know, usually little bit of a promotion to get people off the fence, but those are really important in bottom of the funnel everyone wants to spend a lot of time on what’s appealing about the brand a lot of people don’t really talk about like, you know deep down, you know, what are the big objections that are people keeping people keeping people away from really pulling the trigger. Those are really really important.

Steve: So given those examples that you gave like what were some of the objections that you kind of addressed in your bottom of funnel?

Moody: So it could be could be quality/price, you know, you can do that easily with testimonials. Testimonials actually work top of funnel as well could be you know, just driving some sort of promotion like hey, you know come back at 10% off try it. Also have a really strong satisfaction guarantee or return policy. So like, you know, hey, like try this risk-free get 10% off today or you know, you know, we’ve got a hundred percent satisfaction guarantee like product or service it whatever.

Steve: Hmm Yeah.

Moody: Hundred percent satisfaction guarantee.

Steve: Yeah

Moody: And so like just having those ads is there as like just a reminder like that you got that the brand is putting his best foot forward. It wants to turn into light the customer and just you know, it’s that helps and you’ll get those are profitable ads that are usually have that usually work very well and remarketing. Now we have going for like all of our brands.

Steve: Okay. Hey Moody. We’ve been chatting for quite a while and I want to be respectful of your time. Where can people find you guys if they need your services.

Moody: So yeah, moody@MuteSix.com or just our website and also hiring I really am looking forward Champions who want to come in all levels whether they’re on the creative side and want to learn advertising or if their campaign managers and want to run Media, or if they you know, what they specifically work in, you know, it doesn’t necessarily have to be Facebook. We’ve got a Programmatic team that we just started really excited about you know, we’ve got an Amazon team looking for more Champions on our Amazon team if you know Amazon really really well whether that’s organic or paid. I’d love to talk to you. Yeah, they’re like to

Steve: Do you have a URL for that or or you just want them to email you directly?

Moody: You can email me directly. You can see available careers on our website under I think MuteSix.com/careers, but in the definitely in the hamburger menu, but yeah, that’s the best way you can also if your brand you want to work with us. You can find go to our Site, or you can email me directly.

Steve: And I do just want to say that these guys really know their stuff when it comes to advertising and creative. So, you know, even if you feel like you’re good at this stuff, you will learn a lot if you if you contact Moody and work there. I’m sure like if I wasn’t running all my stuff I go work for you guys. Heck you’re famous, dude, so. Haha Alright so Moody, thanks a lot for your time. I really appreciate it man.

Moody: Thanks so much. It’s been a pleasure.

Steve: All right. Take care.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now Moody is one of my go-to guys when it comes to making creatives for Facebook ads and for more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode308.

And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to klaviyo.com/mywife and try it for free. Once again, that’s klaviyo.com/mywife

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

307: How To Make Life Changing Wealth And Have A Great Family Life With Steve Chou

307: How To Make Life Changing Wealth And Have A Great Family Life With Steve Chou

In this episode, I share a collection of principles that I live by on how to make life changing money without sacrificing your family life.

After all, your capacity to build wealth depends on your mindset, habits and your ability to balance family, health and work.

Enjoy!

What You’ll Learn

  • The collection of principles I live by on how to build life changing wealth without killing yourself
  • How to build an asset that adds value to the world
  • Common mistakes entrepreneurs make

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.Sellers Summit

Transcript

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

306: How My Student Angela Li Makes 6 Figures Selling Jewelry Without Advertising

306: How My Student Angela Makes 6 Figures Selling Jewelry Without Advertising

Today I’m happy to have Angela Li on the show. Angela is a student in my Create A Profitable Online Store Course and she runs a 6 figure business selling jewelry over at AzuraJewelry.com.

Jewelry is one of the hardest products to sell online because the internet is flooded with jewelry makers of all kinds. But Angela has managed to create a great jewelry brand. She doesn’t sell on Amazon, and all of her sales are from her own website and Etsy.

In today’s episode Angela shares her story and reveals how she generates sales.

What You’ll Learn

  • Angela’s motivations for starting her jewelry business
  • How she made her first sale
  • Angela’s advertising and promotion strategy
  • How to leverage Instagram to promote your brand

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today, I have an extra special guest on the show who happens to be a student in my create a profitable online store course now Angela Li runs Azurajewelry.com and she makes six figures with her store selling jewelry, which is one of the most difficult types of products to sell online. Not only that but she’s done it without any paid advertising and today she’s going to share her strategies and story.

But before we begin, I want to give a quick shout-out to Klaviyo helps brands build relationships across any distance delivering email marketing moments. Your customers will appreciate, remember and share in good times and bad. And since it is all driven by real-time e-commerce data, you can make sure every interaction feels more personal. Now when you have a 360 degree view of the customer the growth possibilities are endless. So visit klaviyo.com/mywife and try for free. That’s KLAVIYO.com/mywife. Now on to the show welcome.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today, I’m really happy to have Angela Lee on the show. Now, Angela is a student in my create a profitable online store course and she runs a six-figure business selling jewelry over at azurajewelry.com. Now, jewelry is actually one of the hardest products to sell online because the Internet is flooded with jewelry makers of all kinds and it’s actually quite easy to get lost in the noise. But Angela has managed to create a great jewelry brand over at azurajewelry.com.

She doesn’t sell on Amazon and all of her sales are from her own site and Etsy as well. Anyway, I decided to bring her on the show to tell her story and reveal how she has managed to generate all of her sales and Angela, Welcome to show. How are you doing today?

Angela: I’m doing great Steve. Thanks for having me.

Steve: So Angela, please tell the audience about your store what you sell and how you got started.

Angela: Sure. So I am the founder of azura jewelry. Azura jewelry was established in New York in 2017 with a mission to inspire and connect. It’s a high-quality fashion jewelry line that targets to bridge the price and quality gap between fine jewelry that you know, use gold and diamonds costing over 500 plus and fashion jewelry that you seem very strong, quality matters that don’t just, that lasts long.

So we only use authentic and natural gemstone, is the heart of our business. We work exclusively with ethically sourced and eco free source, sterling silver plated by 14 karat gold and our prices are also very acceptable. There’s somewhere between 80 to 150. So it’s all started, It’s all started my I guess my love for jewelry really started when I was in college. My mom gives to me a pair of earrings. Right before my first job interview, but my story starts much earlier. I was born in China to a family that was politically persecuted by Chinese communist government for over a decade.

So they have experienced the first hand of Terror of cultural revolution. And for those who are listening to the podcast, but don’t know what cultural revolution is. It is a notorious movement that paralyzed Chinese economy to a significant degree. The stated goal was to preserve Chinese communism by purging remnants of capitalist and intellectuals from the society and includes like Mass killing torture interrogation and as a result, so two million people were killed in that movement. So my grandpa was the financial minister of old China, he is nationalist not communist.

My grandma was the daughter of Chinese ambassador to Japan. They also the relatives of Shanghai Shaq who is the first President of Taiwan and also the chairman of nationalist so inevitably our family became one of the biggest Target and they took our house has clearly our bank account and my grandpa was in prison

Steve: my goodness.

Angela: grandma Yes, it was pretty bad my grandma. She was this gorgeous gorgeous lady. They shaved her long hair in front of like tens of thousands people in a public demonstration and she was paralyzed right after that and soon pass away. So my parents were interrogated. They tortured they were tortured and sent to one of the Parade’s the land in China all the way into 1991. Our family case was rare draft and that was rather wrong moment. And the only did I think that was when I was seven years old. I can only I was only able to go to school so growing up in that environment. I was really just always ask to just put my head down don’t voice any opinion try to blend in and I was growing up very timid and insecure.

So when I was in college, I always really wanted to find a job, you know in a prestigious firm so that I can support myself, my family financially. But I really do struggle to find my footing in such a competitive work right before my first interview my mom gave to me this, you know pair of earrings. It was a white topaz gemstone in the center enclosed by 6 stones, looks like a blooming flower and then put them on I instantly feel so special. I was like, wow, I never thought such a small piece of jewelry can really, you know, make me sit taller and the walk out the door within your confidence. So that was the moment really ignited my passion for jewelry.

Steve: That is an amazing story. So how did you guys ultimately make it into the US?

Angela: So, I moved to the US In 2011. I indeed find a job in a global top 500 company after I graduate from college and in 2011. I really just you know, the freedom of speech is getting worse and worse in China. I really just want to get out of there. So 2011, I came to the US pursue my MBA degree at Georgetown University. And then after that I actually started my career on Wall Street during private, private banking.

Steve: Oh my goodness. Okay, which is a very male-dominated industry. Yeah.

Angela: Yes, very male dominated industry, two years into the industry. I realized okay, that’s not for me. I was, I feel like I’m dying a slow death there. So I was contemplating on the way out. That’s the reason in 2017. I started Azura Jewelry on the side

Steve: Okay.

Angela: But it took me another year and a half to really make up our mind and commit to the business full time. So I quit my job at the end of 2018.

Steve: Wow, congratulations, you know,

Angela: Thank you.

Steve: so when it comes to jewelry though, it’s actually very competitive as I mentioned in the intro. How did you go about validating your jewelry and how did you know that it was actually going to sell?

Angela: So that was actually one of the biggest mistake I made I didn’t validate my niche before that.

Steve: Okay.

Angela: So, had I pick your classes earlier before I launched my business? I probably won’t sell jewelry.

Steve: Really? Okay

Angela: yes.

Steve: but but then you wouldn’t have the successful business. So I mean, I’m not always correct. I just know it’s just very difficult. So

Angela: I think you are absolutely correct. I actually had a year all stagnation. I feel like I was trying to do everything but nothing works so that it was the reason I join your course. And I think at that time I had already listened to a podcast for about six months and my business wasn’t moving forward. I was like, okay, I really need to find a mentor to shed some light and I remember so clearly in the first class the first office, a student asked you about selling jewelry on Amazon. You said you don’t recommend it because it’s hard to categorize. Hard to rank is hard to differentiate yourself.

And it’s also very difficult to articulate, you know, what kind of benefit and functionality, you know, the value that you can bring to the customer. You said if you want sell jewelry you have to really start emotions and stories. So that was actually my aha moment. I said aha because when I create Azura Jewelry, it was really just another to brand. There is no different from my competitors. But after you said that I decided to go through the classes and follow each step you taught in the class.

I started to you know, put my story and my face behind my brand that wasn’t a very comfortable thing to do, but I was like I just, in order to make this work and since I quit my job. I just have to follow them and then that also prompted the unique value proposition that is possible. That’s yeah we have Five different value propositions why customers should purchase from us that how we are different from our competitors. We also you know, the product titles.

We put some spiritual meanings in the product descriptions we talk about the gemstones, you know, the meanings, the healing properties, the powers where the design where how we are inspired by the design to create that piece of jewelry. That is only only by then that my business start taking off.

Steve: Interesting just a few things to just kind of get out of the way. Are you a technical person? Did you have any problems with the website or getting up and running? What was the most difficult part?

Angela: It wasn’t really difficult for me because I majored in chemistry when I was in college. So I’m sort of tech, but my brain functions in a very logical way so but yeah, but I work I put my website on shopify before I it’s really not difficult at all. It’d probably take me about five to six hours to put up the website. It’s definitely less than a day. Yeah, probably more than half day.

Steve: Okay

Angela: that’s already because I already had all the pictures you know, product description, shop policies ready.

Steve: Sure. How did you make your first sale? So you mentioned you didn’t validate your Niche before you got started. So and then you have this website and you have your value props and you have your story but how did you actually generate some traffic to actually get that first sale?

Angela: My first to sale from is generated from Instagram to a customer in Denver. Okay. So clearly yeah, of course I did I didn’t really make any sales. Marketing to all through my family or friends. I just don’t think it’s sustainable or meaningful in any way and pass. I don’t think they will give me all this and transparency back. So from the very beginning my audience actually a cold traffic and we have put a lot of efforts on Instagram.

Steve: So can we talk about your Instagram strategy? So let’s say you had your brand new account brand-new no pictures. What are some of the things that you’re doing with Instagram that had working for your?

Angela: So when I started actually put like about two pages of content in a day.

Steve: Okay

Angela: Yeah. I just don’t want you know some customer land on my pages. The only two pictures say it’s a brand new account, right? Yeah, so I had two pages so they can scroll up and down at least the say some content back then that was 2017. So I first 10K followers actually generated by doing the follow unfollow strategy. My competitors to come this strategy. I don’t recommend at this moment. I just don’t think it works now because Instagram I’ll wear them is getting so much smarter. They can really detect abnormal behavior. And that will literally turn your you know account into a zombie account that you just don’t have any organic reach but back then it works pretty fine for me.

Steve: Did you use software to do that?

Angela: No, I just did it like manually myself.

Steve: Oh manually. Okay. Follow, unfollow wow okay.

Angela: Yeah. Yeah, I just do it manually even though I don’t think software would work. Why? just because I really focused particularly on some sort of, you know competitor’s followers. So it was very targeted. I don’t know how yeah, if any software will do the work.

Steve: Yeah back in the day. You could say I want to follow the followers of somebody and then the Here we go in and do follows and then if no one followed back you would just stop following that person. This is an older strategy back in the day actually around two years ago come to think of it.

Angela: Oh, okay, so I didn’t I didn’t know that. Okay, but I think 10K was like a good threshold to make a brand look legit. Sure after 10K all of our followers, right now we are at 72k followers. So yeah right now It’s all organic, after 10K it’s organic.

Steve: Well, let’s talk about from going from 10K to 72k. What are some things that you do to maintain this Instagram account and actually grow it?

Angela: Before instagram comes down to create high quality and share-worthy content Instagram really favors visually appealing images. So the more people, you know, the more people share your content the more eyeballs you get onto your profile and as a result the more traffic you will be able to direct your website when I’m creating content. I just not just creating for my audience right? I’m creating for my audiences’ audiences’ audiences as well.

So in the each industry is very different. So it’s important to find out what kind of content is share-worthy in in your Niche. What I did is to analyze my competitors viral posts see if a majority of my competitors post a getting a thousand to two thousand likes 30 comments and one of the posters got like over a thousand likes and over a hundred comments. That is a variable.

Steve: Oh, what posts? Sorry.

Angela: a viral

Steve: Viral. Okay. Got it.

Angela: Yeah, viral post. So I would have just assess the pattern of all those viral posts and find out what kind of image they’re using what kind of hashtags and captions they put out there and I would use that as my guidance to create my own content. And once the Instagram has collected enough data on my count. I just using Instagram inside to discover the post that you know, my audience engaged the most aware of and use them as a compass for my future posts.

Steve: What would you say is your most viral post to date? And what does that post look like if you kind of know off the top of head?

Angela: Yes, I absolutely know that the one of the viral post I had is actually made to the Instagram explore tab where I had over 15,000 likes.

Steve: Wow!

Angela: and to that post the general raid us about to over 2,000 followers. That was last month that I now is probably even more so that post is a collection of amethyst ring in a like a lavender setting which is our trend color, so that is called..

Steve: really. So what was special about that one over some of the other ones that didn’t go viral.

Angela: We actually had a lot of posts made to explore tabs nowadays. That’s why I like our Instagram account Grows by probably a hundred followers a day on average. It’s I think it’s really depends on the design of the Ring of the jewelry if people would like it or not and it’s also it sounds weird but it’s also about like this how pretty that picture looks like in general what we find out is you know, Multiple pieces of jewelry works a lot better than just a single piece of jewelry in a picture.

Light background with a pop of gemstone color works a lot better and the bird’s eye view works a lot better. So it’s like a combination of a lot of different factors.

Steve: So you’re saying here that that image or that Instagram post went viral because the image and not necessarily the copy?

Angela: Yes. I don’t think it’s necessarily a copy. I the hashtag step plays also very important role.

Steve: Okay

Angela: In our Instagram strategy.

Steve: So what is your hashtag strategy?

Angela: So actually from the beginning of 2018 right in Instagram roll out this function of having people to be able to follow hashtags and at the beginning I was just like a lot of people I don’t know how effective hashtags are. So I use a lot of big hashtags like #jewelry #goldrings literally just you know, throwing everything at once hoping something sticks.

Last year, I had my intern to do a very comprehensive research on hashtag. We basically find out the most relevant hashtags to my Niche to my followers and to my product that’s basically based on the search volumes also based on you know, like what our competitors are using. So by doing that we actually put a lot of the product in front of people who aren’t even following us.

Steve: So in terms of the hashtags, how do you know that a hashtag that you’re going for might be too competitive and you don’t even have a chance of cracking the front page?

Angela: So what do you use the hashtag actually shows how many posts there how many people follow. So what we did we actually choose the some like medium-sized hashtags like #jewelry. That’s just way too competitive.

Steve: Right

Angela: So we should sound like media sizes and we also it’s more like doing a research of the keywords as well. Like people who usually would Google something in the certain keywords that they would use that as hashtags as well. So that’s how we figure it out.

Steve: What is considered a medium-sized hashtag?

Angela: I would say somewhere from 500k to 700k

Steve: 500. Wow. Okay, and that’s because it does this change depending on how strong your Instagram account is. So back in the day when you had just 10,000 subscribers, I would imagine going for those even 500k hashtags would be too difficult, right?

Angela: Yeah. Yes, I definitely yes. I agree, had something to do with your followers on your Instagram.

Steve: So do you have like some sort of formula or equation that you use to determine what hashtags? To go for it because Azura account grows. Obviously, you can go for harder hashtags, right?

Angela: Yes. At the very beginning we used a lot of these hashtags like hey #amethystrings #bluetopazring those much smaller. Now, we’re targeting bigger hashtags like #GemstonesJewelry.

Steve: I see

Angela: that’s much bigger. Yeah. It’s also broader in some way. But we still use the ish hashtags just because we wanted to rank for a certain categories.

Steve: Okay. So I mean you get 30 hashtags, right? And so what is your mix look like?

Angela: It’s actually every post is different because we wanted to have the hashtag, you know, most irrelevant to that post. We basically have what kind of gem stones we use hashtags, whatever the amethyst blue topaz or whatever and we have the general hashtags. Like hey instead of jewelry, #jewelryoftheday #ringoftheday something like that.

Steve: Okay. Can we can we talk about just like the jewelry design process. So you mentioned before like on Instagram the image is everything and your images are very great. But on the same side, like it’s a designs that people are attracted to right? So is this where your dude you have a background in jewelry design or?

Angela: No, I don’t have a background in Jewelry design. I do have one in that is our design. The other half is actually with private label our factories design.

Steve: Okay

Angela: so they are supposed to give away the auction that we launched we use a lot of factory designs as well. But jewelry design is really not as difficult as most people would think

Steve: okay

Angela: Our designs are really simple for everyday wear rather than something you know you saved for You saved on for some day. So it’s more like, you know, self-expression and Imagination what great is our Jeweler has pretty strong design team who can just translate what I drawn down on a piece of paper In to say Ad what we call is computer aided design.

Steve: Sure.

Angela: Yes, three National. Yeah and then go from there and sometimes it does take like two to three modifications to get what I really have envisioned in my head.

Steve: Okay

Angela: Yeah, but it’s not that difficult.

Steve: So in terms of growing your Instagram account, have you done any collabs giveaways or anything promotions or is it just been just straight organic posting images and content?

Angela: so we do influencer marketing but not into the extent that we have been through like two different strategies. The first strategy is when we have about probably 10K followers. We have reached a lot of influences of similar size and offer them two to three pieces of Jewelry in exchange for shout out. But that was a but that was a nightmare.

Steve: Oh it was? Okay what happened?

Angela: I think 50% of them just walked away with a free piece of jewelry and without posting anything but you know repeated follow up. the thing is like being an influencer has a really low barrier to entry on Instagram, right?

Steve: Yes.

Angela: So anybody could call them as influencer, but it’s a very competitive industry like a being a really good one takes a lot of time and effort. So when we originally out to those like Nano influencers, they probably did probably not even serious about what they do at that moment.

Steve: Yeah. I know. Yeah

Angela: Yeah, that’s why they just walked away with the jewelry they just disappear

Steve: But for the ones that did do the shout out. Did it actually make a difference?

Angela: No, no, it didn’t. I don’t I, at least from my side. I didn’t see a big difference. But last year we had developed this new program. It’s an influencer ambassador and the rap affiliate program. So ambassadors are those where the over 50k for rest of those who have a probably about 20K 250k followers. I just find out those influence or who has passed, you know, trying to keep followers thresholds. They are more serious about what they do.

So they’re more likely to stick to it and we create specific coupon code for each Ambassador and ranft to share with their audiences and they both make a percentage off the sale generated through that coupon code

Steve: I see.

Angela: Yeah. Ambassador’s percentage is higher than raft. The main difference is really Ambassador getting three pieces of jewelry on a quarterly basis and a raft gets free jewelry of just for once and if there is no conversion, we just take the wrap off the program. I see what a lot better

Steve: so they get jewelry no matter what so they can promote it and then they also get a cut of the sale.

Angela: Yes, we do realize that repeated post works better. If they just post once they just don’t generate that much conversion. But if they post, you know once a week three times a month that works much better. So we decided to just offer them jewelry on a quarterly basis.

Steve: If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Weigler and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

Steve: Interesting. So I mean it’s essentially an affiliate program, but how does the jewelry get do just give him jewelry whenever a new line comes out or how does the giving away jewelry work?

Angela: So we so they have a coupon codes and we basically have our social media managers and all the email to all the ambassadors say, hey, they can use their coupon code which is a hundred percent off our website. So they can use that coupon code to take two to three pieces of jewelry from our website. That’s how it works.

Steve: Okay, and then it’s are they limited by the just two or three pieces? Right?

Angela: Yes. Usually, yeah. Usually it’s three pieces

Steve: is that Ongoing thing or is it just like a one-time thing?

Angela: It’s ongoing thing every quarter in the first week of that quarter with sent out the email I see how that’s hey you can, you can pick up your jewelry now and then I just go on that blind to place an order.

Steve: So at least once a quarter they’re posting or do they post more often than that?

Angela: They actually post them all off and on that some ambassadors don’t post as often. They probably post only when they receive the Jewelry probably once or twice and their conversion definitely their conversion really suffer lower than those who constantly posting

Steve: sure

Angela: but this is also like a process of figuring out who really which, you know, which Ambassador really works.

Steve: Let me ask you a question here. So you’re doing all this through Instagram, right? So these people are posting on Instagram. Have you tried this strategy with bloggers as well people with websites that can actually link to your store?

Angela: Yes, we do at the beginning way to work to with a lot of bloggers who can we mainly do that because we wanted a backlink from them. Rather than having them to promoting our jewelry and in exchange. We also create a blog to them. So we give them the backlink as well.

Steve: I see it has that worked as well or has the Instagram just been a lot more successful for you?

Angela: To generate sales, Definitely Instagram, but yeah the backlinks stuff definitely help with the SEO a lot more.

Steve: Okay. How did you get to be featured on the magazines that have been listed on your site?

Angela: Oh, I just keep bugging the editor ha ha ha. So I follow a lot of accessory editors on the major had on their social media and I just engage with them like by commenting on their stories and called and then usually after like a month of like engaging them and I would send the brand introduction email to them to introduce who we are and what we sell and after several weeks. I follow up with a package of like a collection of certain pieces.

You know that fit into the theme of what’s going on during that period and a week later. I just asked hey, do you have a question? Can I send some samples to you this and that and when they are having birthday, I’m sending some gifts to their birthday and yeah, that’s how it works.

Steve: Right? So this is like a long-term strategy here. So how long does it typically take before you do your ask in terms of just engaging with them.

Angela: For some of them It’s actually really fast. It’s all it take like one to two to ask but some other editors actually takes a lot longer. We still have editors. We probably pitch them pitch to them like six seven times 8 times. They have never responded to us.

Steve: How did you get their emails?

Angela: I got their emails is from like I know what the magazines that they work for and they just have certain logic of how they have their emails. It’s usually their last name first name @wmagazine.com or it would be just the first letter of your last name and then their first name dot you know

Steve: right

Angela: well something like that. Yeah, so I just

Steve: So what would your average initial email sounds like?

Angela: Especially sounds like hey, this is Angela. I’m the founder of Azura jewelry. And then I have a you know introduction of what Azura jewelry is and tell them what is our unique value proposition. And hey, we would love to be kept in mind for future stories. Please. Let me know like if you wanted to review our samples, something like that. That’s the first of all reach, you know.

Steve: Do cold send them jewelry or do you actually talk to them first and ask them if they want the jewelry, you mentioned sending them on birthdays and that sort of thing which assumes you have an address for them.

Angela: Yes, because sometimes when they respond I would get a dress in their signatur

Steve: I see.

Angela: And he’s on the yeah. So sometimes people they post on this Instagram that they are having, you know birthday. I would just send some flowers over. Just to feel that long-term relationship.

Steve: What is your hit rate? I’m just kind of curious when you’re doing this cold Outreach.

Angela: It’s actually works pretty well. I think 60 a 70 percent also.

Steve: Wow, that’s amazing.

Angela: Yeah. Well the respond to me especially because we engage with them first rather than to send out an email. We have been commenting following them on their Instagram. Sometimes I read the email because if they have an article coming out. I wouldn’t post it. I would write them an email saying hey, I really like this article, you know, keep up the good work this and that so they really appreciate that.

Steve: So you pay attention to when they post and you’re among the first commenter, so they actually notice you

Angela: Yes, I definitely common first on their post

Steve: Is this everything that you do or do you Outsource this?

Angela: I do it myself.

Steve: You do it yourself. Okay

Angela: this is because I don’t think, I have a social media manager who basically respond to all the comments on my Instagram page and all the you know, Instagram inquiries, but I don’t think they are trained to reach the editors at this moment.

Steve: Sure. Yeah, that makes sense.

Angela: So either that yeah, I just do that myself.

Steve: What tools are you using for Instagram to just kind of manage the whole thing?

Angela: Nothing. I actually I don’t use any specific tool

Steve: really Interesting, Just okay.

Angela: Yeah I have I have someone to manage my Instagram account at this moment. I basically just go into the account and you know building relationship with editors other than that there is no special tools

Steve: No tools. Okay. Just the Instagram app.

Angela: Yeah

Steve: so I know since you gave an office hour, which I did a website critique for you during office hours that you take all of your images with your iPhone. Right? Is that still true?

Angela: Yeah. Yes. I do. So those white background pictures that you saw on my website. They actually taken by a professional photographers, but all those Lifestyles that you say on my website and also on my Instagram I took them by on my iphone.

Steve: Okay, so there’s a disk. So all the product photos are professionally taken?

Angela: Yeah, all the white background.

Steve: Okay, and then but all your Instagram photos and everything. Those are taking with your iPhone, right?

Angela: Yes. So yes for the product pictures. We have only one or two white background picture and the rest are like on the models on lifestyle pictures. Those are all so I picked them.

Steve: Wow. All right, so that my the reason why I’m asking this is you know for Instagram, obviously you have to have your photos on your phone and I guess it’s logical then that since you’re not Any helper apps all your images are taken on your phone.

Angela: yeah.

Steve: Okay. Do you run them through any apps after the fact I mean the photos look amazing are using Lightroom?

Angela: Yes. No, that’s too technical. For me

Steve: okay. So..

Angela: yeah, that’s too technical so I basically just used like a filter. The thing is about jewelry pictures, right? It can be very difficult. It can be very simple when I say it’s easy. It’s because you know, I need is a table setting some pro, a hand and background, in the ear, is different from like clothing brands. They actually have to have different models makeup, you know background. So I really don’t need all that.

The difficult part is the gemstones actually reflect light differently. So if you don’t do it right you lose that authenticity of the color and texture.

Steve: Mmm. Okay

Angela: I take everything on my yeah, so I only take pictures with night light sometimes between to 11:30 to 1:30. So every month I spent probably an hour and 30 minutes to take about 30 pictures for that month.

Steve: I see

Angela: I just use a filter to add in my picture probably take about 10 seconds. I do that when I’m in line for my coffee in strabucks

Steve: So it’s all done on your phone.

Angela: Yes, he’s all done in my iPhone.

Steve: What about order fulfillment? Are you fulfilling all of your own orders?

Angela: So I do both I use fulfillment center and I also fulfill some orders myself if they are popular designs and we’re moving in volume if fulfilled by a fulfillment center in New Jersey, they charge us probably like 180 per order with the for like multi-channel with that additional $0.20 per units within the same order. Yeah.

Steve: How did you find this 3pl?

Angela: They actually reach out to us on Shopify group on a Facebook group. It was like open World. yeah, they just reach out to us because I was talking about like we’re having some troubles with the international shipping this and that and they reach out to us and then I decided to give it a try and so far it works well and for the others like a new designs because we’re just testing designs probably have only like 30 50 pieces. I don’t know if we’re going to move volumes because they charges for inventory the storage cost as well. So I just shipped those out myself.

Steve: So someone comes on your site and they order something that is stored at the 3pl as well as one of these new designs that your shipping shipping out of your house. I would imagine.

Angela: Yeah

Steve: so does that mean that they’re going to get two separate orders like two separate boxes and that case?

Angela: No, they’re not. No. So for those like, No for certain designs way only either carry in my house or carry in the Fulfillment center.

Steve: Yeah, but what if I order both? In one order.

Angela: Oh in one order that hasn’t happened to me yet.

Steve: Okay

Angela: that’s a very good one, yeah that hasn’t happened to me yet.

Steve: Now. I noticed on your site that your jewelry has a lot of reviews on them, and I’m just wondering what your process is for gathering reviews and following up and doing customer service.

Angela: At the beginning we Gather reviews by just Outreach customer if they write a review for us. We will give them a like $10 coupon for their next order. That’s basically how we generate the initial review. Once we have enough to look at our website to make our water look very credible and legit. We basically just used you know, the automatic email sequence sent out by exempt.

Steve: Okay. What did what are you using?

Angela: Stamped.

Steve: Oh Stamped.io got it.

Angela: Yeah

Steve: Okay. Are you using email marketing tool?

Angela: Yeah, we do Klaviyo.

Steve: Okay Klaviyo.

Angela: We just migrate from MailChimp last year when they break up with the Shopify. Yeah at this moment our email. Yeah. No, just our email marketing doesn’t work as well as I hoped

Steve: Interesting

Angela: So we just have, you know certain flows, automatic flows.

Steve: right

Angela: in place and the we send out campaigns probably once every two weeks. But our email marketing is very low. So that’s probably caused the issue.

Steve: interesting or are you doing any advertising?

Angela: Right now all of our traffic is organic.

Steve: Oh, wow, so we’re running, we have 75% of margin at this moment.

Angela: Amazing.

Angela: We do around some retargeting ads on Facebook which is probably full access our ROI but what I realized is that if I run ads to traffic on Facebook, I probably haven’t done it really, you know.. well

Steve: it’ll be tricky for sure.

Angela: It can be really really expensive.

Steve: Yes. Yeah.

Angela: . Yeah, but in the future like this year, our Focus will be on targeting, you know, the pay traffic. I’ll tackle them one by one.

Steve: So for the people out there may be a listening who might want to sell jewelry. What would you say was the biggest challenge in just kind of getting started and getting your first sales?

Angela: I think at the beginning is like I really didn’t validate my niche that is the biggest one and also I think really just to avoid the shiny object syndrome because at the beginning I was trying to do everything. I did affiliate marketing influencer marketing, you know, Facebook ads everything nothing really worked well for me, I just realized that if you can just focus on one thing and do a really well be an expert on that. You will have a six-figure business. So I think it’s dive deep in one topic is better than scratching the surface, you know also a hundred different things.

Steve: How much money did you invest to start your business?

Angela: Less than $1,000 the first, the inventory where we have, we invest probably about 400 to 500 and then the Shopify theme cost about 280. We actually bought a theme for 140 as well. We have some jewelry boxes to so yeah

Steve: so under $1,000 that’s amazing.

Angela: Yeah under a thousand dollars.

Steve: and on the Instagram front if people want to start marketing with Instagram, you mentioned that follow, unfollow doesn’t work anymore. How would you grow an account today?

Angela: I think it really just have a good hashtag strategy in place and create, focus on creating high-quality content.

Steve: And when you say high quality content, how do you know what that is? Like, what is what is the approach to figuring out what that great content is going to be?

Angela: Yeah, So as I mentioned like what I did is to, you know, find out the viral post off my competitor, right? analyze the pattern, the commonality of all those variables and then Just emulate that to create my own compass and later on you can use the Instagram insights to figure out what kind of content your customer actually engage both with and you just use that as a guidance going forward.

Steve: One thing I forgot to ask you is Instagram you can’t post links. So is everyone just clicking on your profile link to find you?

Angela: Yeah. So in our descriptions we tell them like hey the link is in the profile click the links to purchase and also we tag all of our product in a picture. So if they tap on a photo they can help them go through to the website to make purchase.

Steve: Yes. Yes, right right. Now that is something you can do with Shopify. You can link Shopify to your Instagram account.

Angela: Yes. Yeah. Yes. That’s what I would do

Steve: I see and so when you look at your Google Analytics Like your sales are click-throughs from Instagram. Like when you look at like the source tab

Angela: yes, probably 70 percent of our traffic coming from Instagram

Steve: and when an influencer, when an influencer posts about you, are they just tagging your Instagram page or are they trying to get people to your website?

Angela: They actually tagged our page your page.

Steve: Your page, Okay, so they click over to your page and then they click on the link to get to your store.

Angela: Yeah, if it’s a post, yes. If it is an Instagram story, they actually link to our website.

Steve: Okay. Oh, I was going to ask you about that Instagram stories. Do you have a strategy with that?

Angela: Ah so for Instagram stories We post probably 1 to 2 stories a day and it can be some user-generated content just like you know some customer reviews, customer tag us in the picture. It can be something like announcement of the new launch. We do use Instagram story to collect feedbacks a lot. We do a lot of survey asking customers what kind of the gemstone you like to say do it like this design or do it like that design.

That’s actually take a lot of the guesswork for us. So yeah, that’s basically what we use and we post some like motivational quotes just because we position ourselves as you know, spiritually uplifting trend.

Steve: right. How often do you just post those type of post versus ones that are designed to get you to the website on stories?

Angela: we actually post that post to our website pretty often probably once a day every other day. Yes, we do have that kind of post.

Steve: Okay, and so in terms that, you mentioned that the hashtag strategy Is the most important so it’s just a matter of just typing in these hashtags and Instagram finding out how many people are posting in these hashtags and figuring out whether you can actually have a chance of getting displayed with them and then just gradually working your way up

Angela: Yes, I think find a hashtag that is most relevant to you, your product and your audience is very important.

Steve: I’m just curious like you mentioned the follow unfollow doesn’t any more I. When you first told me that I thought that you were using an automated tool, which I agree is kind of not working anymore. So does that imply then that with your account? You’re not really following anyone anymore?

Angela: No, no, that’s like two years ago. I think I think last year. I had recommend 12 of my friends to use the same strategy, but somehow I think Instagram algorithm changed so they kind of get their account block for like two months

Steve: They overdid it, Basically

Angela: they probably overdid it. But yes, but later on I don’t buy followers. Don’t buy likes, don’t buy comments.

Steve: Yeah

Angela: because Instagram can really detect that so I don’t think it works as you know, as well as in the past

Steve: one last question. I forgot to ask you is when you’re looking at these influencers to work with on Instagram. How can you tell that their followers are legit? Like how many likes would you have to see on a post to know that those followers are actually real followers?

Angela: We, so we basically use three different tools, three different things. We use social blade to say their daily changes off their, you know followers. If one day they had 500 followers. The other two days, they have only three followers, right? We do know that they have probably fake followers. It’s just, you know, it’s just the certain boost of like the followers it’s not like

Steve: What are the terms of Engagement though, I mean engagement is very important as well. How do you measure that or what are your guidelines? I should say.

Angela: We actually click into their likes and comments to see who engage with them. So a lot of influencers actually in some instapot. Instapot is a group of people. They you know group of bloggers. They just commenting on each other’s posts. to boost, you know their algorithm. So that really work as well. So we will look at who commenting on them if it’s like customer or you if followers or if it’s like some other influencers.

If all their comments, likes, from other influencer like so from other influencer we definitely don’t work with them because we don’t think the engagement rate is real for that account.

Steve: So let’s say there’s an account that you want to work with that has 10,000 followers and let’s say they only get like 10 likes per page. That’s obviously bad. Is there like a threshold that you would use?

Angela: No, actually, we don’t use that threshold because we don’t really think that threshold is that meaningful?

Steve: Okay, so it’s mainly just comments.

Angela: Yeah because they can buy a lot of likes they can buy comments anything can buy. We really just have into it and say the quality of the comments, quality of the likes.

Stev: I see

Angela: but I don’t do this work at this moment as well I have a social media manager.

Steve: Yeah, I’m just yeah, but at one point in your business, you did this all yourself, right?

Angela: Yes. I did all this myself.

Steve: Yeah, so really it’s just it’s kind of like a gut feel whether the

Angela: Yeah

Steve: okay

Angela: and it’s also depends on the quality of the content they have produced.

Steve: In terms of imagery or copy or?

Angela: in terms of the image, the copy, in terms of their Instagram stories. If they never post any Instagram stories, you know that they are not serious about like being an influencer right? But you did someone have you know, igtv they constantly posting their reviewing products they have great content. They have a professional photographer that you know, they are serious about what they do.

Steve: okay. Yeah, that makes sense. Angela, We’ve been chatting for quite a while. I would just kind of wanted to conclude this first with what advice would you give people who are on the sidelines right now who want to start an online business?

Angela: So I would say, start to you know, streamline your business established a good system early on so at the very beginning I was doing my customer service for probably ten months by myself. I have documented all the questions customer asked. I categorize them. I have my email templates ready and whenever you know, I upload the product into my Shopify creating a question manager like return and exchange.

I always just like record like screen recording and have everything documented so when I was ready to scale up my business, I can just offload everything to a full-time in like two days and work, it has been working really really well.

Steve: Hmm okay

Angela: So I think doing that is just really helping you save so much of your time and a mental capacity so that you can really focus on you know revenue-generating activities. That is also my goal this year because I really wanted to remove myself from day-to-day and just focus on marketing.

Steve: That’s great advice Angela. Where can people find you online. Like what is your Instagram? What is your store name? If you wouldn’t mind spelling it out and where can people contact you if they have any questions or if they’re just kind of curious.

Angela: Sure. My website is a Azurajewelry.com. Spelled as A-Z-U-R-A-J-E-W-E-R-L-Y.com My personal email is angela@azurajewelry.com and My Instagram is Azura.NYC

Steve: Nice. Well Angela, I really appreciate you coming on. I’m sure the people listening to this are very inspired. And I mean I’ve learned a lot about Instagram from you as well. So, thank you so much.

Angela: Thank you so much, Steve.

Steve: All right, Take care.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. Angela is an amazing person. And I love that she’s overcome so much hardship in her life. So please support her store over at azurajewelry.com and I’m not a jewelry expert by any means but my wife says her jewelry is beautiful. For more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode306.

And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

305: A Recap Of Sellers Summit 2020 With Toni Anderson

305: A Recap Of Sellers Summit 2020 With Toni Anderson

Toni Anderson and I throw a conference every year called The Sellers Summit. It’s a show about bringing ecommerce entrepreneurs together to learn new strategies on how to sell physical products online.

This past year was our 5th year and it was easily the most difficult one yet because of COVID-19. In less than a month, we had to quickly pivot to a virtual event and it ended up being a huge success.

In today’s episode, Toni and I give our recap of Seller Summit 2020.

What You’ll Learn

  • Key takeaways of Seller Summit 2020
  • The sessions and speakers of Seller Summit 2020
  • What’s it’s like to run a virtual conference at the last minute

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today, I have my partner Tony Anderson back on the show. And today we are going to do a full recap of the seller Summit our annual e-commerce conference, which we had to take all virtual this year at the last minute.

But before we begin I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode Klaviyo helps Brands build relationships across any distance delivering email marketing moments. Your customers will appreciate Ember and share in good times and bad and since it is all driven by real-time e-commerce data, you can make sure every interaction feels more personal now when you have a 360 degree view of the customer the growth possibilities are endless. So visit clay veoh.com my wife to try for free. Once again, that’s KLAVIYO.com/mywife. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the my wife quit her job podcast today. We are doing a special episode because I’m not interviewing anyone, instead I brought Toni Anderson back on the podcast for like the millionth time to do a recap of seller Summit 2020, which just took place last week. Now the seller Summit is a conference at Toni and I throw every single year and it’s a show about bringing e-commerce entrepreneurs together virtually this time and learning new strategies on how to sell physical products online.

And this is our fifth year and easily the most One yet due to the coronavirus. So today we are going to talk about how we had to Pivot everything at the last minute and key takeaways from the talks. So how you doing today? Toni? Thanks for taking the time to come back on. So this is our fifth year ticket sales were going great leading up to March. We’re almost sold out and then covid-19 happened. Just trying to get your thoughts on how you felt things went this year.

Toni: You know, I thought we did the best that we could in the circumstances having never have run an online event before Or I think there were definitely some challenges for us. But I think overall people really got a lot out of Seller Summit 2020.

Steve: Yeah, I mean it was really stressful throwing things together cut at the last minute, right? We had like a month to prepare for it. But yeah, since I’m in charge of tech I was extra nervous for this whole virtual thing, but it went pretty smoothly. I think we only had one minor technical hiccup with one talk.

Toni: Yeah, and I think the complicated part of it is it was that it wasn’t just you and I talking for three days. We were bringing on people from all over actually all over the world. Right? And so we’re not relying on multiple internet connections, multiple cameras, multiple microphones that we don’t have any control over because all of our speakers are using their own computers and things like that. So I think it added a layer of complexity that made us both a little bit nervous.

Steve: And also on your part with the planning like we had people from Australia, you know all over the US to and just planning the timing was a little complicated too.

Toni: yeah because we had East Coast speakers West Oh speakers. And it’s one thing when everyone is in the same location physically and then you can ask everybody to get up at 9 a.m. But it’s hard to ask someone on the west coast to get up super early to do a talk. You know what I mean? It’s just it just adds a layer of complexity. I totally agree.

Steve: Yeah, I mean I still like having a live event better, but I think it probably went as good as it could have gone in terms of virtual events. And one thing that we were talking about this earlier as we really like having the live chat on there when speakers are talking because typically Someone’s talking up there. You’re not getting into the minds of the audience. And so I thought that was a really good value add.

Toni: it reminded me of what is the Disney movie about the girl and it’s the characters are inside her brain and there’s like anger and joy, I guess It’s the

Steve: Inside my head right? Is that what it’s called?

Toni: Inside Out.

Steve: Inside out. That’s it. Yep.

Toni: Yeah. Okay, so it reminded me of that movie because typically when you’re in a big conference Auditorium, you can see on people’s faces for the most part like, oh they’re losing the crowd or the crowds really into it, but it was really enjoyable to read their commentary as the sessions were going along.

Steve: Yeah, totally and people were having questions along the way and I think a lot of people who might not have normally asked questions if it were alive were asking all sorts of questions in the live chat.

Toni: Absolutely because I think it is intimidating if you’re in a ballroom and there’s 200 people and someone walks over and hand you a microphone. You got to stand up for some people that’s very natural. But for other people that is like no way in a million years, are they ever going to do that.

Steve: And I think we had extended QA. Which in my opinion is actually made these talks this year a lot more in-depth than in previous years when we had to do it live right because we have limited time when we’re live.

Toni: Because when you’re live you have to account for people switching rooms, you know having to wait in line to go to the bathroom getting a drink whatever when your virtual you just assume people can kind of do that at their Leisure and they don’t have you don’t have to add these like 15 minute blocks for breaks. So we were allowed we were able to extend our speaker time. I want to say each speaker had around 10 to 18 minutes for QA.

Steve: Somehow longer I think Derek Halpern. I think we went on for an hour and 45 minutes.

Toni: Well that’s the benefit, same with Mike Jackness right because he was the last talk.

Steve: Oh That’s true. Yeah

Toni: Of the first day. Which people really love because he was able to bring on his VA who was located in the Philippines. And so they were able to do an extended Q&A as well because they were the last Talk of the night. However, I was ready for bed at that point.

Steve: So I don’t know if it was a combination of having the live chat and the extended QA. But I actually personally thought that this year’s content was actually better than any of the prior years.

Toni: It was my favorite year for content for sure.

Steve: Yeah, and I don’t know if what the difference was really maybe it was the speakers maybe is the content but I want to say also is the extended QA in the live chat as well.

Toni: Yeah, I think with what the live chat did was it allowed the speakers to go in-depth into some of the points that they had made during their talks which they which actually they get at the round tables at the event, right? So they’re able to do that at a later time on the last day. However, it doesn’t get to happen in the big room with everybody.

Steve: Yeah, I think that’s probably what it was and then instead of like having the round tables like we usually do I think the live chat actually essentially took the place of that, right?

Toni: Yeah. Absolutely

Steve: So let’s go down some key takeaways of the talks so I kicked it off with the keynote and I did want to share with the listeners some statistics that I gathered for this keynote. I’m probably gonna publish the keynote online, but I just want to give you some of the highlights. I published a bunch of statistics on the of Corona on e-commerce and I had Jake Cohen on a couple of weeks ago to kind of discuss Klaviyo’s numbers, but overall I would say everything in e-commerce is up.

The only categories that are really down right now are like men’s Formal wear, Bridal Wear, party and event supplies and that sort of thing luggage. Everything else is up big time and I kind of quoted some statistics here and I think from just clear videos customers. It seems like everyone is up. Up between 20 and 30 percent Gorgias, which is another sponsor quoted similar numbers. And what was really interesting is when I looked at Shopify’s Global traffic numbers and what we did is we compared Black Friday with the traffic that we were getting in April and every single day in April was like Black Friday.

Which essentially meant it was like Black Friday every day for people on Shopify. So I don’t know if you find that believable or not, but I guess it’s the statistics don’t lie.

Toni: It’s interesting because I don’t, I definitely believe the statistics but yet at the same time. I’m hearing Sellers and Facebook groups and things like that talking about how they’re struggling.

Steve: Yeah, you know, I’m here that too and we’re in the event industry. So like in my keynote I was talking about how we were down in the beginning and we kind of pivoted it to quarantine gifts. So Linens with funny sayings on them and that sort of thing and that’s actually what made the difference for us, but I guess when you hear about people complaining like they’re down online, I guess the extremes of the one who are going to post, right?

Toni: Absolutely. And I also think too. I think I think of someone else who was able to Pivot was Amanda Whitten born who sells birthday invitations and she was able to Pivot into making I think teacher thank you postcards and things like that. I think the people that don’t have the ability to Pivot and then to mine that comes like more Amazon specific Shoppers.

Steve: Yeah

Toni: Or Sellers where they are selling, you know, very specific skews on Amazon. They weren’t able to ship things in things like that. That’s hard to Pivot right because you’re not going to be able to import a different product you don’t control a lot of those supply lines and those are the people that are probably the ones that are very vocal in the groups that I’m seeing.

Steve: yeah I mean like if you just look at Amanda for example like she couldn’t ship any more product in so she went Merchant fulfilled and it was nuts

Toni: Great

Steve: but a lot of these larger companies who don’t have fulfillment infrastructure obviously can’t do that so.

Toni: right.

Steve: Facebook ads cpms plummeted I got some stats from my buddies over at mute 6 Facebook ad costs are down like 25% and So based on all this overall and I can only speak in aggregate here this is the best time to be in e-commerce like there’s going to be a new normal because everyone’s used to shopping at home now and this is going to persist for quite some time I think

Toni: well that was one of the biggest takeaways I don’t want to skip to the take away so quickly but the one thing that really stuck out to me that I feel like multiple speakers talked about was that the one thing that this whole quarantine shelter-in-place has done Is open people’s eyes to shopping online. So people who were not shopping online before or were not shopping online regularly are now becoming regulars shopping online.

And so that opens up a huge opportunity and I think in either your keynote or someone else had that the sales online have surpassed brick-and-mortar right in April, I think so, I think that’s where the opportunity is for the e-commerce sellers right? Is that you’re going to get these new customers who were may be wary of shopping online before because they weren’t forced to, now it’s becoming comfortable for them and it’s going to become something regular.

Steve: I mean, you know, it’s a big deal when my mom who’s I think going to be 80 years old is using instacart and everything when she has not ever done that before

Toni: right

Steve: and she’s using Zoom as a verb now. “You want to zoom it tonight?” you know, there’s gonna be

Toni: Hey we zoomed it to The Seller Summit.

Steve: Oh, that’s true.

Toni: Did you put that video up everywhere or just on private

Steve: No no not yet. I still have to put it up everywhere. But yeah, so we held this opening party on zoom, and it was nuts. It was a lot of fun though.

Toni: It was funny because up until two minutes before we went live. You were saying to me. No one’s going to show up. No ones gonna show up.

Steve: Yeah

Toni: It’s gonna be it’s gonna be you and me and one other person and I think whenever we went to login and I had it set where people had to sit in the waiting room just because I wanted to make sure that we didn’t get any trolls. I said, you know, we went we were maybe five minutes before launch and I said, we have 15 people in the waiting room. And then I said, we have 20 people in the waiting room. We have 22 people in the waiting room, so it was crazy. I think we ended up with like 45 plus people on at one time people had to came and get went but it was pretty cool.

Steve: I think I was trying to be fashionably late and then you texted me panicking.

Toni: Yeah I remember I was I was like, where are you?

Steve: I didn’t think they were gonna be that many people on time and waiting to be honest with you, but it was a pleasant surprise

Toni: and it was cool because even though I will say it does not take the place of in-person meetups. It was nice that everybody got a chance. Introduce themselves say hello say a little bit about themselves and just what it I think it helps the next day when people were in the chat that they put a name with a face because they had seen them the night before on the zoom call.

Steve: Oh, yeah, totally totally I think it I think it totally helped. I mean is the best that we could do under the circumstances for people to meet each other

Toni: Hey and people had Zoom backgrounds which just made made my night as you know

Steve: And everyone was drinking too. So it’s kind of like a cocktail party

Toni: cocktail party that I didn’t have to stay up late for so I might be lamenting this every year. I don’t know.

Steve: So the overall theme of Seller Summit this year was on owned marketing. So this is marketing that you can control because of all these things have been happening on Amazon. It was just post in the Wall Street Journal that Amazon surprisingly and shockingly was using cellular data to launch their own competing products. And so yeah, the theme was own marketing we covered three main categories one was earned marketing, which is where you get Word of Mouth sales. Social Media mentions reviews owned marketing is where you actually own the medium. So this these are things like your own online store, your email list ], your SMS list, your messenger list, SEO organic Facebook and that sort of thing.

And then of course paid advertising, Facebook ads, Google ads, Amazon ads, influencer marketing and marketing. And so what I thought I’d do for the rest of this podcast is to kind of go over some key takeaways from the talks.

Alright, so the first talk was from Andrea and she taught us how to use SMS marketing to grow your business. And I hope that her talk kind of solidified that SMS is going to be the next big thing. I am contributing a lot of my resources towards getting SMS marketing up for my e-commerce store. And once again, once you have someone’s cell phone number, that’s yours. It’s like an email address except better because people always open their text. Now you might be thinking to yourself that people might not want to be marketed via text, but it’s happening right now and it’s slowly going to become more widely accepted

Toni: and I love the idea that this is just one more component in a way to reach your customers and for me personally, I don’t mind getting text marketing because you can always unsubscribe is very simple and it is true. I open every text that I get. So I think this is a definitely a talk to listen to multiple times.

Steve: and if it’s a company they actually want to hear from then you’re probably not going to mind. So, for example, I get text messages from this chicken place right down the street for sales and I actually don’t mind and oftentimes the texts influence me to go eat there that night.

Toni: Oh, absolutely I get the Chipotle text and like that. Absolutely influences me getting Chipotle.

Steve: Oh, just okay. I didn’t I’m not on the Chipotle SMS list. I guess

Toni: they do all their coupons through SMS, which is actually pretty smart right because I know when they probably text me I’m usually going to get a coupon

Steve: exactly. Yeah same with that chicken place for me. So if you guys aren’t doing SMS marketing I encourage you to give it a try and look at Klaviyo because if you already using klaviyo it kind of like a no-brainer since they have all your sales data already.

The next talk was from Jeff Oxford and he taught everyone how to grow your organic search traffic for your eCommerce store. I really love this talk Toni. I don’t know what you thought of it.

Toni: It’s I love this talk. This was probably in my top top three talks this year. He’s such a good presenter. Everything is so clear and understandable and he you always walk away with some strategies. And actually I’ve always I’ve already started to implement a couple of the Outreach strategies that he recommended in his talk.

Steve: And I want to say that he pretty much covered. He did a good job of covering almost all of SEO in just like an hour and he got a ton of questions also in the live chat.

Toni: Yes. That one was one of our top question sessions for sure.

Steve: Yeah, and a lot of people who are coming off of Amazon starting on their own store, you know organic traffic is probably going to play a decent sized chunk of your overall sales.

The next talk was from Natasha Takahashi. She taught us how to leverage chat Bots to grow your eCommerce store. Now I’ve been using chat Bots for jeez, I think at least three, four years now at this point and is actually now a significant portion of my sales for mywifequitherjob.com. Especially it’s probably close to like 40% of my sales. I know you’re not using chatbots yet Toni. What did you think of this talk?

Toni: So I I loved this talk. I thought this was a great. First of all, Natasha is an amazing presenter. I loved just she’s very organized and it’s very easy to follow but what I thought was interesting about this talk, is it got the Sub chat going in our Seller Summit Group and people were in the chat talking about everything as she was talking. So I’m gonna have to go watch it again because I didn’t get all of her strategies because I was busy monitoring because people actually were talking about you Steve and how you were actually a chatbot and there was that was the only way you could get things done.

Steve: I remember that.

Toni: I was in there monitoring the chat while she was talking thinking I am not getting like half of this but after her talk what I what I was able to get from it, it’s Something I need to do. It’s just one of those things right? You know, it’s like one more thing in your business and I don’t want to jump ahead but we hadn’t someone else talk about working in your business on what is already successful. So as I was ready to jump into chatbots, then I heard another talk and I was like, okay, maybe not maybe not yet.

Steve: Yeah, we’ll get to that talk. Actually. It’s a very important talk about getting overwhelmed with all the strategies that you learn in a conference, but I found it actually did a great job of just clarifying why you should even go into Facebook Messenger Marketing in the first place.

Toni: Right and it’s so it’s so much less expensive right now than email marketing and I think you were talking about this and I think she references as well, you’re getting about Forex return right compared to email. Is that what your numbers were?

Steve: Oh, yeah. Yeah. I mean the engagement is so much higher than email right now.

Toni: Yeah, so it feels like a no-brainer. But at the same time it also feels like something really big to set up. So it’s one of those things that I feel like I have to balance with my own business, but it’s definitely definitely on my list and and high up. For sure.

Steve: Yes, I mean, you’ve got a lot more plates than I have to juggle.

So the next talk was a summit favorite back in 2016 Drew Senaki, he spoke that first year. We launched it hasn’t been back since but I kind of roped him back into coming on and speaking this year and I loved his talk. He talked about how to make your business recession-proof and my take away from here and and just just for context here Drew runs a nine-figure e-commerce store. He’s the CEO of auto anything and it’s primarily a Dropship Outlet and I talked about this a lot.

But you know when you’re dropshipping you pretty much don’t have your own brand because you’re selling other people’s products and during this whole covid-19 Drew found a lot of different ways to Pivot his business in order to actually grow. I think he was he ended up being up 30% after all the things that he did.

Toni:Yeah, and I think he followed one of the undercurrents of the summit was the importance of being able to Pivot and the importance and he talked about the business that he had. I think it was 2008. Where we had the recession and he didn’t pivot. And he basically I don’t know if he lost the business. I don’t exactly know what happened to that but he talked about the difference between what he did 12 years ago and what he’s doing today and how we need to be thinking about that in our own business.

And I think you know, he used a lot of really great examples about people that were able to Pivot and then I think we you know, we ourselves like you pivoted you talked about how you guys have changed your napkins up, you know, you’re doing some quarantine things and offering some things that you hadn’t offered before we know some other people that have done the same thing and I think it was just sort of sort of a wake-up call to people that if they haven’t pivoted this is the opportunity. They need to jump on it.

Steve: And his example with auto anything just goes to show that even if you don’t have your own branded products, there are ways to Pivot your business to kind of Stand Out Among the crowd.

Toni: Yep.

Steve: I don’t want to give too much away there.

The next talk was from awesome broader first time speaker at the summit longtime friend, excellent speaker. He runs the e-commerce influence podcast. He talked about how the top e-commerce businesses scale. And what you can learn from them Austin used to run an agency, and he also runs this service called brand growth experts and he interacts with lot of different companies and he recognized certain patterns that allow businesses to grow. My key takeaway from his talk actually was that all the most successful Founders always protect themselves from burnout and if you feel stuck it’s because you are doing too much not too little.

Toni: that’s interesting. That was not my takeaway.

Steve: That was not your take away? Okay

Toni: It was not my takeaway was when he talked about how most of the successful business owners did one thing really really well and that’s what they focused on.

Steve: Yes. That was my next

Toni: Yeah, if it was influencer marketing then they just killed it and influencer marketing and they didn’t worry about, you know, create a new YouTube channel or doing chat Bots or anything like that and if it was Facebook ads and they just became like Facebook ad Masters and that’s what they did and it’s not that nothing else happened. But that’s where they devoted like their time and their energy and any training that they needed, you know, they focus on that and that really stuck with me.

Steve: Yeah along those same lines Austin mentioned that his most successful clients only really used two channels to scale. Now, I know for our e-commerce store, we used one channel to hit six figures and all you need is to pretty much to hit seven or more.

Toni: Yeah, and I think what happens in this was I thought was such a great. He kicked off the conference right after your keynote and I thought it was a really great talk to start with because you attend any conference virtual in person and you hear so many awesome ideas and so many people in different fields are very very successful doing what they’re doing. But there’s no way that you as one person or a person with a small company can do all of that really well, so I think his talk was a good reminder that you only need to pick one or two things to scale.

Steve: Right. Hence, you are focusing on email. I believe right now and messenger is at the top of your list, but you’re focusing on what’s working right now for you.

Toni: Yep

Steve: and the companies that were all supportive of own marketing the sponsors for the conference. We had klaviyo who you guys have probably heard a bunch of times on this podcast already. Zippify which is Ezra Firestone’s company. He helps you build landing pages and he has this cool one click upsell for Shopify. Bigcommerce, which is one of my main shopping carts of choice because they have this really cool WordPress integration where you can actually have your blog and your store in the same domain. And Pickfoo, which is a polling company where you can get instant feedback about anything from real humans within 15 minutes.

Now, the next section of the Seller Summit was all about paid marketing and you know, I met this guy Nick Shackelford. He was introduced to me by Ezra he invited me down to his event in LA I had an amazing time and at that point, I knew that I had to have him talk and he spoke specifically about how to scale Facebook ads through hidden audiences. And this is actually one of my favorite talks at the event. He actually showed us so he spends millions of dollars per month on Facebook and he literally showed us his exact campaigns in this talk and I don’t spend nearly as much money as Nick and it was just interesting to see an account of someone whose scales so quickly. What did you think Toni?

Toni: I thought he had a great talk. I think the first part of his talk when he talked about those hidden audiences, I think for most e-commerce sellers was just like a complete brain blow right just never thought of that strategy before so I love that he brought that Up. And then I think the second part of his talk where he basically went in his face book dashboard and showed us. Everything was nuts. I don’t know anybody who’s ever done that before at a conference. So that was just amazing and people that know anything about Facebook ads were I was getting messages because I can’t believe he’s doing this.

I can’t believe you showing this is amazing. So he just had a great presentation clearly knows what he’s talking about. But most importantly he used to be a professional soccer player and I was like Googling him all after his talk. To find out more about it.

Steve: You’re not a stalker.

Toni: Yeah, I’m not a stalker. It’s totally normal fine. But yeah, he he was incredible great great presentation. And definitely if you haven’t watched it all the way through you need to watch that second half. It’s just gold.

Steve: Just to give you an idea like what I start out with the campaign just starting out I’m using I’m usually blowing like 20 to 30 dollars a day. Just just to kind of you know, hash things out. Nick, I think he’ll just put down five hundred or thousand dollars a day. Just from the start just to show you like he’s you Spending all this money on Facebook and making money.

Toni: and I think the Q&A on that was good to he did it. I think we had a little extended time with him as well because he was the last session before break and he actually did walk through some strategies for people who don’t have a thousand dollars a day to spend because that’s usually most people when they’re getting started right? They don’t have a thousand dollars a day spent on Facebook ads. So he did walk through some strategies for folks who don’t have the budget that he gets to work with.

Steve: Yeah. Basically you just take what he’s doing and just scale it down to whatever level you’re at.

Next talk was Brett Curry and he talked about mastering Google ads for Amazon and sponsored brand video ads. Now, I actually didn’t know this but Amazon actually allows you to do attribution or conversion attribution now, so basically what that means is if I send a Google ad or a Facebook ad over to Amazon, there’s a way to actually get credit for the sale and tell Facebook that it actually resulted in a conversion. This is huge. I didn’t know about this because I guess apparently this program is in beta. But Brett actually introduce that to me.

Toni: Yeah and Brett is that this is his third year at the summit and every year he gives a great presentation. But this year I feel like everything that he presented. I had no idea that you were able to do and like I was just yeah crazy

Steve: and sponsored brand video ads turns out to be like the highest converting Amazon ads that you can run right now and I wasn’t running them. So I’m going to go ahead and do that now and try it.

Toni: peaker 1: Yeah, that’s that video is on my priority to re-watch. That’s one of the first ones I want to re-watch because I feel like he covered a ton of information and it’s all stuff that I’m not doing and I had some of that I had no idea I could even do.

Steve: totally totally I mean, I guess, you know, when you run an agency you always have to be on The Cutting Edge of all the advertising platforms.

Steve: If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Weigler and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

Next talk was Ed Ruffin, Edward Ruffin, PPC Ed he likes to be called and he talked about how to use sales funnels to maximize your Amazon advertising. What I liked about Ed’s talk is he kind of gave a more holistic view of Amazon advertising across the entire funnel and because over the years Amazon now has like a complete advertising system where you can actually Target cold customers all the way down to the bottom of the funnel with Amazon sponsored product ads.

Toni: Yeah and what I love about #PPCEd as we call him is that I’ve never seen someone get so passionate and excited about something. So boring is

Steve: I don’t think it’s boring. I don’t know what you’re talking about.

Toni: All right, you know what, I mean. It’s he’s talking about even when he gets super technical. He’s still like waving his arms and very excited about everything and I feel like I like this was once again his talk was my favorite of all the talks. In Seller Summit just because I loved that big picture because he started off with the big picture and then he brought it in to like those actionable strategies that you can actually go into your Amazon account and execute today.

Steve: Totally. So I always loved watching PPC Ed it’s funny because I called him edit first things like no. No, my name is PPC Ed and I’m like sorry man. I guess I’ll call you PPC Ed from now on.

Next talk was from Ilana Wexler. She had talked the prior Year got rave reviews this year. She talked about the paid traffic puzzle and YouTube ads. So if you’re just starting out and you have no idea where to advertise a lot of had this really cool strategy in place. That will help you figure out where you should be focusing your efforts and I don’t want to give too much away, but it all starts with retargeting and then just kind of gradually expanding your audiences and she uses the analogy of filling out the different pieces of your advertising puzzle.

Toni: Yeah, and once again, she always has such a great job of explaining everything and what I love about all of our speakers, is that a lot of times I don’t know about you but I will watch a video or a webinar about how to do some of these things and they don’t actually give you this actual strategies. He’s like they don’t show you how to walk you through exactly how to do it and all of our speakers walk you through the entire process. So if you don’t have any idea how to do something you’ll be able to do it by the end of the talk.

Steve: Totally you might have to watch the talk multiple times. But yes, you will know how to do it by the end talk.

Toni: Yeah

Steve: and for the are paid advertising sponsor was seller labs and I didn’t know this before but they actually offer managed PPC Services now and we actually did a little case study and maybe I’ll put the blog post in the show notes here, but they actually took over my Amazon Advertising account and what I did is I pit what they did against what I was doing. You can read the blog post for the results. Where actually publish actual numbers, but I highly recommend these guys if you want someone to manage your Amazon PPC ads.

Now, the next section of Seller Summit was all about earned marketing, and this is actually my favorite section after all you can’t get Word of Mouth advertising, media mentions and that sort of thing unless you have a strong brand unless you have a strong Brand Story and unless you excel at customer service.

And so one talk and he kind of went first along these in this genre of talks was Michael jamming and he talked about how to use the power of Storytelling to boost your brand, fantastic talk. So he sells ladies dresses, girl’s dresses along with his wife and he showed some specific examples of you know, how he told his brand story and after seeing these video examples. It was very obvious why that stores a multimillion-dollar company today

Toni: Yeah, and he also, Examples of his customer service emails and his shipping emails and I think the all the fulfill, anything that you get is an email that normally you would just send a blanket email and this power of Storytelling is so amazing that people were actually responding and sharing the email content on shipping emails. Right? I mean, who does that? I mean that’s and it’s free advertising and he was he’s gave examples of how you know any time that they were telling a story The Organic reach of you know anything on social media or people’s just sharing that content, you know by forwarding an email to their friends is just phenomenal.

Steve: Here’s what I thought was even more impressive. So a lot of times we sell commonplace items that you don’t think might have a good story associated with it. Right? And so what Michael did and his talk is he solicited volunteers from the seller summit audience to come up and he actually helped them with their brand story because he has this nice framework to help you do it and I think it was Dana and Wesley Steyer. Presented their solar panel company and Michael turned their story into something amazing.

Toni: Yeah, so we had we actually got three people to volunteer. We had Dana and then we had Dale he came on to talk about some of his cleaning products. And then Jesse came on to talk about his he has some athlete or some skin products, I think but yeah in each case Michael was able to because he talks about like what do you selling? And then what are you really selling?

Steve: Right.

Toni: And so Dana Michelle was saying they sell those solar kids, but what they’re really selling or the DIY solar kit. Kids, but what they’re really selling is freedom, right because they’re for those small houses and you know, he was able to just like in what two minutes he was able to craft like this whole pitch for them. It was pretty incredible.

Steve: It sounded really good to me. Like it just framed the product. I mean, I wasn’t even thinking about the product anymore. Actually. I was thinking about the message behind the product by the end

Toni: Yeah

Steve: definitely don’t think

Toni: yeah. That was what that he I love that. I love that talk like that was probably my favorite talk just because I love I mean That’s you know, that’s what I like to do. Anyways, of course, it’s in my wheelhouse but I love the storytelling component and it’s cool to see that it’s not just like oh that’s cool to tell funny to be funny or to tell compelling stories that actually can have an impact on your business.

Steve: and then next up. We had Eric Bandholtz of beardbrand longtime friend. I’ve known this guy forever. He taught us the secrets to YouTube marketing because YouTube marketing actually drives 40 percent of his sales and I you guys know I’ve been working on my YouTube channel for the last couple months and I I learned a lot from his talk.

Toni: Yeah, Eric does a great job. He actually went into his YouTube analytics showed how basically how they strategize how they make decisions based on what types of videos to film sort of the benchmarks for them. And I thought that was really interesting because usually most people are not going to go into their analytics and show you anything but he was willing to do that and basically use his own site and he actually has three channels but use those three channels as examples for how to basically Run YouTube marketing for your own businesses.

Steve: And specifically for physical products.

Toni: Yep.

Steve: Yeah next up. We had Derek Halpern and this is the one that he talked I think for an hour and 45 minutes. So the title of his talk was 250,000 orders in two years how to Captivate customers with story and you know, even though the total was similar to Michael’s title. The content was actually a whole lot different but the theme was very similar. You got to think of some underlying message behind your products so that people Fall in love with your message and your brand.

Toni: Yeah, and he even talked about how they were able to what did they do? I did something on Black Friday I don’t remember the exact numbers where they didn’t have to Discount anything but yet they still got a huge increase in sales because of another strategy that they took something completely different which I thought was pretty genius. And if you’ve ever if you’ve ever heard Derek speak you will wake up when he starts talking. He does not pull any punches. He’s very animated and he is a straight shooter. He does not mess around when it comes to talking about is business and what they’ve done to grow it.

Steve: Yeah. I mean, I’ve known Derek for a long time. I like that. He’s just blunt. I mean very blunt and very open like if you ask him a question, he will answer it with brutal honesty. I guess that’s the best way to put it.

Toni: but I you know people really it was it was a great way to end he ended the summit. He was our last speaker and it was a great way to end it because I think people sometimes well, what did he even said? Something about himself. I don’t know what it was. He doesn’t sugarcoat anything and I think that that was really good because I think at the end of the day a lot of times people just need to hear it straight right and hear what worked what didn’t and be able to just be told that really bluntly.

As opposed to sort of I think a lot of times you go to these events or you go to sessions and it’s like everything is wonderful and perfect and he talked about the things that didn’t work and did and I think that’s important for people to hear.

Steve: Oh, yeah, totally he talked about the good and the bad. And the sponsor on this track was Gorgias. Which is the tool that both Toni and I use to manage all the customer service for all of our businesses because you can track all of your social media channels all in one place and it pulls up all your orders on your Ecommerce store and you can reply to common questions like where the heck is my order all in one click. And Of course the Seller Summit would not be the same without having some Amazon talks.

So the first Amazon talk we had was from Brad Moss the former head of Seller Central and he talked about what was working on Amazon in 2020 and something that I was really surprised at and again, this is a guy who specializes in Amazon sales. He was telling everyone to start selling off of Amazon and the importance of building your own brand.

Toni: Yes, and it was funny because he got started and I had to run out of the room and I come back and you’ve messed you messaged me and said he’s talking about selling off Amazon.

Steve: Haha Yeah

Toni: Like wait, this is an Amazon talk what’s going on?

Steve: I know

Toni: but he’s you know, he’s such a he’s been to Seller Summit I think this would be his what third or fourth time. Always a fan favorite because one you know, he always gives a great talk on and he’s always up to date on what’s going on with Amazon and I think to hear from an am someone former had to sell some Seller Central to say like hey, this is what Amazon’s doing. And he was one I think he was the one talking about Amazon grabbing that data, right?

He talked about that in his talk as well for him to say. Hey, you need to be thinking about this brand creation as opposed to just selling, you know, 200SKUs. Completely independent of each other.

Steve: Yeah.

Toni: I think that was powerful for people because he’s someone That is not just speculating. He actually has pretty good knowledge of what’s going on.

Steve: He does and just the fact that he’s telling everyone to sell outside of Amazon now just just says something about where ecommerce is going.

Toni: Yeah

Steve: Next up we had Greg Merser on how to get Amazon reviews in 2020 and there’s actually one tactic that I did not know about that was free. And that was really shocking. I’m definitely going to take advantage of that.

Toni: Yeah. I didn’t know about that either actually most of the people in the chat didn’t I think that was a bombshell for a lot of people

Steve: They were like what I thought you had to pay two thousand dollars to do that. And yeah, I mean obviously Greg would know this because he runs jungle Scout but there’s a lot of hidden tips that he shared in this talk and I’m definitely going to be implementing them

Toni: and I have to say one of the like side highlights of this talk was that if you know Greg, you know, he’s very white hat with the Amazon. He does everything above board. He really is, you know, he likes to give people really solid advice and there were a couple questions that were definitely not white hat. Right? in the chat and he said, you know, he said he made a comment about it and like hey, I can’t really endorse that or recommend that because it’s not you know, and then you started putting on the ticker black hat tips for this entire.

It does to poor Greg like literally like the nicest guy always like doing the right thing and then the rest of the time it was all like black hat tips from Greg Mercer. Which is like the cool part about the virtual event because you could not have been trolling him while he was on stage.

Steve: So I can only do that because we’re friends but I definitely wouldn’t have done that for a total stranger or maybe I would have but more subtly.

Toni: Yeah, not not quite as obvious as you did there where you created a banner on his screen.

Steve: So the Amazon sponsors for the event was Getida. Getida is a service that helps you get reimbursed. It’s for Amazon Amazon loses your inventory all the time. And basically they’re they’re losing your money all the time and Getida helps you get reimbursements back. And one thing that was really cool was Getida. I offered four hundred dollars in free reimbursements which basically covered the cost of the event.

And we also had product labs. This is Brad Mosses’ company he offers Consulting and of course Jungle Scout, which is Greg’s company and jungle Scout has really come a long way over the years. I mean, they’ve been a longtime sponsor. They now pretty much do everything related to Amazon all under the same tool at one low price.

All right, next up we talked about how Chinese people are taking over Amazon and Over that happens, there’s gonna be lots of counterfeits. And so we had Steven Wiggler our attorney Toni I use him and he talked about a low-cost strategy to protect against Chinese knock-offs. This was a huge hit because apparently a lot of people are getting knocked off and just a quick note patents are not the answer.

Toni: and I loved he mapped out this exact strategy and you could take it and implement it and you don’t even need an attorney to do it, which I liked. I mean, he basically told you how you could do it without Out, you know, you only spend a couple hundred dollars. I think at the end of the day, but I have to say the funniest part about his talk was that he used an illustration of a straw hat that was his product that he came on when he signed on the video for you and I he was wearing this like gardening hat.

Steve: Oh Yeah

Toni: right? and you and I were both like why is he wearing a gardening hat? Like this doesn’t make any sense and then he ended up using it. He actually took the hat and basically dissected it about all the different parts of it that you can use to it. Basically using as your product and how you could protect it and all these different ways. We use it as a really cool illustration so that people could understand there’s multiple ways to protect your property your photos all that stuff.

Steve: definitely got my attention because I was like, why are you wearing that hat and then turns out it was part of the presentation

Toni: thank goodness

Steve: and Steven, why go to runs emerge counsel. He offers trademark services and IP protection services, so you can just send them an email go to their website. Just tell him I sent you and I’m sure he’ll give you a discount of some sort.

Toni: And honestly, I have to tell you like I know we’re talking about our virtual event, but he’s a reason to come to the physical Seller Summit because he will talk you will give you legal advice and talk to you all day long at his table for free.

Steve: Yes. I don’t know any lawyers that do that. I know like this lawyer that I talked to like even talking to on the phone. I got a bill in the mail and I was I was a little annoyed but Steven will talk to you for free.

Next section of talks were on improving efficiency of your store. And the first person we had up was Elizabeth Mercer and she talked About understanding the big picture when managing your supply chain. Now Liz sells over sized products you sells furniture on Amazon. And as you know storing large items on Amazon is really expensive. So you have to make sure that you have your supply chain down path. I guess one of my key takeaways is I didn’t realize how much Elizabeth communicates with their vendor oftentimes people don’t communicate with their vendor until it’s too late when something goes wrong and by that time it is really too late. I don’t know what were some of your takeaways with this first one.

Toni: Well first of all I was yeah, that was my number one take away to with it. I don’t do half of this.

Steve: Yes

Toni: when she and in like some of the communication and her processes that she talked about. I was like, I don’t do any of this and no wonder you know, things are probably not as efficient as they could be the second thing that I was just I thought was amazing was that no matter what the there was a ton of questions on this talk as well and she basically answered every question even if it wasn’t even if I don’t think she necessarily was working in that area. She’s so knowledgeable on this that she basically talked everything supply chain, which was pretty impressive.

Steve: I mean, I think that was her major and I would argue that the Q&A section was just as good as the actual Talk itself.

Toni: Yeah, I especially with this one because there were so many questions on this one. I think that the QA was as good as the presentation.

Steve: Yeah next up. We had a fan favorite Mike Jackness and he talked about how he created this awesome team in the Philippines to manage operations. And what I liked about his talk is he actually brought in the person who runs his Philippines office to come give a talk as well.

Toni: What I what I thought was great about this is we’ve realized that Mike doesn’t do anything anymore. Yes. It’s all his Filipino team.

Steve: He literally does nothing and actually Mike slides were really impactful because he talked about the cost savings and if he had hired everyone in the US on his team, he would not be making any profit whatsoever. And in fact, I think he would be losing like 20%.

Toni: Yeah. And what I loved about Mike’s talk is that he brought his manager on and she basically explained everything from like from the cultural side of the Philippines. So and I think that’s one of the reasons why people when they sometimes hire overseas, it’s not successful because they don’t understand that there are definitely some cultural differences. And so she talked a lot about that in her talk. She also talked about how to build a company culture overseas, which I thought was really great.

Because you and I both have overseas VAs and so for me just take I took away a lot of there’s things that I can do better with communicating with my VA, and there’s things that I can do to make her job easier because I’m not always thinking about the differences. The other thing that I really liked about this is they really gotten into specifics about pay for overseas VAs like how you know, everything from vacation and sick, you know, sick leave and things like that like those types of policies because I think when you hire in the US there’s basically some like understood rules or depending on what state you live in you know, there’s sometimes, you know, there’s minimum wage laws and things like that.

Overseas, It’s gets kind of murky, especially if not using an agency and so I love that they broke that down and talked about what they did to help build a really loyal team.

Steve: Yeah, actually she outlined her exact process for hiring as well, which I thought was pretty cool because it’s it’s a little different due to the cultural differences.

Next up. We had Scotty V on how to get massive results in your business and do what truly matters and you know, Scott he is a ball of fire when he has the mic and I don’t know maybe it was It after listened to his talk. You said you had problems sleeping.

Toni: I did I could not fall asleep that night. I think he ended with his talking about what 9:15 maybe and I think I didn’t fall asleep till about 12, maybe midnight or maybe later because I just everything that he was talking about was still swollen in my head. Plus. He’s so high energy. It just gets you excited and amped up

Steve: totally and you know, you come out of seller someone with a bunch of different tactics, and I thought Scott stalk was important on kind of prioritizing and focusing your efforts.

Toni: and what I loved about Scott’s talk was that he actually talked a lot about the past year of his own life and how he basically had all these things going on in 2019 and he got a little bit burn out right? And so he talked about having to sort of come back and realize like he needed to start prioritizing you start focusing on and he used his own life as an example. And I think a lot of people someone like Scott right?

He’s you know in the Limelight. He’s got a very popular podcast got a very active Facebook group people think that his life is amazing all the time, right because he’s high energy, you know, but I think it’s good for people to see. Like hey, everybody’s going through the same struggles. Everybody gets burnout everybody sometimes bites off more than they can chew and here’s how you can deal with it. And in these tactics work, you know.

Steve: they absolutely do and they’re not just tactics. I mean, these are things that you really have to just sit down and evaluate from time to time.

Toni: Yeah tactic wasn’t the right word, but I couldn’t think of the right. How do you how do you how do you manage your life with a tactic? I don’t know, you know.

Steve: The last up we had Charles Mullins of quitelight and he taught us how to boost the value of your business with math and logic. Now, if you run a business right now, there’s some things that you really have to consider. Even if you don’t plan on selling your business anytime soon. These are things that you have to consider ahead of time because they increase the value of your business and Charles’s talk also allowed you to kind of figure out how much your business is actually worth in the current environment, which I thought was very valuable.

Toni: Yeah. I really like that talk one of the things that stood out to me was has he talked about all these things that you need to be doing in your business if you’re thinking about selling but then he talked about the one thing that you didn’t want to do was I don’t remember the, I used the wrong terminology, but he talked about you don’t want to make it too polished on the outside because you want people to see opportunity in your business.

And that was something interesting because it to me it’s kind of like when you sell a house or you want, you know, you put your best foot forward, right you clean everything up and hide all the bad stuff, but in reality like some of that stuff actually works, too. Advantage because buyers want to see an opportunity when they’re looking to purchase a business.

Steve: Yeah. Absolutely. It’s kind of like when you buy your fixer, I think all of your houses have been fixers and you’ve made a lot of money doing this right same philosophy. Kind of?

Toni: Yeah, but in your mind you like in my mind though, and I’m not you know, I’m not thinking about selling a business right now, but I you know, if I was going to I would think oh, I want everything to be perfect. Right? I want the website to look better. I want this to be better. But at the same time there’s actually things that are way more important when you want to sell your business, so you should be focusing on other than these externals because the external might actually hurt you.

Steve: Yeah, and then there’s also the ad backs. I mean there’s a ton of information in Charles’s talk.

Toni: Yeah, there’s some crazy spreadsheets.

Steve: And we were proud to have Quietlight as the premium sponsor the Platinum sponsor this year. So Quitelight. I’ve known Joe and Chuck for gotten many years and our friend Mike Jackness has sold his business who QuietLight. We really trust these guys. So if you’re interested in buying and selling a business definitely look towards Quiet Light brokerage.

And we talked about, you know, hiring a Filipino team both Tony and I we actually used Intelligencia to find our VAs over in the Philippines. What’s nice about them is they actually have an office that has power and internet and the Filipino employees actually go into the office do the work. So there’s never any power outages or any sort of thing. And you also don’t have to deal about you don’t have to deal with benefits or that sort of thing because they handle everything for you.

Toni: They also pre-screen all of your applicant. So if you’re looking for someone with a specific skill set they will actually pre-screen people and that way you’re not waiting through, you know hundreds of applications. I know I’ve used other services that are just you know, log on to a website and put out a job application and you know, we’ve had to wait through tons of people but they actually narrow it down for you based on information you give them so it’s really helpful.

Steve: Yeah highly recommended. The next sponsor was SkuVault. So if you are selling on multiple channels like eBay, Amazon as well as your own site, you’re going to need a central location to store all that information into manage your inventory and that’s what SkuVault does. Recommended our longtime friend over at RPC Logistics Pam Kale, if you need Freight forwarding Services always recommend Pam choose great. She’s a great people person. She’ll take care of you and she’ll do it with a smile.

And then finally there was Brex and Brex is actually really important for e-commerce because they offer this card that lets you float money 60 days instead of 30 days without any interest. So instead of trying to take out a loan for your inventory. You can just put it on the Brex card. Or did I miss any talks Toni? I think that’s it, right?

Toni: I don’t know it feels like a lot of talk. So yeah, I think we got them all I’m looking through your slides right now. I think we’re good.

Steve: Yeah, I mean like I said before I hope this was an indication with this podcast episode. I thought the content this year was amazing and I don’t know exactly why that is because you know, we did have a lot of the similar speakers as prior years, but the content that, maybe was the live QA or maybe it was the extended QA but I got a lot out of these talks more so than any other year.

Toni: I agree. This is the first year that you and I have actually been able to go to all the talks.

Steve: That’s correct. Usually we’re in separate rooms because we do double track but this year we did everything in single track.

Toni: Yeah, so I think that was another thing as we got to hear everything live which typically only one of us hears it live and the other persons in the other room. So I think that was a big factor as well and I think the new speakers that we added this year just really were awesome like awesome additions to our Seller Summit lineup.

Steve: So Tony can people still access these recordings?

Steve: Absolutely. You can actually still pretty Just a virtual pass and the virtual pass comes with every session including our keynote and all the Q&A. So all the extended QA there’s very little editing done this year because it was all virtual. So all that QA is on the virtual passes. You hear us reading the question. So everything’s really clear. I know sometimes it’s not always clear when you’re actually in a venue.

So Steve and I are reading those questions out this you get the extended QA plus all the PDFs from the speaker’s all their presentation. So you get to get a good look at those slides and we are having those for sale. I don’t know. I think what till like June 30th?

Steve: I think so. We typically close it off after a while. Yeah, June 30 is sounds like a good date as you can tell we’re prepared to announce this date because I didn’t know that Tony was going to throw that date out, but that sounds good.

Toni: Well, I think we need to you know, you we can’t keep these forever for sale because then we have to move on to 2021. Right? And we’ve got to focus on that. And so I think and also these talks are super relevant now but in a couple of years some of these strategies will change so we don’t like to keep these sessions on sale forever. So you got to get them now

Steve: and stay tuned I guess for the 2021 announcement, which I believe we should have in the next couple of weeks or so.

Toni: Hopefully still trying to negotiate some things some details. So we want to get that to everybody as soon as possible. But for now you can enjoy, how many sessions is this 18, 19 sessions?

Steve: Actually there was a bonus section that session that I forgot to talk about which is from Getida. Getida actually record like we didn’t have it on the schedule, but they recorded a special session on. Actually how to save money with your Amazon business and it kind of goes into depth about all the I knowhow to phrases but all the different ways that Amazon can screw you and how to get your money back basically. It was very valuable.

Toni: Yeah, so we actually joked that the cool thing about this is you can binge watch the Seller Summit in a weekend. So it’s basically taking the taking over Netflix for a weekend. You can binge watch all the sudden.

Steve: Yeah you can pretend It’s like Tiger King and watch all seven episodes all at once except in this case would be 19 episodes.

Toni: I will be regretful that I’m saying this but I feel like Seller Summit might be slightly more valuable.

Steve: just slightly more valuable man. This woman has been talking about Tiger King for like the last month ever, since it came out, good Lord.

Toni: Exactly. No, I plan. That’s my goal. I plan I have a vacation coming up and I plan on watching a lot of these talks while I’m on vacation just because I feel like with most of them. There’s so many nuggets in there that you can’t just watch them once.

Steve: And I plan on watching these all over again as I am sheltered in place for the next couple months and with that Toni thanks for coming on again. It was a pleasure.

Toni: Thanks for having me.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now, you can access all the Sellers Summit 2020 videos over at Sellersummit.com until July after which we will close it down forever. For more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/ episode305.

And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

304: Dropshipping – Everything You Need To Know With Steve Chou

304: Dropshipping - Everything You Need To Know With Steve Chou

Most people try to open up a dropshipped store expecting it to be easy, but in reality, there’s a lot more to it than you think.

The reason I created this episode is because I’m constantly asked about dropshipping and decided to document my thoughts in audio once and for all.

In this episode, you’ll learn the pros and cons of dropshipping, why it’s not as simple and easy as you think, and the best way to succeed with a dropship online store.

What You’ll Learn

  • What is dropshipping?
  • The pros and cons of dropshipping
  • How to get started in dropshipping
  • How much money can you make dropshipping

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.Sellers Summit

Transcript

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

303: How To Sell Oversized Goods And Manage Your Supply Chain With Liz Mercer

303: How To Manage Your Supply Chain For Oversized Items With Liz Mercer

Today, I’m thrilled to have Elizabeth Mercer on the show. Elizabeth helped start Jungle Scout with her husband Greg but she’s since stepped down to start a 7 figure ecommerce business selling ergonomic furniture over at SleekForm.com.

Now in order to sell products that are large and heavy, you must manage your supply chain efficiently which happens to be Elizabeth’s specialty and in this episode, she teaches us the tricks of the trade.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why Liz decided to sell furniture
  • The challenges of selling large oversized items
  • How to launch an oversized item on Amazon
  • How selling oversized items differs from regular goods

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have my friend Elizabeth Mercer from Sleek form on the show and Elizabeth sells Furniture online. And in order to sell something so large and so heavy you have to get your supply chain down pat, which is what we are going to cover today.

But before we begin I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Klaviyo helps brands build relationships across any distance delivering email marketing moments. Your customers will appreciate, remember and share in good times and bad. And since it is all driven by real-time e-commerce data, you can make sure every interaction feels more personal. Now when you have a 360 degree view of the customer the growth possibilities are endless. So visit klaviyo.com/mywife and try for free. That’s KLAVIYO.com/mywife. Now on to the show welcome.

I also want to give a shout out to Privy who is also sponsored the show previously tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store. Now, what does privy do? Well Privy is an email list growth platform and they manage all my email capture forms and I use Privy hand-in-hand with my email marketing provider. Now, there are a bunch of companies out there that are managing email capture forms, but I like Privy because they specialize in e-commerce. And right now I’m using Privy display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives their email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this when it implemented this form email signups increased by a 131%. Now, I’m also using their new cut pop up feature to recover a Abandoned carts as well. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers, which I then feed to my email provider to close the sale so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free and if you decide to need some more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for 15% off. Once again, that’s privy.com/steve. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the my wife quit her job podcast. Today, I am thrilled to have Elizabeth Mercer on the show. Now, Liz is someone who I met at seller Summit many times and we’ve hung out on a number of occasions as well at various events. Now Elizabeth helped start jungle Scout with her husband Greg, but since then she has stepped down to start a seven-figure e-commerce business selling ergonomic Furniture over at Sleekform.com. And it turns out that Liz was the brains behind the Commerce operations at jungle Scout and her skills translated seamlessly to her furniture biz.

Which is doing extremely well and today what we’re going to do is we’re going to pick Liz’s brain and discover exactly how she did it. And with that welcome to the show Liz how are you doing today?

Liz: I’m great excited to be here. Thanks Steve

Steve: So Liz, I’m just I was just always kind of curious. What was your role at jungle Scout? And why did you eventually decide to sell Furniture of all things?

Liz: Yeah. So that’s a pretty funny backstory jungle Scott was always kind of the brainchild of Greg’s and he loved that and he spent all this time in it and so like any good wife. I tried to help where I could and then it turned out that we had really great matching skill sets and they complemented each other really well, so I was behind the scenes and did a whole lot of operation stuff and team creation, team-building Retreat building customer service just a whole lot of operations behind the scenes. And allowed him to kind of take that front forward facing customer facing role and those two things really worked out really well together for a long while.

And then A few years after that I decided that I wanted to kind of see what I could do on my own and kind of you know fail on my own or succeed on my own and see how I could learn a new set of skills that Greg was really good at that. I wanted to see if I could hack it as well. So I got into the furniture business pretty seamlessly because we had a bunch of products that we were selling on Amazon and I’ve always been, I’m just a nerd for office organization office things are always that kid that always love the new Pens that you got when you are first starting your school year.

And so this was a really natural easy thing for me to fall into and then I started to just read up on posture and becoming, we were digital Nomads at the time. And so I was very in other than the whole lot of pain. So my setup wasn’t super ergonomic started to dive into that and then just fell in love with it and just kind of went, you know jump in feet first and start to swim after that.

Steve: You started out this furniture business while you guys were kind of nomading, right?

Liz: I did. Yes

Steve: And how does the logistics of that work? I mean you have to actually see the items and you’re in a different place every month or week. So how does that work?

Liz: Yeah, I was difficult. It’s easier now to be physically in Austin, but while we were while we were nomading, I just had a whole bunch of people to look at the product and various stages. So, you know, there were two people in China when we were creating them in China and then when I got to the US had various people look at them in the Us and then when we would come home for holidays ship a whole bunch of samples to my parents and Greg’s parents house and test out while we were home for the holidays

Steve: So can you walk me through the design process now? I know you’re really into Furniture but being into furniture and be able to designer are two different things. So what is the design process like?

Liz: so design process, I would just work with manufacturers in the very beginning stages and used their designs and their ideas and kind of things that they were already creating and modified from there based on what customer reviews were. We’re leading, alluding to and leading me down the path of you know, whether people wanted a backrest or whether the incline wasn’t great and the cushion wasn’t as thick or thin as they would like or how the wheels worked. So very minimal small changes.

And then when I moved back to Austin, I started working with a product designer out of Portland, and she and I just kind of work together to create even better chairs and she had an ergonomic background and so ergonomics is like a fun word right? Like well, what is ergonomics? And no one really knows but the way I interpreted is just like creating Furniture to fit your body versus having your body fit the furniture.

And so we just took data from a whole bunch of different sizes and shapes of individuals and tried to maximize comfort in a chair that you can sell to multiple people and don’t have to have specific chairs for every one person.

Steve: So when you were looking at reviews were you referring to Amazon reviews or?

Liz: Uh-huh

Steve: Okay

Liz: That’s where most of the information well with Jungle Scout is the background. That one was a pretty seamless information gathering process. And then no one really, Amazon has all that information just right there in front of you. It’s it’s so much easier to grab that information from the customers themselves and that platform that any other platform.

Steve: So you started out selling designs that were very close to what was out there with some minor tweaks.

Liz: That’s right.

Steve: And then later on you you hooked up with this designer and you substantially made your own designs?

Liz: Yep, so we create our designs and then work with factories to kind of keep those for ourselves and patent those and trying to get a patent is quite difficult. So we’re still in the process of pieces of the patent. But yeah quite kind of

Steve: So along those lines of a patent. I’m just kind of curious because it costs a lot of money to enforce the patent. What is the patent actually buy you here in this particular case?

Liz: right now, I’m just in the exploration phase like can it really simply way? You said, can is it really worth all of the legwork they’ve required and this specific type of chair and the specific Niche that I’m in was patented back in the 70s and then hasn’t been patented for quite some time. So it’s working for them. And that’s what I’m trying to figure out is it useful to patent at this stage or is it better is the time and effort better spit and other areas that are already kind of working.

Steve: So this is furniture that you’re selling and I’ve seen a lot of your chairs. I actually I think my parents even had a chair that was kind of similar to the design that you had these items are there big right? And what’s it like selling these larger items either on Amazon or your online store?

Liz: Yep. So I use Amazon for all my fulfillment Network.

Steve: Okay

Liz: And so they they ship and sell everything for me and then I fulfill I sell my Shopify store by fulfill through the Amazon Network as well. Simply because the Fulfillment Network game is tough. That’s why there’s only few players in it. Right? So I pay oversized fees. I send to specific warehouses because those are the only warehouses that house oversized items is little bit more logistically challenging but because of the logistical challenges there are you know less competitors in the space on Amazon and particular.

Steve: what are some things that you have to pay attention to if you go the oversized route?

Liz: your box sighs I’ve gotten into a few sticky situations where the manufacturer will want to create a larger box not necessarily for space of those physical product or for a space of protecting the product with styrofoam or plastic or foam like any type of packing material just for some reason they’ve had those boxes and they wanted to use of boxes and those boxes will put you into a different category and your fees will be significantly higher than what you thought. So paying attention to your box size and where you fall into the, into Amazon’s oversized compartments.

Steve: And I would imagine like when something is as large as what you sell like you can’t ship as many over. You can’t keep them in Amazon’s Warehouse as long just are there certain things. I’m just trying to get an idea of what your methodology is to make sure that you’re not getting charged long-term storage fees, for example, and how you manage just even shipments because you can’t get as many units in as well.

Liz: Yep. So I ship in full containers because the amount of units kind of mathematically to deuced how many years I should have in Amazon. I’m and then when I should restock those and then based on the supply chain, how much time in between how many days in between like when it arrives at Amazon when I should set the reorder and every product is different. So for example, I have one product that I can only ship over 380 and one 40-foot container.

Steve: Jeez

Liz: essentially three weeks before that even hits Amazon. I have to have another reorder on the way and in production so there whereas another order I can have that one. And it will sell out within 90 days of Amazon of sitting at Amazon which is kind of Amazon’s, you know, their sweet spot of selling within three months. And so if you can nail that and then combine that with your lead-time from your supply chain, that’s how I figure out when I should reorder and every Factory is different so factories, I can create a product within 45 days and then other factories take 75.

Steve: What are your lead times like for most of your items?

Liz: average is about 60 days

Steve: 60 Days

Liz: Yes for production in China and then have bucket about 30 days between getting on the boat and getting through customs to get to Amazon.

Steve: So given that you can’t ship as many items over and shipping is probably going to be prohibitively more expensive than a smaller item and yet the price point that you’re selling your furniture at is very reasonable. It’s not that expensive. I’m just kind of curious what you know, what margins you need to kind of even justify going into something like this.

Liz: So I my goal is to hit an 18 percent gross margin and it get every product is different. I’ve spoke with a whole bunch of people who sell furniture and they have like really set guidelines on what their markups are and I because I really want to I want to offer unique things to people with it have been historically expensive. So kneeling chairs for example have been in Europe for a very long time. He said you’re you know, your parents had one those have historically been around three to five hundred dollars per chair.

And my goal is to keep it a hundred and fifty dollars or or less because I think that you should have options and they should not always break the bank and then if you don’t like it, you know, you’re out $500. So my goal is to is to hit 18 percent margin to able to stay in business and keep ordering and keep the business running but not, you know, not a screw myself over either.

Steve: I mean I saw one of these chairs that you’re offering for $99 and if you can only fit a certain number of these in the container 18 percent gross margin meaning like after Amazon fees and everything, right?

Liz: Correct

Steve: Okay, it’s so I guess yeah, it’s just amazing. You have to be really tight on your supply chain. In order to pull this off . What are some things that you have to worry about that not oversized sellers at might have to worry about that you’ve really optimized with your furniture business?

Liz: I’ve tried to optimize How many units I can get into a container in the beginning I would just take the suppliers word for it. Like how many they can fit into a container and I drill down into how many inches need to be on every side of the container to fit the most in I don’t palletize I floor load so you can fit more units into a shipment and then palletize once it gets if it needs to be to palletized about size it once it gets to the United States. So just maximizing Your Capacity inside that container is huge.

Steve: Who are using for your Freight forwarding just curious?

Liz: Flexport

Steve: Flexport, Okay, did you experiment with a whole bunch of different Freight forwarders?

Liz: No we’ve been with flexsport for years or so., but I’ve looked at I’ve looked at other operators and DHL in particular spent some time kind of on the phone with them trying to get different rates and they yeah, they have better rates for sure. But for me the because I am so lean on my staff, the extra work that it requires to work with DHL would require me to hire somebody to somebody else and it’s cheaper to go flexport for me and to get what Flexport gives me that it is to hire somebody else.

Because expert has a whole lot of information. I love their dashboard. They’re constantly making improvements to the online portal that allow me to truly just understand at a glance where all my shipments are and what’s going on and I don’t have you know, I have a lot of friends who have way more shipments than I do. And it’s still very complicated and they use DHL that they have, you know, two or three people working just in fulfilling and moving their products from point A to point B.

Steve: I’m just curious. How big is your team?

Liz: My team is three people myself included

Steve: Oh wow Okay, that’s tiny. So when it comes to Furniture, like a lot of times people will significantly discount their products to launch a product on Amazon. I would imagine like with Furniture you can’t really just give away anything because it just costs too much and it’s too much to ship. How do you actually launch a Furniture product on Amazon?

Liz: Yeah. It’s pretty difficult right now. Let’s see. I have one or two things in the works that don’t have any history. But right now if I were to launch, let’s say if I were to watch a new type of chair, I would parent-child it on Amazon and be able to use some of that sure existing demand an existing kind of street cred and then I built it been about 18 months ago. I started to really really dive into SleekForm and just go go full time and you know figure out how to make this thing grow and

Steve: Selling on your own website as opposed to relying on Amazon

Liz: correct

Steve: Okay. Got it. Cool.

Liz: And it really just totally like leave jungle Scout and start Sleekform.

Steve: Okay. So with Amazon, like if you weren’t able to parent-child like for example, you sell a table or I saw a table on your website before I don’t think it’s on there anymore, but that you can obviously parent-child that with one of your chairs. So how would you launch that from scratch?

Liz: I would you do a lot of targeting and then I would I would use sponsored ads to kind of utilize the brand Sleek form to launch a new product, you know really dive into PPC and you would lose a whole you would you don’t I don’t necessarily lower my price. I keep my price really competitive but I go really aggressive on pay per click advertising

Steve: so that gross margin of 18% is that take into account like all PPC costs and everything as well?

Liz: correct

Steve: Okay. And so yeah, so that’s pretty much the only thing that you can do right just focus on sponsored ads. Do you leverage your email list that you have for Sleekform also?

Liz: I do I do now I didn’t have that in the beginning.

Steve: Okay.

Liz: So now we’ve got a little bit of an email list going but in the very beginning we did not we have nobody and in the beginning it was all Amazon and you don’t have the ability to communicate with those people. You can’t really understand what they want what they need. Really they just either return it or they keep it and then sometimes you get reviews. So the ability to communicate with people through Instagram through my own website through my own email list through, you know, creating blog posts and trying to just have that human to human interaction. And Amazon doesn’t allow you to have as a seller

Steve: Can we talk about the competition of oversized items and Amazon. Is it still like pretty wide open? Because it’s much more difficult or?

Liz: It is like closing down. Like I’ve noticed, you know, two years ago of me and one other seller in kneeling chairs and now Now there’s about five main players in kneeling chairs alone. So they’re definitely coming into the game. And you know China for better for worse has figured out how to sell on Amazon really well and they are here and they can sell things significantly less expensive.

Steve: Really, then your price point? Okay

Liz: Hmm, because they can essentially they can tell the US government, you know, they can they can tell the US government in the Tariff. Specifically that they sell this product or they create this product for $15 when I have to tell the government that I created for. I don’t know a hundred dollars, right? they it doesn’t, no one’s really coming after them know what they can really kind of renegade on tariffs in particular and then they’re cutting out the middleman when I saw that they’re going straight to Amazon. They’re cutting out the middleman.

Steve: So they’re kind of would you say they’re like cooking their books in terms of costs or is it real is the real cost?

Liz: I don’t know. No, I don’t. I do not not talk to any. Many manufacturers one-on-one to really know that I just have heard in. You know, what everybody is saying is you they’re telling the government one thing and it’s actually costing another thing so

Steve: Interesting

Liz: I don’t know what they’re doing, but it’s definitely it’s definitely a tactic.

Steve: So let’s talk about sleekform then so it seems like you’re focusing most of your efforts on creating this brand now, how are you advertising Sleekform?

Liz: right now so initially I created sleeper, it was only on Amazon and then I saw Amazon’s competition start to increase and I just kind of thought like what would I want to do if I were shopping on Amazon and I would personally I would be shopping on Amazon and I would go to Instagram or their website or essentially something else too like fact check to see if they’re a real company a real brand and I could if I had problems I wouldn’t have to send it back to Amazon. I could actually utilize the product and support a real, a real company versus some manufacturer selling on China.

Selling from China on Amazon and then two then I that’s what I took. I started to create a blog. I created a website I use Shopify before I used Shopify I use Squarespace and then started to just make it feel more real and so now we’re on Facebook and Instagram, which I’m not great at I’m hoping to do better this year than really, you know, dive into that for 2020 and clear up that Vision. On Instagram advertising Facebook advertising really dialing in on my SEO and because we have a whole lot of stuff out there. I just haven’t been great at dialing that in so that’s my goal for 2020.

Steve: I know if if I’m shopping for like a bigger ticket items on Amazon and I don’t recognize a brand I will always actually do a Google search for that company just to make sure that their website is kind of legit. Would you say that with your chairs At least you are one of the fewer people that actually have spent a lot of effort on the shopping experience. I should say. On your branded website?

Liz: Yeah. Knowing okay, especially my competitors on Amazon and I think that’s what has really helped. There have been a number of other competitors in ergonomic Furniture in general and you know, I look to them for what are they doing off Amazon because I’ve kind of got the Amazon figured out and not figured out from like it’s never going to go away type thing, but figured out to where we’ve got a lot of things running on autopilot and we can focus on trying to spread. Spread out a little bit more and not be so dependent on Amazon.

And so for the Amazon Brands nobody else has a website. They’re starting to actually found a speaking with somebody the other day and we were trying to figure out how to increase my SEO and she was looking at my second competitor, biggest competitor on Amazon shows like wait, they don’t have a website and then like three days later. We actually found it, but they sell you know, what a normally Amazon business sells like kitchen tools and kneeling chair and table

Steve: Yeah, yeah,

Liz: there’s like all kinds of weird stuff.

Steve: I’m just curious since you fulfill with Amazon. Your product does arrive in an Amazon brand box, right?

Liz: Correct.

Steve: Is there any plans to change that or or do you just want well because people might just go and buy from Amazon next time right or does that matter to you at all?

Liz: No, at this age doesn’t really matter to me as long as I’m helping people get the product. That’s what matters to me and I’m trying to build a brand and in general and if Amazon can help me do that. I’m all-in

Steve: is the pricing on your website different from Amazon?

Liz: Amazon. I we have Auto prices going on Amazon on a regular basis and because I am so in tune in like so specific about my supply chain sometimes on Amazon. We have to increase price to slow velocity or you know put on some breaks or turn off PPC or something. So that will change a few a few things margin-wise or Dollar-wise, but we spend time every single day to keep that very very close.

Steve: Can we talk about the repressor for a sec? I actually don’t know a whole lot of people that use repricing for their own private label products. What are some of the uses that you use for your repressor outside of just kind of curbing sales or doing things down?

Liz: That’s really it that’s mainly what we do is

Steve: okay

Liz: because it because I am working with like a 90-day 120 daily time all of a sudden if we if we do something it’s It’s a tough game. I would love if anybody had advice on how to figure this out. I would love that. But because I’m dealing with such a long lead time. I’m bringing products into the state. So I don’t have to deal with such a long lead time anymore. But that you know incurs fees and try to create all that into the grand scheme of things. But if I sell 30 in a day instead of wanting to sell three in a day what you know, that impacts my supply chain quite drastically when I can only put 380 on a container at the time.

So when those things start to start to get Haywire, I do have to kind of you know play with play with our PVC and putting our pricing a little bit to curb or put it back at the way at the normal rate that we were hoping to sell it at.

Steve: What is this? You’re just figuring going out of stock. Like what is I know it’s bad but is the fear that great that you’d want to actually limit your sales?

Liz: Yep. It is for me because when I go out of stock no one really knows on Amazon what there’s two there’s two camps, right? So if you got a stock on Amazon do when you come back do you get you kind of like Get grandfathered in to where you were or do you start from scratch and what I’ve found from just testing and what I’ve been on the back end is if I got a stock for more than you know two weeks at a time. That’s when I really start to have to start from scratch and we have to spend a lot of money and PPC to get us back to where we were when we went out of stock. If I can come back in stock within 14 days, it doesn’t have a huge impact.

Steve: If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wagner and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

I know that’s not the case for everyone because I know people who’ve gone out of stock for months and they come back and they’re back. I guess it just depends on the nature of the product. I would imagine.

Liz: Yeah interesting.

Steve: Yeah, so I had a couple questions on pricing you mentioned this 18 percent Margin. It feels to me as though you know, because you have this brand you have this website and you’re telling a story you could actually charge more when you raise prices with the repressor sales might go down Amazon, but do they go up on your own site as well?

Liz: They stay at, well 5% of my sales come from Amazon.

Steve: Okay

Liz: So I’m not great at at my own website yet. That’s what I’m trying to get better at. So I’m still 95% on Amazon. So if I can play with Amazon lovers that’s a huge impact on my business

Steve: So what is your main strategy then for getting people from Amazon to your own store or to get emails to get emails?

Liz: I’ve I have an e-book that I have out there and then just getting on the email list gives you a discount code.

Steve: Oh, okay it how do people find your site currently?

Liz: most of it comes from Instagram to be honest Instagram or organic.

Steve: Can we talk about your Instagram strategy. What are some things that you’re doing there?

Liz: I wish I like a dialed in strategy. It’s really just trying to trying to spread information about ergonomics and how important it is for your body. We are in a really great time of the wellness movement. So you have the ability to help people and be any we have we have their attention right now because the wellness movement is so huge. And so trying to get great information to people to help them and whether it’s my chair or somebody else’s chair. I just want to give give out information so that you can essentially, you know, make it to 80 and your back isn’t in a C shape for your the rest of your life.

Steve: right

Liz: now, how can we help people? We’re in a sedentary lifestyle period. Like we most of the things that we do are from a seated position and I can’t change that if I can make you more comfortable in your chairs or entering your sedentary lifestyle. That’s what I’m about and so on my Instagram. I really just spread information about how important posture is things you can do to impact your posture. I things you can do to be more productive at work through your seated position. And then it’s just all fun and games Instagrams fun. So we have fun photos and and throw on some jokes here and there.

Steve: any plans to sell wholesale to brick-and-mortar stores?

Liz: Yeah, yeah, that’s all my plan for 2020 matches being with a few people right now. It’s something that’s brand new to me. So I’m learning very quickly how that operates

Steve: and are you running any like Google ads or Facebook ads at the moment?

Liz: No, not right now. No.

Steve: okay. So when it comes to Furniture if you have like a brand-new design, like can you what is like the timeline for creating a new product? And what is generally your new product strategy or you just kind of sticking with your guns with this chair, different variations of your chair.

Liz: Yeah. So about two years ago. I was selling bunch of stuff all kinds of everything from just I was like every other Amazon Seller every things all over the place and then in 2019 Midway through 2018 and all 2019 dialed in cut all the fat and really focused on the things that were that we’re selling well and and creating the profit and creating a margin for us. To be able to keep the doors open and now in 2020 since we’ve identified what’s working. We are trying to speak with our customers and understand what they’re after and what they’re looking for and what we can do to help.

And then either create new products or modify the existing products based on that now that we have, getting the supply chain was a huge huge task for 2019 really getting that dialed in and figure it out. Because we were bringing a lot of time and effort and money into that and dialing that in has saved us a whole lot of time and money. So once we have that now we’re really diving into new products, but all based on customer feedback.

Steve: So when you mention cutting the fat I’m just kind of curious what your criteria is for fat?

Liz: products that weren’t either weren’t converting or we’re converting at a loss that would that would cut away from the from the main products in the line.

Steve: I see so any That was that you weren’t just making money on you. Just kind of liquidated it?

Liz: Yep. That’s right. And so sometimes we’re they were fine. You know, they were they were operating okay, but they just took too much effort and time from my staff to create a baseline products when we could really double down on the things that were really working and we could improve those and spend that time and effort on the products that we’re turning

Steve: I do get this question from time to time like if you want to discontinue a product. Is there a strategy that you have of just getting rid of that product?

Liz: It depends Amazon really kind of dictated that for me for a number of products because of those long-term storage fees. So taking into all those things into account, how much money will we willing to lose or could we not lose anything and really just break even on the product. Amazon had a whole lot of play into that and how long we had those products sitting at Amazon.

Steve: So did you have them shipped back to you or did you just slash prices?

Liz: prices a few of them few family slashed a few of them, I really just Sit there and then number of them. I actually just destroyed like I didn’t even send it back to me. I couldn’t do

Steve: Oh my goodness. Okay

Liz: I don’t have a film and network anyway, so I was like just destroy them. Amazon will run like specials on destroying products. It’s cheaper and that’s what we did.

Steve: It’s funny they always make money. No matter what.

Liz: like I’m telling other people who can then come back and tell them to sell on amazon later.

Steve: you know, what’s funny is I was I was going through your website prior to this interview and I was just shocked at the price point like I’d be willing to pay double what you charge and so I’m just kind of curious what your rationale is with such a low pricing. I know you want to proliferate your furniture, but I feel like you’re just leaving money on the table somehow

Liz: maybe maybe but what’s important to me right now is is getting us into into more people’s hands and showing them that you know this exists and there’s new ways to do things that we have always done.

Steve: Okay, let’s talk about your future plans. For 2020 at the moment. So where are you focusing your efforts on and growing?

Liz: really try to grow our SEO and focus on advertising and bringing people directly to Shopify versus going through Amazon because everybody got on Amazon is already there to shop and buy so trying to understand that market.

Steve: Could we talk about your SEO strategy?

Liz: Sure.

Steve: What’s on the plan? What’s on the horizon? Are you writing your own posts or?

Liz: We are yes, I read it in a blog post. Once every week, but what we haven’t done in the past is we’ve kind of just spoken about what we are interested in and we haven’t really, you know, dug into how it optimize that for Google searching and so we’re going back through Old Post. We’re trying to figure out new ideas and new things what people are interested in right now and put our own spin on what people are searching for.

And so there’s really not going to strategies really just been what’s the information that I learned. Trying to come into this and things I that I dove into what did I learn in books and new way of thinking about you know, sitting essentially and the history of those things because I’m a really big nerd on the history of objects or food. And so I learned a lot of stuff that I thought was really interesting. And now we’re just optimizing all that stuff.

Steve: cool. And then are you trying to get this in the hands of influencers and whatnot?

Liz: Yeah, you know, we’ve had a few a few interactions. People have reached out to us. And those have panned out. I would say three of them panned out. One of them was just kind of break even just you know conversation wise but what is really interesting is I think that’s a huge market and I’m very interested in doing that and working more with influencers, you know, micro influencers, larger influencers and figuring out how they come into the grand scheme of things because I do think that is what’s really hot right now and what will continue to be hot for the next few years until they essentially start stop having clout or trust in their from their audience.

Steve: Sure

Liz: and so diving into that and I’ve learned a whole lot because of those three that have that have panned out. I’ve created relationships from those people and those influencers have taught me how to communicate with influencers. It’s different right? It’s not

Steve: actually how do you communicate with an influencer? I’m curious

Liz: what did not go well was like open-ended conversations. So yeah, we’ll send you this chair. Can you post for us? That doesn’t go all so But also too many formalities and too many line items on a contract don’t, it doesn’t pan out on the other end either so it’s kind of a pendulum just like most things you go really extreme in One Direction you go the other extreme and kind of find where your sweet spot is in the middle and what’s worked for me is allowing the influencers to touch base with me and then communicate with them and work the relationship from that angle versus reaching out to them first.

Steve: That’s interesting. So you have actually contracts with these mostly really large influencers then?

Liz: know they’re pretty small. Why does I don’t know how you define large influencer force of a micro influencer for me. I my sweet spot is people twenty five thousand followers or less.

Steve: Okay. Yeah. So those are I would consider not completely micro influencers, but definitely on the smaller end

Liz: right, right and the contract really just helps me understand what I’m expecting. Them what they think they can deliver because again the supply chain thing comes into play if they can if we do a post with them and they sell let’s say they sell 500 instead of thinking they can sell 50 then my supply chain needs to be able to sustain that and how we’re going to react from that. We’re not going to not sell those because we’ve done this this partnership with them, but it will impact things.

So having them kind of look back their history and their analytics and that’s actually gone over pretty well for them, too. To learn a little bit more about that because they are on the smaller scale. They haven’t really done a whole lot of that and that’s been a really fun really fun project for both of us. We’ve learned a whole lot both ways

Steve: but they have no idea how many they’re going to sell right?

Liz: right.They don’t because a lot of the influencers that we’ve worked with will sell there’s also less expensive items. And while my pricing isn’t huge four chairs. It is is larger than like an Impulse buy right?

Steve: sure.

Liz: You’re not going to impulse buy a large piece of furniture that you have to install and and assemble in your home. So that has been yeah a big question mark and we’ve kind of we you know, sometimes around the money and other times were very wrong.

Steve: so seems like for your business to supply chain is very important in the event that you order too many items. Do they just sit in Amazon or do you have like an intermediate storage place?

Liz: I had put just started working with another open intermediate storage unit because Amazon has been introduced this thing called the Pi score and that is the huge

Steve: Do you want to explain what that is?

Liz: Sure. It’s an inventory performance index and they taken to a whole lot of a whole lot of different metrics in order to figure out what your quote-unquote IPI score is and essentially just telling Amazon this person sells products. They turn them over really well and really quickly so they don’t have to sit in our warehouses because my theory on the history of this is Amazon wanted to be a fulfillment Network system. They allowed you to put anything in the warehouses, whatever size, however long and however many you wanted to put in there and then they started to realize that a lot of they only sold what 10% or so and the other 90% just took of space.

And so this is their counteract to kind of fix the amount of units sitting in their warehouse. And so because of that IPi score, I’ve personally had to pull out like if I thought I could sell something in 90 days Amazon doesn’t always think 90 days is the best so some products if they sell it a hundred days. I Get dinged on those IPI scores and I haven’t really like figured out they published some of the IPi scores information, but not the entirety of it in every mathematical formulation that I’ve tried to recreate on my end. Does it match what they have.

So I haven’t figured it out exactly to the T into the day to figure out what how many units I should have how many I should sell it a day and what the perfect rate is. That’s what I’m trying to do. But so I’ve pulled out I pulled out probably few hundred units just to sit in a warehouse until we can send them back at and don’t have to wait that long period of time to come from China

Steve: this IPI score. How does it actually affect your sales? Does it affect your rankings? What does it affect exactly?

Liz: It doesn’t affect your sales to my knowledge. It affects Amazon’s opinion of you and then they limit your storage unit based on whether you are below 400 or not. And so if you’re below 400, they will limit the amount of units. And cubic feet you can have in their warehouse and if you’re above 400, they release that limit and so for me with an oversized product and my account, my account is older in history. So I have a larger amount and my oversized item limit is substantially bigger than

Steve: Sure.

Liz: It’s got open a kit an account today, but I’m still you know, I still really need to pay attention because if I were a limited I would be you know, that would affect how we can order and how many we can sell

Steve: right. So yeah, given that when you do go out of stock, you lose your rankings if it’s beyond two weeks. I see. Yeah, I know that’s really tough because I would imagine if you were to sell out Amazon would increase that limit right away, right?

Liz: Yeah. Yeah.

Steve: So yeah.

Liz: What else? I’m all

Steve: Alright Liz. Well, hey, we’ve been chatting for about 40 minutes and Liz is going to be speaking at the seller Summit on supply chain. We didn’t go into that much detail and supply chain because I wanted to save that content for the event, but where can people find you Liz and learn more about your furniture and check you out.

Liz: Yeah, so you can find me at Sleekform.com and then on Instagram @Sleekform or @LizMercer.

Steve: Alright, Well Liz thanks a lot for coming on really appreciate it.

Liz: Thanks for having me, Steve.

Hope you enjoyed that episode now Liz will be speaking at my annual e-commerce conference on May 6th over at sellersummit.com. So come and see your speak live. For more information about this episode. Go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode303.

And once again, I want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use to turn visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

302: How Restaurants Can Survive During A Pandemic With Hanson Li

302: How Restaurants Can Survive By Moving Online During A Pandemic With Hanson Li

Today I’m thrilled to have my friend Hanson Li on the show. Hanson is an old Stanford classmate of mine and he runs the Salt Partners Group, a development and investment company focused on the food and beverage industry.

Hanson owns a bunch of restaurants and as you know, the entire restaurant industry has been hurting big time due to the shelter in place rules.

But Hanson has managed to make the best of the situation and in this episode, we discuss the pivots he’s made to make up for the lost revenue.

What You’ll Learn

  • How the restaurant business works
  • How Hanson got into the food industry
  • Different ways restaurants can survive by moving online
  • Creative ways to make money during a pandemic

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. now today, I have my friend Hanson on the show and Hanson runs a ton of restaurants, which as you know have been really hit hard by the coronavirus and in this episode, you’ll learn different ways to Pivot your restaurant towards more online sales.

But before we begin I want to give a quick shout-out to Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Now, you can also use Privy to reduce car abandoned with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve.

I also want to give a quick shout out to Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Klaviyo helps brands build relationships across any distance delivering email marketing moments. Your customers will appreciate, remember and share in good times and bad. And since it is all driven by real-time e-commerce data, you can make sure every interaction feels more personal. Now when you have a 360 degree view of the customer the growth possibilities are endless. So visit klaviyo.com/mywife and try for free. That’s KLAVIYO.com/mywife. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the my wife quit her job podcast today. I’m thrilled to have my friend Hanson Li on the show. Now Hanson is an old Stanford classmate of mine and he runs the salt Partners group, which is a development and Investment Company focused on the food and beverage industry. That’s right Hanson owns a bunch of restaurants. I think over 40, across the world including a bunch of michelin-rated restaurants such as Atelier crenn, and he also makes ice cream over at humphry slocombe. Now as you know, All of us on lockdown the entire restaurant industry is hurting big time.

So I want to have Hanson on today to talk about some of the online and offline initiatives that he’s been making to make up for the Lost revenue and I’ve actually always been interested in the restaurant industry. So I’m also going to have Hansen explain how the restaurant business Works including the margins, costs you name it. And with that welcome to show Hanson. How you doing today?

Hanson: Pretty good. Hi, Steve. How are you?

Steve: Good. Good good glad to have you on. so just quick funny story for the listeners, even though Hanson I overlapped at Stanford and we got a lot of mutual friends. We actually didn’t meet until I was invited to one of his restaurant test openings. And when I was introduced to him, I actually wasn’t sure who he was so I kind of quickly shook his hand and then proceeded to stuff my face and the food was incredible. So Hansen give us your background story and how you got into the food business?

Hanson: Sure, having I was born in Hong Kong and food has always been an important part of you know family and just life in general. Actually in Stanford I actually credit Stanford with my love of eating and cooking. So all four years of Stanford. I was lucky that I had access to your kitchen where I would make midnight nachos for the dorm. So that got my love of feeding people a lot of good food and just seeing the joy that freaking brain now I didn’t get started in the food industry.

Steve: What was your major by the way Hanson?

Hanson: Oh I was I was a biology major in sociology. So all important classes for business.

Steve: You were pre-med weren’t you?

Hanson: I wasn’t Pe-med. I was pre-law is going to go to law school and practice genetics law and I find myself falling asleep and I’m in my first biochemistry class. So that was that it

Steve: Oh man. I wish I had lived in the dorms and you were cooking for everyone and that’s awesome.

Hanson: It was it was always a lot of fun right to bring food to a lot of people and I think that that love really started At Stanford and I opened my first restaurant when I was 28 in 2002 in Austin, Texas

Steve: Interesting are not in the area.

Hanson: NO, I know this is a quick story on that. I was living in DC route to college. I was moving back to the Bay Area for business school and I had a year off basically. Well, it was after September 11, so I had year off with no work. I visited some friends in, Texas. and on that trip three of us decided to buy this little coffee house in downtown Austin, Texas and took it over and happy to report that 18 years is still there.

Steve: Awesome. Awesome. Okay, so that’s how you got started. And then when did this whole salt Investment Group start happening?

Hanson: it started in 2014 after spending 10 years doing Investment Banking and private equity in mostly in China after business school I, you know in 2013 I was looking at about to turn 40 and decided that I didn’t really want to stay in the finance industry for the long run. So I looked around and decided to pursue my passion in food and the hospitality business.

Steve: That’s that’s awesome. We’re your parents on board with this? I’m not sure if my parents would have been on board with this.

Hanson: I was too old by that time. I was turning 40.

Steve: That’s true. That’s true.

Hanson: No, they were you know, I mean everyone including my wife having full support and this Pursuit it’s hard and running restaurants are hard. And so my initial idea for Salt Partners was to really understand the risks right in the business and try to take as much risk off the table as possible.

Steve: Yeah, and and you have an investment banking background. So I would imagine that at least all the financials be in place and you would know what a good business is and how it should be run

Hanson: Yes and part of that is understanding what It is and also then how to change it right is I think a lot of small businesses run into the problem of even though you might understand how the different components of expenses work. You don’t have the time to get to it all

Steve: yeah and most people who are running small businesses. Don’t even think about a lot of the financial aspects like the costs in the in a structure and that sort of thing also. So before we talk about the effects of Corona on the food industry, what I was hoping to do is and I’m pretty sure a lot of Listeners don’t really even know how restaurants work. I mean at a base level you serve food and people pay for it. Right? But I mean, it sounds simple but I’m pretty sure it’s a lot more complicated than that. So I’m actually personally curious like what are the margins like and what is the breakdown look like in terms of expenses and that sort of thing?

Hanson: sure and a typical restaurant. I’ll use the Bay Area San Francisco Bay Area. This is where most of my restaurants are. If you start with sales as a hundred percent then you know you’re expecting to spend between 27 to 30 percent of that on the cost of goods. So this is what you know the produce to meet the proteins the wine that you buy in San Francisco, you know, you will be spending between 35 to 40% on cost related to your team. So this includes a salary, benefits and the taxes that we pay. So between those two the cost of food. And the cost of our team members that would add up to 70% and in the Industry we call that the Prime cost.

After that, The big bucket is occupancy of just being physically in a space. So that’s rent, utilities that’s insurance and that could range from 10 to 12% So on all those three big buckets, we already at 80 to 83 percent in terms of expense ratio to our sales. Then add on Raw GNA cost and so if you’re running a restaurant with an operating margin in to 10 to 12 percent, that’s pretty good within the industry and that should carry you forward and that should generate a pretty good return on what you invested originally.

Steve: that’s crazy. And you know, 10 to 12 just doesn’t sound like a whole lot to me and I’m just kind of speaking from e-commerce land. I don’t know you gotta you gotta run things really tight then right? In order to to make any money.

Hanson: We do and answers I think part of my in going hypothesis. Right when I saw Partners is that you know as a small business owner running a restaurant and the restaurant is a physical business, right and physically tiring you’re at the restaurant as a smaller 7 days a week working, you know morning to night and a lot of expenses may go by the wayside in terms of just being understanding what they should be. So my favorite example is merchant processing cost like what the fee that you pay for credit cards?

A lot of time. What I’ve seen is you go to the bank open a bank account to start a business and a sign you up for a merchant processing account. And that merchant processing rate is negotiable. Many people don’t know that because it’s fee issued by the bank, but it turns out you can shop around you can change merchant processor. And so that’s one of you know one one area that we are back and look at In terms of optimizing for our merchant processing rates

Steve: you know, what’s funny is that since your margins are so low. I bet the merchant processing rate actually connect you make a pretty big difference. Then I know for restaurants in person the rate is lower than e-commerce, right? So typically e-commerce. I think the lowest you can get is something like one point eight ish. I would say in volume. Just kind of curious what the in person rate looks like?

Hanson: well that’s similar in terms of what we can get in person and you know as you know, much of Processing fee can rate, can have you know straight percentage rate or it could be per transaction plus a percentage

Steve: Yeah.

Hanson: So again depends on the size of your transaction, right? If you’re a coffee shop paying 15 cents per transaction plus percentage is probably worse off than just being a straight percentage and that changes over time right? So that’s that we look at you know, the thing that we like to look at is just you know on a typical day if you’re busy restaurant, you might get 20 vendors coming in everyday dropping stuff off. A case of wine, you know, here’s some gloves and let us comes in and it’s hard to keep track of the actual expenses that you’re paying.

So what did you pay for eggs last week? You actually have to you know, a lot of time you have access to Rifle through your physical invoices and figure out the price of eggs. So we try to Institute across our restaurant right means to capture all of the information in the electronically so we can actually look and ask the question. What do we pay for eggs last week? Often times you realize that you’re paying for stuff that they are that gone up in price that you might not realize and we don’t even realize and we have the you like, you know, we have good electronic data for a lot of our expenses.

Steve: So one thing I’m actually surprised that when you’re breaking down the margin is your actual food cost being 30 to 40 percent. I always thought that just the margins for food in itself were really large. So for example, like when I go to a Chinese restaurant and I ordered a bowl of rice, they charged me a buck 50 for that bowl of rice, right? But that rice is probably like pennies

Hanson: it is and then if you balance it out right with you know the beef right that you order right? And so so the gross margin right? I mean flip it around, right? So the cost is 30 percent of sales, right? So gross margin is 70% just on the cost of food. So it’s not the best right now. Okay, it’s hard to compare to the software margin, but in terms of selling physical Goods to get seventy percent gross margin

Steve: right

Hanson: now that’s, It’s not terrible.

Steve: Yeah. Yeah. No, it’s better. An e-commerce in general unless your private labeling your own products. I’m just kind of curious. What are you guys purchase your food from is it completely separate? Is it a completely separate Channel than like a grocery store?

Hanson: it is so we purchase from Wholesale Distributors and the main difference is really that the packages are vastly different which is one of the struggles as we seen out during covid of repurposing the food supply chain to restaurants into retail market. Bow because you know at our restaurant we buy eggs, we buy a hundred eighty at a time. That’s the standard pack size So it’s 15 dozens that comes in and in flat or it is, you know, 10-pound bag or Twenty five-pound bag of flour that comes in because of the volume that a restaurant you imagine a restaurant will go through and so the flour that’s probably doesn’t work too well within the home. So it is a simply separate different is a separate supply chain.

Steve: So I would imagine is the food substantially cheaper when you buy in those volumes like it’s probably Costco on steroids right?

Hanson: on some items. Yes, and on some items. No, right because there are only so many places you can buy certain items right there. You are variety of suppliers is not as many us as consumers. We can buy a dozen eggs from If it plays a number places In San Francisco, but there are only a small number of Distributors that would deliver eggs to your restaurant. So the Distributors have a little bit of pricing power.

Steve: I see okay, and and I know starting a restaurant is requires a lot of upfront capital and I was just wondering if you can give me an idea in SF is really the only place I kind of know but like how much would it cost to start like a low mid and high-end restaurant in SF and I know this is there’s so many variables in play. But if we assume like I don’t know like in a thousand square foot restaurant or 500 square foot. I don’t know whatever your restaurants based on experience.

Hanson: So for a 2000 square-foot restaurant in the Bay Area a budget could come half a million to two million dollars and that level, yes. It’s not for the faint of heart.

Steve: That’s for like a lower. Like I know it depends on like the decor and there’s a whole bunch of different factors. But our is that the quote for like a low-end or

Hanson: no. I’m And so, you know 2 million dollars on a 2000 square-foot space would be would be you know higher end and you know, 2,000 square foot for half a million dollar would be you know will be simpler. Right? and the things that complicated was in a restaurant and expenses is how complicated your kitchen setup is. Because there’s a lot of stuff behind the walls. They actually get really expensive the finishes certainly just like, you know if you’re in your home. Your finish this could be it could be a 10x difference right between cheap materials and expensive materials.

But you know, some of the most expensive stuff is stuff that you don’t see so, you know, you have a lot of plumbing needs for example, and you need to reroute a lot of Plumbing that that cost is could go up astronomical in terms of how complicated things in and how expensive things could be.

Steve: And then typically when you open a restaurant, do you try to take over an existing space where everything is more or less set up? Or do you like to start with a clean slate?

Hanson: I’ve done both, you know with an existing space. If you are if you go in with eyes wide open and understand that yes, we’re not going to move a lot of stuff. Then it could be cheaper. But just like a lot of things right when you start, you know, when there’s something a wall there and you want to move it. It’s actually cheaper to just build a new wall right than moving a wall.

Steve: So this is so when you started that coffee shop when you took over that coffee shop. I was just kind of curious what the comparison is for that like how much did you invest in that business when you first started?

Hanson: Oh not nearly as much. Yeah taxes being a easiest rate, right that’s going to open the business. You know, that was only a couple hundred thousand dollars and we actually bought an. We bought an existing coffee shop decorated it and rebranded it. But yeah, that was a quick turnaround regions of that build.

Steve: Ooh Okay. Yes. So this is like a lot of upfront Capital. It’s almost like you have to get investors then to start a business unless you front all the cost yourself, I guess.

Hanson: Yeah, and and also there’s not a lot of channels in terms of raising institutional Equity or debt. Right? Most banks would not lend to you opening a new restaurant unless you have real estate attached to it, but generally yes is friends and family is people, you know in your circle and investing in you and your concept.

Steve: All right, so you have did you say Over 40 Restaurants as part of your network?

Hanson: No, no 14

Steve: 14

Hanson: 14 Restaurants not 40

Steve: 14. Okay. So how are you dealing with the employment situation? I mean the coronavirus is obviously shut everyone down. So how have you dealt with this crisis?

Hanson: for so all the 14 restaurants I have it ranges from as you mentioned option ice cream shop and I humphry slocombe all the way to Atelier crenn a Michelin three-star restaurant. So the different restaurants in the portfolio really, you know the first week when the Also in place happen in the Bay Area. There’s a lot of soul-searching in terms of who we are in the interim while we are technically closed for in restaurant dining, some of the restaurants. We just closed.

Like so we have a couple of bars for example bars on you know, when the shelter in place was mandated There’s No Business Like You have to close. There’s no takeout and delivery of alcohol. Now right ABC change the rules a week later, so So you can now deliver alcohol, but that that time on you know on March 16th, there’s no business. So we had to let everyone go and just pause the business completely

Steve: when you say Let everyone go do you mean like furlough or I actually don’t even know what the difference is. Is it lay off versus furlough?

Hanson: Yes. Unfortunately, it was layoffs. And so yeah, I mean it’s even been with the restaurants that we still have that are not currently Doing takeout and delivery business. We still have had to let go of seventy eighty percent of Staff.

Steve: Oh my goodness.

Hanson : And that’s because you know as it is now the case, you know, we’re doing Revenue through delivery and take out but it is at a small fraction of what we were doing before

Steve: actually. Can we talk about that real quick? How what percentage is to take out? I mean, I imagine the takeout business has increased and I’m just kind of curious how much it it offsets like the regular restaurant Revenue.

Hanson: Oh right. Now the takeout business. This price is 10 to 30% of what we’re doing before.

Steve: Oh man Okay

Hanson: The different restaurants. Yeah build their the spend is, the spend has decreased right? Here’s what people spend on outside food. Yes take out has increased by a lot. Even if for someone who loves to cook like me, like, you know, I’m getting to take out tonight. It’s just there only I eat half

Steve: all right

Hanson: in a given week. So even if you spend the same amount on food, right? You’re probably not, the wine. You just drinking the wine that you have at home. So right off the bat, you know a restaurant even a full-service dying fine dining dinner restaurant, you know, probably thirty percent of sales is alcohol and beverage related and right out of the top right that that doesn’t take place anymore right in the takeout and delivery.

Steve: I’m kind of curious. So alcohol. I imagine the margins on alcohol are super high right? I’m just how does this work? I know you have to get like a liquor license. How much does that cost and whether the larger than alcohol

Hanson: sure so in San Francisco, so let’s start with the state. Okay State of California has couple dozen different type of alcohol licenses. It ranges from you need a license to make beer. You need a license to be a corner liquor store as a different license. If you I brew pub that’s a different license. You are a full-service restaurant. In San Francisco, There are certain type of alcohol licenses that are capped. So there are only so many of them. So just like taxi medallions. Is that right? It has the same effect

Steve: right

Hanson: So a full liquor license in San Francisco before covid was not a quarter million dollars.

Steve: Oof Okay

Hanson: It has dropped since then, nice. I just checked the price last week and it’s down to like a $160,000 and I imagine it will probably go down even more as the crisis do more shake out of the businesses, gross margin on alcohol, you know is 80 to 90%

Steve: right. Okay, but you have to make up 250,000 for the license. Okay.

Hanson: Yes

Steve: and people aren’t taking out. I don’t know. Are you selling bottles of wine through the takeout business at all or no?

Hanson: Some of my businesses are yes, we are so Or at the Atelier crenn, for example

Steve: that’s your three-star Michelin?

Hanson: Yeah. So a Telly is our Michelin three-star restaurant there to Sister restaurants bark Ren and petite crenn. So the team combined forces after that first week of shelter in place and pivoted into a takeout business. So if we now have a Michelin three star restaurant selling $38 three course meals to go and within that we are also selling wine, so one angle that Molly has found that was says been fun for a customer is a three bottle blind tasting kit.

So we actually tinfoil the the bottle so you take bottles home is blind. We give a little print out guide for you to taste the wine and that has been very popular. It’s a little more fun, right? We are all stuck in the house right now. We’re all looking for a little bit of entertainment.

Steve: I’m just kind of curious for take out for like a high-end. You mentioned like Atelier crenn is a three-star Michelin and then the next one down. Is a one-star Michelin and then you have petite cress. I know that when I dine at a Michelin star restaurant, it’s the experience more than just a food right? So I just want to know like what was your decision to keep that restaurant open versus some of your lower-end ones?

Hanson: sure

Steve: and was that one affected more than your lower end ones?

Hanson: So for the crenn restaurants, I think there was a strong desire by the by the core team to keep feeding people. I think ultimately. Whether you’re at a cheaper restaurant or the fine dining restaurant, the people behind it right has a passion, to deliver hospitality and food to people and feed people and bring joy to people and the team thought that there’s a way for us to keep doing that and is still important to do that especially during this difficult time. And so one of the things that I think that I found, you know, that that is going to be amazing. You’re looking ahead is you have all these fine dining restaurants including ours like thinking and rethinking about the takeout and delivery experience.

And you know, we are we were very peculiar about kind of the packaging that we use and the team is continuing to evolve right now in terms of how do we deliver that crenn Hospitality in the back to you? And I think that’s to your Point Reyes. You come to the restaurant for the food but also For the experience for Hospitality for the environment. And yeah, we’re also trying to figure out right now. How do we capture that in a box right on in the bag for you.

Steve: So you mentioned earlier you have this wine testing kit? That sounds brilliant actually. What are what are some other things and actually how is this the response been for that actually?

Hanson: it’s been very popular. We’re selling out and it’s been great and it’s also been first satisfying for both you know, us, our team, owner and also for the team to see how well received it as by folks bringing cren back to their house. We also getting a lot of shout outs in terms of people who are experienced cren for the first time because of a high price point. It hasn’t been for everyone. It’s a special-occasion place and now, you know, you can get a you know, a three michilan meal cooked by three Michelin star team for $38. pick up from our restaurant in San Francisco, so it’s been very well received.

Steve: I see so you drastically drop the price too?

Hanson: oh, yes. Yes, you know a meal in you know a regular meal at a atelier crenn starts at 345 per person.

Steve: Okay, and now it’s 35 or 40 dollars

Hanson: $38

Steve: Wow. Okay, that is an incredible deal then

Hanson: we hope so and I think people have been eating it up and to your question earlier in terms of other fun things that we’re doing and we’re trying to do. So we’re probably planning a virtual dinner party right now. We’re you know guests will get the crenn the crenn kits can log onto a virtual dinner party with our team members and enjoy the same food at different places. And so that’s another way that we’re

Steve: how does that work? I like the idea, but how does it work?

Hanson: Well, this is also in the plans Steve, right now. So I in my mind’s eye right is you know, let’s say you buy, you know, Crenn kits for you and You know and we host a Friday night dinner party from six to seven. So you would log on we will log on as well. So maybe maybe me Chef Dominique and myself or could be with our sommelier to find director Courtney will get on as well and maybe 20 people that gets on the dinner party and we sit around for an hour enjoying ourselves.

And then the model we thought about is maybe is a one-to-many right where we put you know corny in front and she can go through the wine with you for half an hour right at the beginning of dinner or could be one of our chefs, you know showing you how to like a live stream of showing how to prep the dinner.

Steve: I love this.

Hanson: how to reheat it how to Plate it.

Steve: Yeah.

Hanson: So again, it’s true, you know again, how do you know now that you know, we can get you to our restaurant. It’s how we get our restaurant to your home.

Steve: Have you started this initiative yet? Or is it still in the planning?

Hanson: Oh, yeah. Okay. No. Yeah. We’re in the planning phase right now.

Steve: How are you dealing with each one of your restaurants? I mean so you have the you have a bunch of restaurants and then you have the ice cream business. How are they? How are you treating those differently?

Hanson: Well, I think for you know, when this storm started hitting in the beginning of March, we already started planning on what happens if we have to close what happens if we have to decrease our capacity or occupancy within the restaurant by you know by 50% we saw the I will restrictions. So for our fine dining restaurants, we have a lot of international guests who flies in for dinner. So we already know that that was going to decrease so I think you know, each of the restaurants really had to find itself in the beginning in terms of who we want to be in this weird one to two month period when we’re in lockdown.

For ice cream for humphry slocombe and you know, actually we’ve kept our stores open. We haven’t closed our stores.

Steve: really, okay.

Hanson: And that’s because you know for ice cream for Humphrey slocombe. We’ve always had a pretty robust delivery business in terms of guests or during the three Postmates, ubereats, doordash, caviar you name it and having ice cream deliver to their home not surprisingly a hub that has skyrocketed over the last month as everyone is stuck at home. So for Humphrey slocombe, you know, even though our business has been hurt substantially by not having customers at our retail shops. Our retail shops still have been no we’ve been able to manage to keep them open with just a takeout and delivery business.

Steve: So people just see you no longer serving into cones and stuff. It’s just like pints at this point.

Hanson: Yes. Yes, and then and then we are really using our different retail stores as pick up points for the delivery providers.

Steve: And then for yourself for your three star Michelin restaurant you’re trying To create these experiences and then you have the wine tasting kit. I know you have like a comfort food restaurant, right? I can remember what it’s called.

Hanson: Sure. So is Brown Sugar Kitchen over an open is Southern food, it’s soul food. And for that restaurant, our partner Chef Tanya Holland. She’s run Brown Sugar Kitchen for over 10 years in Oakland. So she was well-known and well-loved within the community and so for that restaurant one of the things that you know, we were lucky to do is we’re partnering with a local tech company called Marketa and they are sponsoring meals. So they are paying us to make meals for nonprofits in the Oakland area.

Steve: That’s smart Okay, so so they’re raising money. So it’s sponsored by Marketo.

Hanson: Yes, Marketa McAdams payment. It’s a payment company there. Their headquarter is a couple blocks away from our restaurant and their CEO reached out to our restaurant at the beginning of the pandemic and offered this to us, which is really thoughtful for them right to think of money from them filter to local restaurants. So therefore we get some income and keep some jobs and we make the food and right now we’re making food three days a week a couple hundred thirty hundred 50 meals a day to three different nonprofits in the Oakland area.

Steve: I know a couple of restaurants in this area what they’ve done is they’re taking donations for food then they’re serving that food to doctors on the front lines treating the virus and that’s worked out really well also

Hanson: So yes, we have that initiative within the clan group as well. So we are sending 200 meals every Friday to UCSF and we have a again we have a corporate commitment. So Lexus stepped out and they donated money to us and we’re able to we will be serving three. Thousand meals to UCSF over the next 14 weeks

Steve: nice and you mentioned earlier that you turn some of these restaurants also into a grocery. How does that work?

Hanson: Sure. It’s a one of with one of my restaurants were testing out the idea of that. We talked about earlier about the supply chain right to if we’re to restaurants and how it is different to grocery stores. Well, we’re getting some of those produce in bulk and then we packing them into Boxes, produce boxes essential good boxes, and we’re selling them, you know, 30 bucks a box you get eggs bacon in the beginning we were including, you know, a box of disposable gloves.

Steve: Ha ha ha

Hanson: In the Box as well. Yeah, and I know there are no we’re doing that on the first small scale. I know some other restaurants in the Bay area that are doing it really as their main source of business now, there’s this great restaurant in near where I live in the mission district, you know the chef there turn his restaurant into a general store. So the selection is applied from you know, canned goods to you know, I bought you know, 5 pounds of fish from him last week and you know, he’s you know, he’s really looking at this as something that he probably have to do for for a bit longer

Steve: and the attraction of buying from a restaurant is because the nature of the food is different presumably higher quality

Hanson: We get access to Seafood probably better than you want you to get from your local grocery stores right now is also, you know, it’s less of a problem now, but you know over the last month there was some supply chain issues right to the grocery stores. Eggs incredibly expensive because everyone had bought out the eggs, you’ve all heard about the toilet paper situation. Right now, there’s a shortage of flour and East in the grocery stores because Is everyone is baking at home now?

And so they are so there’s access right from the restaurant perspective that can access a different supply chain and then repurpose it to the customer. I mean another great thing about the restaurants are doing the grocery is that you know, there’s probably one or two big grocery stores near where you live, but there are a hundred different restaurants, right? So, you know, they become they could become you know, a neighborhood pick up place right for for some essential groceries and without you having Everyone having to go to a Safeway or Whole Foods

Steve: right?. So out of all the initiatives that you’ve made to kind of pivot your business during this coronavirus situation, which ones have been working the best?

Hanson: Oh, I think you know the cren kits from the cren group has been working really well. I’ve also been very gratified to see the motto of corporate sponsorships in terms of putting money into the local ecosystem, right and Then that being turned into physical mules to be donated added to the medical front line or two nonprofits and I hope that continues right because before this pandemic, I don’t know that that’s happened really right in terms of corporates. You’re putting their, you know, their social impact budget right into the food system in that way.

Steve: How does one get these battleships is that all relationships or?

Hanson: is it is relationship, but honestly, you know for both Marketa and Lexus, they asked a question to us. How can they be helpful? So it was really from them and from the corporation side in terms of you know, we have some budget and how can we put it to work in a meaningful way and this one is a double bang for the buck right? Because it’s money going to the restaurant right? They need it right now and in the food going to you know, the front line whose speeding more than ever now because it working so often and for nonprofits.

Serving at-risk clients, you know the food bank is having a lot of problems right now because a lot of them rely on volunteers and it’s hard to get volunteers to work right now so we know they’re the restaurants have really stepped in into providing food for the needy.

Steve: Did you have prior relationships with Lexus Marketa or did they just randomly approached you?

Hanson: Lexus. We have a serious relationship already. Okay, Chef Dominique. Crenn is a brand ambassador for them and in Marketa is three blocks away from us. Hosted their holiday party at our restaurant back in December so their neighbors of ours.

Steve: Okay Okay, right. Yeah. No, it’s I was just wondering because I would imagine that a lot of the restaurants out there are not getting corporate sponsors and you know over the years you’ve kind of developed relationships with companies or maybe they’ve hosted their parties at your restaurants, which is kind of indication of the quality of the food that you serve

Hanson: and and quality of our neighbors really lives up in our partner. So we’re lucky to have them with us.

Steve: so you mentioned earlier that you’re doing all these initiatives and when I asked you earlier like in regards to decision whether to close or not, I mean it all comes down to economics in a way right? I guess you’re different in that you have this collection of properties where for example, the ice cream business is way up and maybe that can offset some of the cost for some of your other restaurants, which restaurants have been hurt the most?

Hanson: so my structure is actually all separate. So all the different companies are separate so they are We know there are not related from a cap table perspective. Except for our common ownership. The bar business is hurt the most right because simply we can even be open right and you no longer term, right? If I don’t get the next 12 months. Now, there’s a big question right in terms of how cuz customer demand will come back or not. Right?

Are we ready to go out yet and bars are places where people people go out to and so that’s a big question right now in terms of how we pivot our bars into places where you know, I think gone on a days were we pack it in on a Friday and Saturday night right at least for the foreseeable future.

Steve: Yeah.

Hanson: So knowing that it’s not going to happen. So how do we change the bar model to deal with the current reality?

Steve: Are you ready to share some of your ideas or?

Hanson: oh no ideas we were working on is we probably have Make some of our bars all reservation only. So the idea that you know Steve you and I want to grab a drink we’ll probably make a reservation at a bar show up at eight o’clock have a drink or two and then head out, you know, there’s not going to be a big happy hour crowd anymore right in terms of you’re going out after work. And get grab a drink. So that’s one small idea. We thought about in terms of what alcohol delivery means in terms of craft cocktails or other. Other type of alcohol. I know some bars in the San Francisco area have done okay with that, but we don’t know yet. Like we’re still we’re still thinking and learning and see what others are doing.

Steve: Do you plan on so you have the cren box. And then you are thinking about doing this I guess a live stream from the restaurant. Do you plan on making some of these changes permanently with your restaurants moving forward after this virus passes because it will eventually pass.

Hanson: So one of the Silver Lining so I think everything in the world balance out right is I still have a lot of anxiety about reopening the restaurant as they were because I know I know it’s California isn’t to put a capacity restriction on our restaurants and make the tables to be 6 feet apart. So, you know, we’re doing the analysis right now to see how we can run these restaurants at a fifty percent capacity. You know, if you recall, you know, you know earlier in our conversation about the gross the gross margin and the expense ratios, right?

Well if them starting at 50 percent as opposed to a hundred percent, yes, my variable costs will go down. But you know, there’s still a lot of fixed cost in the in our model, whether 50% of sales would we go or not? So there’s a huge uncertainty and anxiety I think for all restaurants in the next 12 months, even if we are allowed to reopen.

Steve: But presumably headcount is going to go down. I guess your fixed costs of the location stay the same but headcount will go down and obviously cost of food will go down too right because you’re serving less people.

Hanson: Yes. So the variable costs will go down and labor costs, you know the salary in the like it’s not completely variable on linear, right? You have to have some Base number of Staff even if you’re serving, you know only half the So so that’s part of the analysis right now is to really understand when a one is what how can we what the operating model needs to be to in a world where we only at best right be able to get 50% of our Revenue. So that’s the in restaurant dining site, right but some of the new stuff that we tried out.

Yes, certainly. We’re going to keep doing it. So the cren kits is here to stay and And we are now thinking about how to you know further that business or the idea right of bringing cren to your home is that these meals that were three course meals that were selling at 38, 38 dollars. Is it other brand of products that we can deliver to you? Or you can pick up, down the road when you know social distancing is not as strict as it is now. Is there a model where we actually Two of our team members to cook a dinner party for you at your house, for example, so those are all under consideration right now.

Steve: you know handsome one thing. I like about you with our conversations is that you’re always thinking about creative ideas and one thing since this is an e-commerce podcast. I was wanted to get your opinion on whether you actually see e-commerce in the food industry growing and are you planning on investing more in the This e-commerce aspect of your business even after this social distancing becomes a little bit more relaxed.

Hanson: Absolutely and I think we will all see a vast increase on the number of yummy stuff. You can buy online. One of the hurdles right that basically this pandemic broke through was you have a lot of great chefs in everywhere in this country. Who for one reason or another have been resistant on both either third-party delivery. I having their food delivered to your home or having food the packaged and be sold online now part of it is that we’ve been in this, you know, huge Bull Run in the economy. So if you’re successful restaurateur, despite the math that I share with you a restaurant can still be very lucrative right and and you know, the a lot of Restaurant tours chefs, Somalis now part of why they do what they do is the in-person hospitality right is delivering that joy in a restaurant.

Steve: right

Hanson: I think this banana hammock right has forced everyone to three think about how do I capture that Joy and hospitality and put it in a box or a bag and have you enjoy it somewhere else and you see it across the country now all these great restaurants that are doing these takeout meals And repackaging their food for online sales. I think over the next couple years. You’re going to see a you know, a Renaissance of great food being sold by, you know, delivery trento be it, you know immediate delivery to your home for tonight or through e-commerce and through a shipment platform.

Steve: How does a how do platforms like doordash and ubereats fall into this. So when you’re doing takeout and delivery, are you relying on these third-party services or do you have some other infrastructure in place to deliver the food?

Hanson: We’re taking small steps. So for cren Kits is actually all pick up. Okay, so you have to come to our restaurant to pick up for some of our other restaurants. We are doing our own delivery. So we’ve repurposed and as some of our staff members to become delivery drivers and to send food out ourselves. Some we are you know, hopefully silicon for example uses and works with all the third party delivery platform.

Steve: Just curious. What is the incentive for you to do your own delivery versus user Network like doordash and UberEats. It’s is it substantially more expensive to use the third party

Hanson: service the third party service takes between 15 to 30% of the top.

Steve: Wow. Okay

Hanson: obviously, they deal with the logistics. So, you know you’re paying for or is like paying for FedEx next-day delivery, right? some of the reasons why we’ve decided to do our delivery on our own one is well, if I’m paying 30% to through a third-party delivery company, I can purchase these that money and pay my own staff to do to the delivery. We also living in a weird world right now where you know, you’re mostly home so is easy for a amateur a delivery person. Or restaurant to deliver food to you, right because you’re generally home.

So it’s the delivery we’re doing is not nearly as complicated or complex right in terms of what doordash and ubereats managed, but you know, this was a way to keep some hours for staff to use that use that money that we were going to spend anyway, and you know supposed to paying doordash we’re paying our own staff to do it. I do see though kind of going forward in terms of as of a lot of restaurants right re asking right whether it makes more sense for us to have our own delivery operations, then paying the 20-30 percent to a third party.

Steve: Right. I guess my last question for you. Hanson is what are some of your predictions on the future? And when do you see things going back to normal again in the restaurant industry?

Hanson: Oh the billion-dollar question.

Steve: Or is it never gonna go back to normal? who knows

Hanson: I was talking to someone yesterday, you know, despite having this many restaurants like I know so little right now about what’s going to happen. There are going to be two phases is going to be this next 12 months where before there is a vaccine and how consumers are going to behave whether to go out or not. Then that’s going to be a world after the vaccine. In the meantime, though. I think all of us are getting a little more used to ordering takeout. Yeah, all of us are getting a little you small used to paying a little more for take out because now there are good restaurants that are actually delivering like really good food to you at a price point which probably was really high, you know before the coronavirus.

So I think the new well for Restaurants are gonna be different. Unfortunately, a lot of restaurants won’t open back up again after they’ve been forced to close, you know, we’re lucky that you know, all of our restaurants are generally doing pretty well. And but if you’re you know, if you’re a restaurant down looking at, you know one to five percent operating margin, you know over the next 12 months you can only see half the people it doesn’t make sense to open again.

So you see a lot of empty storefronts unfortunately. You also see, you know, I predict, you know, kind of how our test around cren kits about takeout and delivery food. I think that is going to continue to rise in terms of what we do as restaurants, but I think the new world is going to be very different from the old world.

Steve: even after the vaccines and and what now come out?

Hanson: I think so because I think by that time in 18 months, customer Behavior would have been really affected right as opposed to going out to you know, all of Garden in spending 60 bucks 80 bucks for a family of four you now realize that huh. There’s this really great Italian restaurant that delivers food now and it’s just as good. for a little cheaper maybe so I think that more I think after the vaccine right you see restaurants focusing even more in the in restaurant experience, good food has you know has been the main thing of why people go to restaurants.

I think good food becomes one of the reasons people go to restaurants in the future. It’s going to be about, you know, getting together with people the hospitality the experience. I think that’s going to be even more important in a world where you know, everyone is now used to getting takeout.

Steve: All right Hanson. Thanks a lot for sharing your insights. In the restaurant industry. I love your creativity and what you’re doing with keeping your restaurants afloat. And I mean it’s going to be guys like you who survive this you think of creative ways to stay in business and offer things that other restaurants aren’t doing and it’s going to be the people who are just kind of stagnant who are going to be the ones who won’t survive this that well so great job.

Hanson: No. Thank you Steve and I you know, where You know, I talked to a lot of other restaurant tours as well and no one of the things that we all need right now is to somehow convince. Everyone that going out is okay. It’s not just going to be on us right. So I think you know we need you know, that’s why we’re I’m in continuing conversation with all the restaurant tours and other operators because all of us need to pitch in and help each other and make everyone know that it’s safe. You know, these are the problem. We doing and here’s why it’s still fun to go out. I think you know, hopefully it won’t be too long before we bring fun back to everyone’s lives.

Steve: And you know Hanson I actually have a number of listeners here in the Bay Area. So if you wouldn’t mind just telling people what your restaurants are the ones that are doing take out, that’d be great.

Hanson: Oh, thank you Steve. So open in Oakland. We have Brown Sugar Kitchen. And then I we mentioned humphry slocombe ice cream. We have spots in Berkeley Oakland and San Francisco. Oh and also in San Mateo so you can order humphry slocombe to be delivered or picked up. In San Francisco, my cren restaurants are doing take out and they’ll be picked up from our restaurants in the Marina. And then finally my restaurant B-side in Hayes Valley. We’re doing meal delivery. So yummy stuff make from our scratch kitchen that can sit in your fridge for a few days and reheat it easily. So those are some of the restaurants that are still making a go at it.

Steve: Awesome and then the cren restaurants. What type of food is that?

Hanson: What’s the menu this week the menu this week the $38 cren kit It is a vegetable soup. Most of the veggies come from our farm up in Sonoma. Then there’s housemate brioche that we’re famous for I forgot what the entree is. There’s also a vegetarian previous entrees included a couscous salad, a veggie primeita, which is the most delicious baked potato gratin that you have with veggies inside is like a shepherd pie but vegetarian and then dessert, So Juan Contreras was are you know, James Beard nominated finalist chef from Atelia Crenn and he’s making all the different desserts with his team

Steve: Nice why that sounds delicious. Well, I’ll be sure to get the word out and way to go Hanson. I look forward to being able to go out once again and I’ll be sure to visit some of your restaurants when I actually haven’t had the opportunity to but yeah, I’ll make an effort to thanks a lot.

Hanson: Thank you save.

Steve: All right. Take care.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now running a restaurant during these times is tough. But if you sit down and get creative you will survive and prepare yourself for the new normal. For more information about this episode. Go to mywifequitherjob.com./episode302.

And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

I also want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

301: How COVID-19 Has Affected Ecommerce Sales With Jake Cohen

301: How The Corona Virus Has Affected Ecommerce Sales With Jake Cohen

Today I’m thrilled to have Jake Cohen back on the show. Jake is the product marketing leader over at Klaviyo and for the past month or so, he has been heading up a special Covid-19 Coronavirus task force to research, gather and synthesize e-commerce data to share with a broader e-commerce community.

In this episode, we are going to go over some hard data on how e-commerce stores are faring during this pandemic along with which industries are doing well, which are not, and how to improve your sales. We also make some predictions on the future of e-commerce.

What You’ll Learn

  • Which ecommerce categories are doing the best
  • Which ecommerce categories are not performing as well
  • How the ecommerce supply chain has been affected
  • What sales strategies are working for ecommerce merchants
  • How brands are feeling about the future of ecommerce

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today, I have my friend Jake Cohen from klaviyo on the show. And in this episode we are going to go over some hard data on how e-commerce stores are faring during this pandemic along with which Industries are doing well, which are not and how to improve your sales. And we are also going to make some predictions on the future of e-commerce. So listen to this one all the way to the end.

But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Klaviyo helps brands build relationships across any distance delivering email marketing moments. Your customers will appreciate, remember and share in good times and bad. And since it is all driven by real-time e-commerce data, you can make sure every interaction feels more personal. Now when you have a 360 degree view of the customer the growth possibilities are endless. So visit klaviyo.com/mywife and try for free. That’s KLAVIYO.com/mywife. Now on to the show.

I also want to thank Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store. Now, what does privy do? Well Privy is an email list growth platform and they manage all my email capture forms and I use Privy hand-in-hand with my email marketing provider. Now, there are a bunch of companies out there that are managing email capture forms, but I like Privy because they specialize in e-commerce. And right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when I implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Now, you can also use Privy to reduce cart abandoned with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well on super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution. So bottom line, Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers which I then feed to my email providers to close the sale so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free. And if you decide you need some more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off. Once again that’s privy.com/steve. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the my wife quit her job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Jake Cohen back on the show, now Jake is the product marketing lead over at klaviyo. And last time we spoke. We spoke about how to improve your email deliverability back in episode 228, but today we’re not going to be talking about email marketing or Klaviyo much at all instead for the past month or so Jake has been heading up a special covid-19 coronavirus task force to research gather and synthesized e-commerce data to share with the broader e-commerce community and the data that they’ve compiled is based on insights from over 30,000 customers and their sales activity along with thousands of survey responses

And I know I for one interested in how other shops are doing and I know my shop over bumblebee Linens has been down because our biggest customers are wedding and event planners. And right now no weddings are events are happening. So Jake really happy to have you on the show man. Welcome.

Jake: You are hired that was a fantastic explanation of what we’re doing and I appreciate the invite so we can share.

Steve: Well, Jake great to have you back. Can you just quickly remind the audience who you are what you are working on and why you decided to take on this initiative?

Jake: Absolutely. So I’m Jake. Hello. I work at klaviyo. I am right now working on product marketing which is basically trying to make sure that klaviyo explains itself in a way that makes sense to people And helps them understand what we do we change direction in terms of what we were actually focused on around March 17th. I think, you know things started to really get crazy in terms of everyone started to work from home. We heard a lot of e-commerce Brands just start kind of freaking out, you know sales are dropping. What do we do? And so we asked ourselves, you know, our job really is to provide value every day.

What can we do? That’s the most valuable thing for our businesses today and what we heard from them was listen, we just don’t even know what’s going on. So we can’t even we don’t know what to do with ourselves hour-by-hour because things are changing so rapidly and we said, all right, that’s the answer. We are going to allocate, you know, a substantial amount of our energy to be the sort of Clearinghouse the news source of what is happening in the world as it relates to e-commerce. So that Brands can have a steady reliable place to turn to understand what’s happening and we should provide them with guidance on what we think they should do so they can make the most informed and the best decisions for their brand so they can survive today and Thrive both today and tomorrow.

And I’m very proud of the team that we’ve assembled to do this the information that we’ve shared the site that we’ve spun up and I think the business is that we’ve helped it’s been really really fun to pull it together and we’ve learned a lot really quickly.

Steve: I mean, I can’t wait to delve into the data. But before you before we get to that, how does it work? Exactly and how are you collecting this data?

Jake: Yeah, so it started overnight with a little Google form that I put out on Twitter and I just asked I literally asked a bunch of e-commerce Brands. I was like what’s happening, you know, what’s going on with your sales, what’s going on with your supply chain what’s going on with your ad spend what’s going on with your web traffic and I got a hundred and 50 responses overnight.

Steve: Wow, okay.

Jake: and he said I said, holy smokes. I think there’s something out here and you know, we invested more on that and very quickly. We had like an open field. You know, what can we do better and a lot of brand said tell us what consumers are thinking so we can plan we said, okay. It’s a good idea. So then we started the consumer survey and we’ve evolved those and they’ve become a little bit more mature and sophisticated in the questions they ask and so those started happening. We said all right. Well, this was by the way how we found out literally on March 17th and 18th that there are actually some brands that were exploding as a result, you know, the coronavirus hitting.

At the time very few, but really exploding and so we said, okay. Well we’re sitting on all this data. Why don’t we actually go look at it? And so then we took brought over, you know, one of our senior data scientists to join our team and she’s been pouring through our data slicing dicing everything to sort of see if our hypotheses made sense and Help us learn and what’s going on? And so now we have you know, daily brand insights from Brands all around the world. We talked to two for a day as well. We have consumer insights from all over the world. We have hundreds of people that responded that and then you know every day we’re looking at sales data across 32600 customers globally to see what’s happening. And so we have a unique perspective on everything that’s going on.

Steve: Nice. Let’s get to it. Okay, so the for those companies that are kicking but what are they selling?

Jake: What a good question Okay, so Is what we call new Essentials. So what one of the things that we learned really early on is that consumers traditionally the spending the consumers were going to make was following a sort of classic framework from Believe It or Not, psychology. Have you heard of Maslow’s hierarchy of needs?

Steve: I have. Yes. Absolutely.

Jake: Okay

Steve: you want to explain it though in case they don’t know

Jake: Yes, super quick for the audience Abe Maslow. Is this sociologists and psychologists in the mid-1900s 1950s and he wrote this thing called The Hierarchy of needs which explained what normal people prioritize in terms of what they buy what they do and in what order and it starts on the base with food and water and then it goes to shelter, you know security so that you feel safe then it goes to belonging because people want to feel connected to each other then it goes to self-esteem so that you buy things that make you feel good and only once you satisfy all those things there’s you know, the top of the pyramid is self-actualization, which is when you pursue creative Endeavors and explore and try new things.

And so we started to see Categories beyond food and nutrition start to Trend up and those were office supplies. Those were Health and Beauty those were sporting goods and we saw this is super weird. Like why is that happening and it struck us that since people were relegated to work from home for an extended period of time. They had a new environment a new set of circumstances which dictated new Essentials for their new world. And so the categories that comprise new Essentials are in alphabetical order because I have it listed here.

Steve Haha Okay.

Jake: apparel and accessories but specifically activewear because people are working out more at home, electronics because people had to buy homes stuff and they want to entertain themselves. We hear people buying iPads and things hardware and Home Improvement, Health and Beauty, which is a fascinating one, housewares home furnishings and garden office supplies. I mentioned specialty Sporting Goods toys and hobbies education and Telecommunications are all trending up on average more than other categories.

Steve: I know weights are like sold out everywhere.

Jake: Yep

Steve: because everyone wants to work out at home. So if you’re in these categories and you’re sold out, I don’t know if you have this data, but if you’re selling out then shouldn’t the sales, how’s the supply chain. I don’t know if we want to jump. I don’t know how you want to take this.

Jake: anywhere you want. I literally I have absurd amount. in my head about all this.

Steve: Okay

Jake: So supply chain has been fascinating. That’s one of the questions that we actually asked every day what’s happening with your supply chain and let me actually pull it up so I can tell you exactly what’s going on.

Steve: Yeah, so these companies are doing well presumably they’re selling out right? product is just flying off the shelves and at some point they’re not going to have any product left to sell and just kind of curious what they’re doing.

Jake: Yeah, so some brands are selling out and that makes it very difficult for them to replenish and in fact hearing from consumers more and more they’re exploring more and more new brands. I think it’s because some places are running out that said a lot of people are not affected by inventory being down there. To replenish especially because China is coming back now. So if you Source from there, it’s coming. It’s just on a delay where they make it domestically and warehouses and fulfillment centers are considered essential in a majority of States. So they’re still working.

So if I look at supply chain affected, I’m looking at a daily Trend that we’ve been collecting since the 17th people report delays. There’s only roughly ten percent of respondents that say they don’t have access to all their inventory. Otherwise people are good to go. So more than 50% of brands are completely fine in terms of their supply chain.

Steve: Yeah, I mean, I’ve noticed that with my store as well like dislike the supply chain is fine. We were delayed maybe a most a couple of weeks and we’ve been getting shipments all the time. So it’s good to know that everyone else. I guess 90% of the people aren’t feeling that way.

Jake: Yeah. I mean I you know, I these are these are General Trends there’s obviously gonna be exceptions. But this is you know overarching lie what we’re hearing.

Steve: I have a quick question for you just involved with taking service and and this is just kind of from my own past experience people who are doing well will tend to fill out the surveys whereas businesses, who are struggling might not want to share that they’re not doing so well. Do you see that as the case or under how you mitigating that effect?

Jake: We do not see that I can tell you that. Let’s see over 20% of people who responded last week told me their sales are going down in the beginning of this that was over fifty percent. So people are two interesting things. What were observing is number one, people are so interested in simply understanding that they understand the give-and-take of sharing and then getting back aggregate insights. And so and we’ve been doing that daily. So I think People have been comfortable sharing. Also, we don’t say a brand new sales are down of course and we could leave it the other the other thing is, you know, we were a little nervous about that when we started looking at the survey early on seeing what percentage of Brands were up or down.

But then we end up looking at our own data and the numbers were almost identical which is fascinating because while you know, not every single day of the survey was perfectly statistically significant or do we advertise it as such the trends are spot-on and it matches, you know, like literally Like a 2% you know P value of it being not accurate. It’s kind of remarkable. Actually how it mapped up.

Steve: Interesting. Okay. So we talked about like the categories that are doing well and clearly they’re going to be fine and they’re probably really confident. Can we talk a little bit more about the businesses that are kind of down specifically what I’m looking for are, you mentioned that it went down from 50 percent to 20 percent down right? over time and clearly these people are pivoting somehow, right? So I’m just kind of curious what strategies are working and what they’re doing to Buck this trend?

Jake: Well, actually so two things it’s not necessarily true that Brands who are now up and less down pivoted their products. Okay. We’re actually seeing an evolution of consumer demand. And so one of the things actually just recorded a video. So if you go to Klaviyo.com you click on the green header bar. It’s going to take you to a dedicated coronavirus page where we have all of our insights and all of our resources there. We publish this stuff and so this will go up but literally, Let me pull this up here. What I just reported is that e-commerce sales are completely exploding and if you look at it by category, I’ll use a parallel as an example on March 15th. Apparel sales across all klaviyo customers were below total sales for 2019.

Steve: Wow, okay

Jake: this week they are up more than a hundred percent

Steve: Right, because they realize that they can’t they’re going to be hold out of at home for a long time. I would guess.

Jake: Yes, and so two things happened. Consumers one, started working out more and wanted to feel good about working out. So we saw Fitness apparel and accessories explode. I can also test that my wife buying things. Yeah, that’s true too. My hypothesis is with spring and summer coming in stores not opening, you know certainly in the next couple weeks. I think we’re going to see people buy more and more clothing looking forward to when they can go out and so we’re going to see that continue to go up. So number one consumers are changing what they’re buying still in the context of new Essentials, but they’re changing and so some brands that’s on initial hit are now doing better.

The second is yes, some brands are pivoting, but it’s fairly hard to do, you know, the success stories that I’ve heard is pistol lake is an example of a brand that they happen to be an apparel brand. They sell men’s like minimalist clothing out of LA and we published a story on them. They on March 15th had their sales get hammered wrote a plea to their customers to if they ever considered buying anything to please buy it now that gave them the cash flow they needed to not have to lay off anybody and with that they took their Factory and they completely turn it over to sell masks and they sold through 3,000 units in a day

Steve: Interesting. Wow. Okay. I have a similar story to share to share their so, you know, we sell wedding handkerchiefs and that sort of thing and obviously weddings in that sort of thing are going on right now. So what we did is we my wife actually made a craft on how to make a mask out of a handkerchief and then we just sent out an email that said hey, we’re going to give away a free handkerchief with any purchase along with these instructions, and we’ve been running that campaign for the past two weeks and it’s been doing really well.

Jake: That’s great. That’s awesome. How did you guys get that idea?

Steve: It’s all my wife. Like I’m obviously not a craft person. But I think I think there is this one craft that just went viral with something else. Maybe it was with the bandana and she was like, hey, we sell handkerchiefs we can make these into into masks and so we’re actually thinking about selling mask now too because we have all these really cool designs like the handkerchiefs are really intricate. And so we’re trying to actually find some contract sewer right now to make them.

Jake: it’s super interesting. That’s really cool. I actually think masks are here to stay. I think that people are going to be wearing them through the rest of 2020 in public and I think right now people are scrambling to get masks that are simply comfortable but what’s going to evolve is just like clothing and fashion people will want to express themselves individually and they’re going to want to find a mask that sort of Suits them. And so there’s going to be a massive long tail of awesome designs and cool different fabrics and different features as the market sort of evolved and figures out what people want.

So I definitely think there’s an opportunity there for a ton of different brands to sell things that people identify with and will wear out every day in public. I think I agree with you. I don’t know if you’ve been to Asia but wearing masks in Asia has kind of been the norm for a while now. So..

Jake: It’s comin here.

Steve: It’s probably coming here. Yeah, I mean there’s a lot of people going into Mask though. So at some point, I think it’ll be like the fidget spinner.

Jake: Yeah, right. Yeah.

Steve: everyone will make them and then gradually they’ll tell down over time.

Jake: We’ll see we’ll see where it goes.

Steve: So what other strategies are working, I’m Of interested in kind of the pivots that you’ve heard of before we move on to the rest of the data.

Jake: Yeah. I mean the biggest sort of counterintuitive Trend that I’ve heard is that acquisition through ads is more cost-effective than ever and easier than ever. I’m hearing brand say that row ads is, you know through the roof cpms and cpcs are down competition on ads has effectively gone away as most large brands of pulled out. I heard you know last last week the 16th of April was the biggest day that we’ve seen this entire year. They probably I have to compare it to last year Black Friday, but probably bigger than that and I heard a number of Brands say that they’re on site conversion rate was over 5%.

And so, you know to me what’s going on is with people not being able to go to stores spending more time online more time on social more time on email. They’re looking for either the products that they want or four ideas of cool things that they may want. There are trying new brands. And so if you know a brand has cash flow as willing to take the risk sort of sell that It’s totally working and I’m also seeing that some of our best performing emails are doing pre-sales. And so I’m wondering if there’s a combination of pre-selling items through ads to both acquire customers and to engage our existing customers I think is going to generate a lot of sales providing you can be transparent about when you can fulfill the sale date.

Steve: That’s interesting. I’ve seen cpms drop 20 to 25% on my end for my demographic just kind of curious you have the survey data are most people upping their ad spend or reducing it?

Jake: Up.

Steve: Okay.

Jake: They weren’t at first there was like a little Arbitrage moment. But right now let’s see roughly. What’s this 25 percent of Brands report increasing their ad spend which is pretty consistent. Most of them are keeping it the same at like 25 percent, you know, we continue to hear that 15-20 percent of people just I’ve stopped spinning ads out, right and then, you know a similar amount are spending less. This is roughly in line with the overarching distribution of sales going up or down the difference is with brands that have sales going up there going up like three hundred to a thousand percent. They’re not going up a little bit.

Steve: Okay

Jake: and so, you know, there’s a relatively even split in the number of brands that are up or down but the brands that are up our way up, It’s kind of crazy.

Steve: but the brands that are down I’m kind of curious are they are they upping their ad spend to try to compensate for it or are those the guys that are just turning everything off?

Jake: most of them from what I can tell in this? This is now I’m an anecdotal and this is not statistically significant.

Steve: Okay

Jake: but most of them say that they are reducing their ad spend because they’re concerned about cash flow and they’re concerned about the future. So they’re relying more on strategies that can try and organically push people to their site. They’re working with other brands to try and trade list or cross-promote before they go increase the ad spend because they don’t want to burn cash right now because they don’t know how long they have to last in this current stasis.

Steve: Okay, that makes sense. So just Take the people out there who are running e-commerce stores that are down what industries are actually getting hammered right now?

Jake: Jewelry is having a tough time.

Steve: Okay

Jake: actually pull up my charts. Hang on. I just got rushed charts from our data scientist so I can look.

Steve: nice. I can tell you’re a geek about this Jake.

Jake: Oh my God, I spreadsheets. It’s kind of crazy, jewelry is having a tough time, although interestingly. So well, let me take a step back. Every single category has brands that are up and brands that are down. So when I say a category is up, I’m not saying every single person that sells that is doing well at all. But it tends to be that if you look at the you know number of companies in that category. It tends to be the more of them are doing better than less in the categories that are up. So jewelry as an example tends to have more brands that are down but there are some brands that are doing exceptionally well. We see spikes in particular of companies that sell Boolean. So if you sell like coins, this gold bars, yeah like that, you know, we put that in jewelry and they’re doing in like the spikes on the graph from

Steve: Of course with the FED printing money like crazy. Yeah gold is great.

Jake: Yeah. There’s your head, we’re seeing that’s like that’s the one that’s really had a tough time apparel and accessories was hurting for a while, but they have rebounded in a super hard way. Most everyone else is doing better Automotive is obviously down.

Steve: What about travel accessories? I would imagine those are down too

Jake: Travel accessories are way down. Down way way way down. Although we are I’ve been encouraging, haven’t seen this yet. I’ve only seen out of apparel, but I haven’t been encouraging travel accessories to partner with brands that sell things that people need now or to sort of like pre-sell stuff for the future so that people can look forward to trips in the future because I think you can get people to do that, but I haven’t I haven’t really seen it yet. So luggage is down. You know, I

Steve: give me an example of partnering with someone like what do you mean exactly?

Jake: So well one example, I can tell you from the Fitness space. There is a fitness apparel company that was way down and they were losing money and they’re having a problem and they reached out to bunch of gyms and basically said hey oh sorry, excuse me other way around there was a gym that was down. Obviously. Jim was closed. And so what the gym did to try and get revenue is they went to a fitness apparel company and said, hey we can promote your goods to our customers. If you give us some rev share and help us out

Steve: look affiliate program kind of?

Jake: yes, exactly. Okay partner has been massively successful

Steve: nice.

Jake: So, you know, I’d have to spend some energy thinking about for a specific category. You know, what the right partnership is, but you know, there are a lot of businesses that are closed that have customer bases who are active and spending money and there’s a lot of Brands trying to find those people and so there’s definitely Partnerships in there, especially at local businesses if you can strike them up

Steve: okay. So it sounds like based on what we’ve talked about so far. The majority of categories are up except for a handful.

Jake: Yeah, and I mean it shouldn’t really be that shocking because consumers can’t go to stores. so, you know the bet is do we believe consumers are still spending money, you know at a relative similar rate even just down a little bit and I think we’ve seen that the answer is yes, they’re still spending money just not as much as they did two months ago. And if you take away an entire category that was a majority of sales for through stores and you basically take it away e-commerce is going to obviously benefit from that because people need to buy from somewhere.

Steve: Sure. Absolutely. How much is eCommerce up overall. Do you have that data?

Jake: Yes. I do. Let me pull that up. This is insane, video slides. Here we go. It is up 80% since January.

Steve: Whoo crazy. I know for our store we were doing awesome up until March probably like the first week of March and then because our things are very event-related. That’s when things started going down. But this year had been a great year up until that point.

Jake: Yeah, we one of the things that we’re starting to think about is, how permanent is the shift, obviously when stores open people will go to stores. But what we’re seeing is we did a deep dive in New York as an example and we saw that week over week. There are more people shopping online than ever before and they’re spending more than ever before and so we’re starting to wonder, you know, is this forcing A catalyst a sort of acceleration of people to e-commerce that more people are learning how to buy online. They’re trying new categories online. They’re expanding what they’re purchasing online. They’re sort of changing their expectations on you know, how long they’re willing to wait for items how permanent will this be?

And you know next year when we look back what percentage of overall retail sales will be from e-commerce going forward. You know, I personally think it’s going to hit 22 23 24 percent up from mid teens, which is a huge huge jump.

Steve: I think It was 15 last year, right? Yeah.

Jake: Yep. I think it’s going to be low 20s next year. I think it’s going to be huge.

Steve: I would tend to agree with you and I’m just using my mom as an example. Like she didn’t know about Zoom. So like yell teleconferencing is new and then she’s been shopping online more than ever because she just can’t step out of the house.

Jake: Right? And so the question is how much of that will become something that she’s learned his comfortable with in the future. For example on a rainy day. Is she going to Brave, you know going to the store or she’s going to log onto her computer and and by their yeah, I don’t know.

Steve: Yeah. No, I totally agree. Can we talk about some of the other negative aspects of this? What about on the other employment side layoffs? And that sort of thing to have data on that?

Jake: Yeah that, super interesting we’re digging into this more because obviously it’s happening more but through our consumer survey. We asked people if they’re recently unemployed and what they’re doing and ironically spending among people who are recently unemployed on electronics was up more than Who are not unemployed.

Steve: interesting

Jake: we think what’s going on is people are you know buying if they’re you know white collar worker non essential worker. They’re buying, you know office equipment to try and interview right? Because they don’t get to keep their stuff from work. I personally think that consumers are spending money thinking that they’ll be home for months because a lot of companies aren’t hiring want to stay entertained. So I think they’re buying you know, iPads and gaming consoles and drones and you know things to play with.

Steve: That kind of goes against Maslow, right? You’d think they’d be stuck stocking on TP and stuff.

Jake: Well that assumes that they haven’t already done that and most people have you know, I think now they’re bored. Right? And so they want to they want to do something that’s creative and like keeps their mind occupied. And so that’s that sort of self-actualization. That’s why toys and hobbies are up. That’s why I like electronics or up, you know. That’s what we’re seeing.

Steve: Yeah, let’s talk a little bit about like the mental aspects of this so I imagine I’ve seen the survey. So how are people, how are Brands feeling about the future?

Jake: It’s a really good question. It’s completely dependent on how their stores doing.

Steve: Okay

Jake: so interestingly Brands so for I’ll go it we do grams of sales operations and sales down brands that are flat. And in fact, let me actually pull it up because I want to actually read you some quotes Choice quotes that come up.

Steve: Okay

Jake: The overarching for Brands were sales are up there super optimistic. Stick they don’t think that this is going to last forever. And so they’re definitely trying to take advantage but they think that they’re going to have more customers than ever before overall. You know sales will be higher than they had been in the past. They see it as like a net Boon to the e-commerce space overall, still scrolling, hang on. Brands who are down the general sentiment is nervousness and the nervousness is around how long this will last they’re nervous around, you know, will they be able To survive.

Their nervous around will they be able to pay their staff, their nervous around how they’ll sort of like keep up going forward for brands that are flat. It’s kind of mixed. They’re basically like we think will be good. And so we’re going to kind of stick it out. That’s the general take

Steve: Stick it out mean, no layoffs no change.

Jake: They’re not there. So when you the people the things that people are most afraid of and really don’t want is they don’t want to lay people off. And they don’t want to go out of business, you know, when I interestingly separate thread. I spent all of q1 interviewing roughly 50 businesses around their dreams around their aspirations. I ask people to question how will you know when you’ve made it which was fascinating and the consistent theme to my surprise across everyone is they wanted to be able to hire great people? Support them and give them a comfortable awesome lifestyle and work creatively with them every day.

That was their dream come true. And so I think that that manifests here, like people don’t want to lay people off. They don’t want to reduce their payroll their inventory, but they don’t want to go out of business either and so they’re working with that balance and I think for brands that are flat they’re not planning on cutting back materially there just may be decreasing some of their plans spends or not increasing. Ads get you know tend to get pulled back with in that bucket. They’re trying to just see this through so that they can quote make it to the other side.

Steve: And for the brands that are down. Have you seen layoffs?

Jake: I don’t know the answer to that explicitly.

Steve: Okay

Jake: I can say I’m looking at a question right now. I haven’t split it up yet. But it says how will you know, if you’re successful coming out of this and 17 percent of respondents said that they will have rehired laid off or furloughed workers. I haven’t looked what percentage of those are people with sales down. I can do that. But you know the bigger answer 71 percent of people believe that they’ll be successful when they see their sales rise again.

Steve: If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Weigler and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

Steve: I mean I can tell you how I’m feeling about this and how we’re dealing with this since sales are down. We’ve been just having our employees going every other day and we’re confident that everything is going to be fine. Just because once people start getting married again. Well we’ve seen actually is so we actually embroider The Wedding Date on these handkerchiefs and we’ve seen a lot of people come back to us and say hey can we redo and adjust the date since we postponed it and I suspect that

Jake: oh fascinating.

Steve: Yeah. And so what we do is we give them a major discount on the redo, of course because you know, we have to throw away. Handkerchief with the old data obviously just do a new one but people have been coming back and they’ve been pushing their weddings out towards the end of the year and some have even postponed until the following year. So I insisted that our business will be fine.

Jake: It’s funny as you say that I’m reminded now that we were supposed to go to a wedding in June and they just delayed a year. I hadn’t thought of that.

Steve: Okay. Yeah. Yeah. So for me, it’s an obvious is only one data point is that we just need to get to the point where there’s either a vaccine or an antibody test and I think once people are comfortable moving again. I think everything will come right back.

Jake: I agree with you two things to share one. You said something interesting. You know, I’m just one person just the data point. But the reality is, you know, what I’m finding is each of these data points. Like there’s so many other people going through exceptionally common and similar experiences. Likely, however, you’re feeling there are many many people out there feeling the same thing and doing something similar. For whatever, that’s worth.

Steve: You know, what’s interesting Jake tomorrow. Actually, I’m having a friend of mine on the show that owns like 40 Restaurants and just kind of curious how he’s pivoting everything because rest of us has taken a huge hit.

Jake: huge hit. Did you see the article from Tom colicchio and had to lay off 300 people?

Steve: No man crazy. No.

Jake: Yes. It was really it was sad. I mean he it was in the New York Times and he was like it took me, you know, 12 15 years to build this Empire and like in a month. It’s basically because the cash flow business, you know, it’s like basically gone. It’s really sad. The other thing I was going to share is I’m publishing maybe tomorrow some predictions on when I think things will start to turn around and also like how it will unfold so that people can can can kind of get ready and I know that could be an interesting thing to talk about too.

Steve: yeah. Well, you just gonna leave you hanging like that?

Jake: The Cliffhanger I told I basically I think that the this isn’t going to be you know, turn the light on kind of situation. I think we’re going to see a slower evolution back to people coming back into the economy. So, I tend to look at examples in the past to help inform what might happen in the future. So I’m looking at China when Wuhan opened up again, and I’m looking at watching closely what happens in Germany and in China and Wuhan when they start around March 27th, they relaxed some of the restrictions and so people were allowed to go back to work and they were allowed to travel depending on their health status mostly, regionally and what’s interesting is while you know, within a week or two 92% of businesses were open only 60% of employees were going back to work. So that’s the first little clue that you know, public health will necessarily not have every single person rushing back. Number two, you know one of that makes me a little more pessimistic about the comeback in the US is China had this health app. Are you familiar with this?

Steve: Yes. Yeah, but explain it to the listeners.

Jake: Sure. So Ali Baba, I think a ten-cent work together and build this app. And so what it does is every single person in China is required to have this app to go anywhere to leave their compounds where they live and to join to go on public transportation and to go to work and what they do is there’s this little QR code that they have to hold up which can get scanned and it shows a color that says whether or not they are healthy and the way that someone is determine if they’re healthy as they have to enter their symptoms and then every so often a government official checks and verifies that what they said is true. And so, what happens as a result of that is you have a completely centralized view of the health of every single citizen in the state that will never happen in United States, ever.

Steve: Yes yeah.

Jake: And so one of the reasons that I think the unit that China on a particular, was able to ramp production and their Manufacturing in their industry back up so quickly is because they were able to have this visibility. They were able to test they were able to isolate when things started to spike back up so that we didn’t have a whole secondary wave because Americans are so stringent about security and privacy and unwilling to share this information. You know, I think we’re a little bit more vulnerable to a second wave because we will be slower to see it and respond to it and it will cause it will require a more, you know drastic response. I’m not I wouldn’t be shocked if there’s another period later this year where everyone has to go back home for a couple weeks. We’ll see.

Steve: Well, I agree with you mainly because the attitudes here are different like there was a protest in Huntington Beach. I think last week where people just gotten protested the whole quarantine. And that stuff would never happen in China. I mean, they would just squash that real quick. No questions asked.

Jake: but the interesting thing so so let’s assume, you know, we’re a little slower and it’s a little harder but it happens right the question that I wanted to answers. This mean for e-commerce, and you know the interesting thing when you look at Wuhan is sales over the course of March and into April from e-commerce for way up over February. And so as soon as people start to go out, they started buying more stuff. And so I spent you know, that seems counterintuitive to me, but I think the answer is number one. They have new needs. So when they you know when you go outside, what’s the first thing you’re going to do you go see your loved ones you go. See your friends you go visit something that you haven’t been able to see in a long time you go for a drive you go to a beach you do stuff. You couldn’t do it. Right?

And you need to buy things along the way whether you bring a gift or whether you need new clothes for that or whether you have to pay for lodging or whatever happens. And so there’s there’s you know, spending that happens. And so the question becomes where can they buy? I don’t think that as soon as people are allowed to leave the home stores are suddenly going to welcome everyone in with open arms and people would feel comfortable going I suspect we’ll see, you know similar to what we’re seeing in grocery store is where there’s a fine. Number of people per hour per day at a time and you can buy certain number of things whatever that will translate to many of the stores that have been closed.

And so I think that consumers are going to have new needs and new purchasing triggers and still not be able to return to stores and not be comfortable doing so so it’s actually going to lead to another increase in e-commerce sales across the board until stores come back.

Steve: You know, what’s funny is I just put out a it was a YouTube video that exactly paralleled what you just said, I think E Commerce is going to be the new normal and it’s going to take like probably a good year for retail sales to kind of get back to normal again because people are going to be hesitant. Like I know my wife, she’s not gonna be flying anywhere. She’s not going to be going out shopping unless she absolutely has to go.

Jake: Yeah, I think the really interesting thing. I’m super excited to well I should say I hope this doesn’t happen. But I guess I’m curious about is is like will what will happen in like September and October because I think, my personal opinion I miss is total conjecture total guessing. It’s just just Jake here. I think that we’re not going to see anyone going into any stores or any businesses opening until mid late June. I think then people will decide based on their comfort. What they will do I think in July will start to see like crazy sales and crazy advertisements you go, you know spend in stores and then I think August is going to be the time where hopefully we have sufficient test coverage.

But August is going to be the time whether you know, there’s another Resurgence in cases or not. And in August that’s going to tell us, you know, whether or not we’re prepared to deal with it in September and that is going to set the tone for the holiday season and if the if that’s goes well and we make it through and we don’t have another wave things will start to translate trickle back to normal. But if there’s another wave, Ecommerce sales are going to be up 5x 6X. It’s going to be absolutely insane.

Steve: I really want to, depends on whether there’s going to be an effective treatment for this and the when the vaccine comes out. I think that’s when everything is going to go back to normal but in the meantime

Jake: so when do you think that will be?

Steve: so my mom is actually in this field and she said the vaccine is probably a year away, but test the antibody test just to see if you you know, if you’ve already immune to it that will come out much sooner and I think there’s already some stuff that looks pretty positive might come out pretty soon. As long as the treatment is effective such that people don’t die, then that is a huge that’s another huge step right in giving you the confidence to actually go out there and take the risk.

Jake: totally agree with that. So I agree with you on the vaccine. My guess is May 2021. I think that the antibody test you’re right, but we had a tough start because we loosen restrictions on who could sell it. We have a whole bunch of antibody tests that are in sufficiently sensitive. So they don’t actually produce the right results.

Steve: Yeah

Jake: and I think are pessimistic which is you have to have trust for that to like work.

Steve: Yeah

Jake: but we’ll see. I hope that’s better. You know, I saw that Chiliad last week said they have a treatment like

Steve: I saw that yeah

Jake: I don’t know what to make of that yet. But I agree with you, you know, if there’s something that you can take that will effectively mitigate this thing to be like a light flu or like a bad cold and people don’t die as a result or not many died as a result. I think they’ll make a big difference, but you have to get everyone to trust that that’s actually true and that’s going to require, you know month or two months worth of data and it might end up yielding the same timeline.

Steve: Yeah. I mean if you hark back to Thousand one, you know, when the World Trade Center went down. I remember it took me actually a long time to want to fly again, even though it was completely irrational right? I mean ironically is probably the safest time to fly right out of bed, but it still took me like a good six to eight months for me to actually want to get hop on a plane again just mentioned.

Jake: I think yeah, I think the longer this goes on the more skeptical people become and without having exceptionally clear progress that is communicated unilaterally its it is people have to organically regain that trust which means they have to go through experiences on their own and that’s really hard to do.

Steve: So Jake if you were to kind of summarize maybe the three key points of all the data that you’ve gathered so far, what would they be?

Jake: Number one e-commerce sales are up across basically every category and they will continue to go up. So if you’re in an e-commerce, if your cell e-commerce your position to do well and you should keep at it. Number two, It is a good time to spend on acquisition and to get new customers. I believe that as the economy starts to open. We’re going to see a tremendous influx of advertisers trying to get people back to stores. It will become way too expensive to advertise and only the brands that have a big customer. Is and can communicate through our own channels them will ultimately succeed number three. If you’re a brand that is cells e-commerce, but is down there are absolutely opportunities to connect with customers, even if it’s not for sales, so it’s still a time to grow your customer base.

Consumers are looking to connect their spending more time online. And if you invest in growing That Base it will pay dividends down the road because you won’t have to compete for that attention later. You’ll be able to communicate and they will be excited to spend with you in the future.

Steve: So just a corollary what you just said, so that kind of implies that you should be spending more money on ads to acquire the customer. Even if it’s at Breakeven acquire the customer now plan for the future so that when you have that base, you can just sell to them once they’re more likely to buy or even if you’re losing a lot too

Jake: that’s my belief. Yeah.

Steve: Yeah Jake where can people find all these resources and take that survey?

Jake: go to Klaviyo.com at the top of the website is a green header bar. Click on that header bar and you’ll be taken to a site that has It’s coming multiple times a day a link to the survey. If you fill it out. You’ll get an email with results everyday and you can see day by day trends of which categories are selling and how much they’re selling.

Steve: and I will definitely link that up in the show notes. Is there a way to get like a daily digest so you actually don’t have to physically go to the site?

Jake: Yep, if you if you fill out the survey, you’ll get that digest.

Steve Okay, awesome.

Jake: and it’ll come right into your inbox.

Steve: Awesome. And if anyone has any questions for you Jake, is there a way to reach you on like other on Twitter or whatnot?

Jake: Yeah, always you can definitely email me. My email is Jake.cohen@klaviyo.com. I love feedback if they’re specific ideas that you want to dig into. You know, we’ve also put together this entire website of strategies of how of what to do and how to succeed during this time, which you can get on that site that I mentioned. So if people have ideas On how to do anything. We literally have published like 70 articles so far and then you know, if you want follow me on Twitter, it’s @Jfccohen, I try to share interesting strategies or things that are working so that we can just help each other grow through this tough time.

Steve: and I also want to emphasize like even if you’re a consumer there’s a survey also right on the consumer side as well.

Jake: Yeah, and it’s really helpful when people fill that out because it helps Brands understand what consumers want so they can make the adjustment to serve the needs of people as they evolve.

Steve: Yes. So I just want to emphasize to everyone who’s listening to this what we just talked about in this episode kind of only scratches the surface of all the data that they’ve gathered. So even if you’re a consumer or a store owner, I encourage you to go fill out that survey and then get all that data because it is very interesting and it will help everyone get through this.

Jake: as an example for digging into what people are doing with their stimulus package pay out money and that’s having later this week from the consumer survey.

Steve: Yeah. Well, so we feel that the PPP and we were one of the first ones I think to feel that we were way ahead of some other But I think most of the money went to small Banks which is a little annoying but that’s another conversation.

Jake: that was such a disaster.

Steve: Yeah, that’s another conversation itself.

Jake: yeah that isn’t, it’s so is and I feel terrible about how that’s all unfolded. It’s been such a mess.

Steve: Yeah, but Jake thanks a lot for coming on and sharing your insights. I don’t think there’s any other company that’s compiling all this data. So I really appreciate you doing this and sharing all the data with everybody.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now, the effect of the coronavirus on e-commerce can only be a good thing. And if you look at the stats on the clay via website, you’ll see that practically every e-commerce category is skyrocketing. For more information about this episode. Go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode301.

And once again, I want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

300: How My Mom Discovered A Cure For A Rare Disease

300: How To Cure A Rare Disease With My Mom Janice Chou

Whenever I publish 100 episodes, I always have an extra special guest on the show. And today, I have my Mom, Janice Chou, on the show.

Now my Mom is not an entrepreneur in the classical sense but she recently discovered a cure for a rare disease called Glycogen Storage Disease.

It is her life’s work and her cure is currently undergoing clinical trials. So far, the trial is going extremely well and her treatment has cured 9 patients so far. Here’s her story.

What You’ll Learn

  • How my Mom had to leave everything behind to start over in Taiwan
  • How she discovered a cure for a rare disease called Glycogen Storage Disease
  • Why biological research is like entrepreneurship
  • How to get started as a molecular biologist
  • Embarrassing stories of my youth

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now, this is episode 300 and as you know, whenever I publish a hundred episodes, I always have an extra special guest on the show and this is no exception. Today, I have my mom Janice Chou on the show and my mom is not an entrepreneur in the classical sense, but she recently discovered a cure for a rare disease called glycogen storage disease. Now if you don’t believe that finding cures for diseases involve elements of Entrepreneurship, then you won’t want to miss this one.

But before we begin I want to give a quick shout-out to Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives their email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when I implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent Privy also offers a low-cost email solution for e-commerce Merchants. So if all you need are the basic email autoresponder sequences, like abandoned cart went back campaigns pre and post purchase flows. Then Privy might be an ideal solution for you. So bottom line, Privy allows you to turn the visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales. So head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Klaviyo helps brands build relationships across any distance delivering email marketing moments. Your customers will appreciate, remember and share in good times and bad. And since it is all driven by real-time e-commerce data, you can make sure every interaction feels more personal. Now when you have a 360 degree view of the customer the growth possibilities are endless. So visit klaviyo.com/mywife and try for free. That’s KLAVIYO.com/mywife. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the my wife quit her job podcast. Today, I have an extra extra extra special guest on the show. It is someone who I’ve literally known all my life and while she’s not technically an entrepreneur in the classical sense. She has accomplished something incredibly special that no one else I know has ever done and in case you were wondering today’s podcast guest is my mom. Her name is Janice Chou, but I’m going to call her mom in this interview because who calls their mom by their first name. Anyway, my mom is a molecular biologist at the National Institutes of Health and in fact, As a kid, I remember hanging out in her lab while she worked. I also played with dry ice and liquid nitrogen when I was in elementary school.

Anyway, my mom recently discovered a cure for a rare disease called glycogen storage disease and it is her life’s work and her cure is currently undergoing clinical trials right now. And so far the trial is going extremely well and her treatment has cured nine patients so far. Now in any case in today’s interview, we’re going to talk about my mom’s background and how she managed to develop this cure and how she became the foremost expert on this disease and welcome to podcast Mom. How are you doing today?

Janice: I’m very well. Thank you for interviewing me

Steve: So first of all, my mom is sitting next to me right now and she spent a good portion of time this morning doing her hair for this interview and I may have neglected to tell her that this was not a video interview. But okay, Mom, let’s start with your background story. I know that you were born in China, but then you had to flee to Taiwan during the Communist Revolution and I remember you telling me that you had to leave all of your wealth behind so How did you end up studying biochemistry of all things?

Janice: Well, I went to Taiwan, when we flee from Shanghai to Taiwan. And we basically bring nothing but my father is in the government. So he has a job, So eventually we can all go to, we are middle-class family so we can go to college by the end and I attended elementary school, junior high, high-school in Taiwan and then go to, I went to Taiwan University that time my major was Pharmacy after getting a pharmacy degree in Taiwan. There’s no graduate school is very hard to find a job. So we decided to go to graduate study in America and that time.

Steve: So let’s back up a little bit. So when did you know that you wanted to do biology?

Janice: Well in college, I was good in math. And chemistry, biology. I’m very bad in literature, composition and history. My memory is good. But I am very bad in those topics. So I decided I like chemistry, biology so become like a biologist

Steve: I know in, I don’t know if this is still true but in Taiwan like depending on how your test scores are done, do they kind of naturally group you?

Janice: Yeah well in high school you have A class or B to go to, Science or Humanity, since I’m not good in humanity. I choose science and like we have seven class each class have Forte if we are very good. You don’t have to take entrance exam to go to college. I’m one of them, so from high school to college. I was lucky enough not, do not have to take entrance, the record with Taiwan University. One of the best University in Taiwan.

Steve: I’m just curious were there a lot of women in science back then or were you like one of the very few?

Janice: I’m in the second girls high school. We have men go to boys or in boys school, or girls and girls who of course, there are mixed, boy and girl the best school are all for boys and girls only.

Steve: Okay

Janice: So science, I think many girls go to science, pharmacy is one of the department with many women

Steve: interesting. Okay. Now you told me growing up that you were good at everything but then recently you told my wife and I this story where you had to flip a coin to pass some exam, what was that all about?

Janice: No, no I was really young. I went from elementary to go to Junior High you have to take entrance exam, so I didn’t know I have to study so

Steve: How come you did not know you had to study?

Janice: because school is so easy. So I don’t really have to study but take entrance exam. I only read a few books and go to the exam. There are many truths or false questions, if I don’t know I just flip a coin. I got entered, to very good girl High School. Wow for the best Junior High.

Steve: So you flipped the coin and you got most of the questions, correct?

Janice: I guess.

Steve: Okay, let’s not talk about that, let’s not tell that story to our kids. Okay, so you studied biology in college

Janice: pharmacy school

Steve: pharmacy school. Okay. So how did you end up in America then?

Janice: Well, once you we graduate, there’s no graduate school in Taiwan, if you want get an advanced degree, you have to go aboard so I decided to go to America. Most college student at my time go to America. So actually, how I ended up in University of Utah is very interesting. I look in an American map. I said the biggest State, I want to go, I’ve put a pen, don’t it’s Utah. So I apply get the fellowship went to University of Utah.

Steve: That’s the only reason why you chose Utah?

Janice: Yep. I don’t even know Utah. I thought I don’t want to go to Harvard, it’s probably too difficult for me. And I want to choose a bigger state in America. I didn’t study America very carefully. So I choose Utah.

Steve: Why did you feel like you need an advanced degree? Like couldn’t you just become a pharmacist in Taiwan?

Janice: Well in Taiwan mostly from Taiwanese, they are most the pharmacy and Medicine controlled by Taiwanese. I’m from mainland China. So I decided I don’t really want to be a pharmacist. I like to get an advanced degree. So I can do research.

Steve: Okay, so just kind of an aside. Is that where you met my dad?

Janice: Yeah in graduate school. I think I went first time. Yeah. I met my husband in University of Utah. He’s electric engineer major. So we met in the library and so he took me home. He has a 1950 car took me home from that time. We start dating.

Steve: And okay, so let’s kind of move on towards your research now. So you started studying at University of Utah and you got your PhD, right?

Janice: Yes. I got to my PhD, biochemistry

Steve: Biochemistry and I remember a long time ago. You told me you were thinking about getting your MD, but you decided not to get it. Why did you

Janice: in Taiwan at least want to get either MD or a pharmacy degree. I thought that time MD takes seven years. I’ll be too old and never dream I went to graduate school another four years to get my PhD.

Steve: Okay, so you got your PhD and then and then what next?

Janice: Okay that time. My husband got the job in Maryland. He graduated a year before me. So I just go with him to Maryland to see the environment and my professor. Dr. Dickman said, oh, I know somebody in IH, do you want to meet him maybe when you graduate you can get a job there get a postdoc there. So once I was in Maryland so called and IH, the doctor name’s Leon Hypo and when I called they said “oh, he left long ago” I said, can I speak to somebody in that department and one of the doctors?

Okay, you come anyway, and I don’t really need a postdoc, but you can visit there. So I went to visit I talked to him and he said I don’t have A job but I can introduce you to somebody else in my department. So I met Dr. Maxine Singer who was my first supervisor. So I talked to her and I talked to another few doctors when I went back to Utah. A letter of acceptance already on my desk. She has accepted me as a postdoc

Steve: and were you studying this disease already or no?

Janice: No, no.

Steve: No. not at all. Okay.

Janice: Yeah, she’s a very good Molecular biology bac chemist. So I learn about chemistry in her lab a lot. Then I did another post doc with dr. Martin and I learn virologist. So I become a virologist that time, after six years of postdoctoral training. I think I need to be independent. So I looking at a nice and IH for a job and I got to be a Unit head at a nice

Steve: so you skipped a lot of steps, how does a female scientist become a unit head? Is it just something you apply for and

Janice: I applied for it. I did six year postdoc and I have very good Publications.

Steve: Okay.

Janice: Yeah. So

Steve: so as a unit head you can research whatever you want?

Janice: So I, that time my research was presented Gene regulation and how I become permanent. I can tell you a story on how I become permanent. And that time I just become a section unit head which is not permanent it’s temporary and I need a permanent job and Georgetown University looking for a women virologist. So I went to interview I got a job right away. So my boss at IH has to offer me a permanent job because I was offered another job at the time. So I become the first unit head to become permanent in 1983

Steve: Wow in all IH?

Janice: No, no. That section.

Steve: Oh that section. Okay

Janice: Yeah, that department

Steve: had no intention of taking the Georgetown job.

Janice: No.

Steve: No, it is very clever. All right. So how did you stumble upon glycogen storage disease?

Janice: Okay. I always study then I switch to liver Gene regulation. The many of the gene has been isolated and characterized and we were looking for a some differentially expressed genes in an animal model.

Steve: That means nothing to me.

Janice: Okay, we’re wanting to express in one condition not the other Condition. It’s called a mouse is like hypoglycemia.

Steve: Does this have anything to do with glycogen storage disease?

Janice: No, but Yeah, so we isolate a bunch of genes and so we just sequence and characterize changing one of the gene. The many many liver gene has been isolated, characterize.

Steve: What does it mean to isolate and characterize a gene?

Janice: Your body is encoded by a lot of genes each one at that time in the 90s. You have to be, each one has to sequence and characterize what protein that encode.

Steve: Okay. So this is that I remember studying this in high school. This is these are the sequences of

Janice: nucleic acids, DNA and then translate to mri then go to a protein

Steve: okay to advance for this audience. But okay. Yeah go on

Janice: so many many of gene liver has been cloned isolated.

Steve: Why did you choose the liver? Like is this just something you already

Janice: I’m interested.

Steve: Okay

Janice: Yeah, and one of letting never being isolated is glycogen storage disease type one thing which is glucose 6-phosphate taste. That one was causing glycogen storage disease was known for many many years, but the Gene can never, protein can never isolate it because they believe it’s very fast soluble never can dissolve in water. So you cannot sequence you cannot characterize.

Steve: So let’s back up a little bit. What exactly is glycogen storage disease like what is what are the symptoms?

Janice: Okay, the patients can now suffer fast. So you eat three meals a day in between meals if you are hungry. You have your storage of, your body have storage of glycogen. Glycogen can convert to glucose so you will be happy

Steve: so glycogen is like a storage of energy that we can use later. Okay

Janice: Yes, but for this disease, glycogen decomposed cannot decomposed to Sugar instead go to the glucose 6 phosphate. That’s the compound before sugar.

Steve: Alright, so basically person with this Disease cannot synthesize glycogen into energy right?

Janice: no, cannot convert glycogen into glucose.

Steve: glucose which is energy, right?

Janice: Right

Steve: Okay. Got it. Okay. And so what ends up happening is they don’t have this store. They can’t access this to store energy

Janice: then they get hypoglycemia get seizures and if they do not take care of right away. They can die.

Steve: Okay

Janice: right.

Steve: All right, and how many people does this affect because I’m sure people in the audience

Janice: 1 hundred thousand. It’s very rare.

Steve: Is that considered rare because there’s billions of people in this world. So that means

Janice: Yep. It is rare disease.

Steve: Okay. All right, so–okay so people know what the disease now is did you sequence

Janice: So we look for the several of the genes we characterize we found one is very fat soluble we call hydrophobic. Okay, then we thought maybe this Gene can be the gene and code glucose-6-phosphatase

Steve: which is the cause

Janice: the gene deficient in glycogen storage type one.

Steve: Okay. So let me just summarize everything you just said so people with the disease are missing this Gene.

Janice: Yes

Steve: and you’re calling this Gene the glucose-6-phosphate gene. That is resting.

Janice: Yes right

Steve: and so I didn’t understand the other parts, but you thought that you’d be able to isolate this Gene

Janice: We isolated already, several gene. We sequence and looking the property of the protein and they encode looking one of the gene looks very similar to the predicted glucose-6-phosphatase.

Steve: Okay

Janice: Should be very fat soluble cannot be purified cannot be soluble in water. So we decided maybe this is the gene. So we set up the assay for the assay for the enzyme

Steve: assays an examination

Janice: tear, the function of the protein. so we set up how to test the function of the protein. The protein function actually very simple hydrolyzed glucose-6-phosphate to glucose as simple as I say people have done it for ages.

Steve: Okay.

Janice: So people can use to the liver assays and assays so they know the patient lacking this enzyme before they take liver biopsy. Then I say, oh you’re missing this enzyme

Steve: okay. So, let me just summarize everything you just said. So basically the patient is missing this enzyme and that’s how you can tell you have this disease.

Janice: Yes

Steve: very easily detectable.

Janice: You have to take a liver sample.

Steve: Yeah. Okay, right. All right. So how did you

Janice: so we just set up the in vitro assay,

Steve: No one knows what a vitro assay is

Janice: it’s not it’s just assay. It’s not that hard. For enzyme activity,

Steve: Okay, okay

Janice: so we found that this particular clone this gene indeed behave like the protein translated behave like glucose 6 phosphate

Steve: okay.

Janice: They can hydrolyze glucose-6-phosphate to glucose

Steve: So you just so you

Janice: in a test tube.

Steve: has to be isolated this Gene and no one had ever done that?

Janice: no one has done that.

Steve: Okay. So how does that lead to a cure? Exactly?

Janice: Okay, then immediately we clone the gene because for 50 years. Nobody can clone a gene. So we immediately At that time my boss was Sid Barry who is our scientific director at NIH who is happened to be the one working on glycogen storage disease type 1. So I went to him. He has patients. He immediately get a DNA get the blood from the patient. So I analyzed his gene see whether this patient have mutation energy. Indeed, he has the mutation. So we demonstrate the gene we clone. Indeed, It’s a gene missing in patients with glycogen storage disease.

Steve: I see, I’m just kind of curious like we’re talking about this right now as if it was quick and easy, like how many years does that did the whole process take?

Janice: Actually it’s very quick. We simply isolate a bunch of genes which are expressed in one condition or the other never intended to clone glucose 6-phosphate. Is it just happened to be, we are

Steve: You discovered by accident?

Janice: discover by accident and very lucky. We make the right decision when we looked at the gene, the protein could be glucose-6-phosphate. We immediately set up a li assay the whole system becoming very easy there happened to be my boss has the patient right at NIH so I can get the DNA and sequence his gene.

Steve: So, okay, so we at this point you’ve confirmed with Actual patients what is and this this might go beyond my comprehension, but what is actually involved in creating the actual killer? Like how do you treat it? So, you know that this Gene is missing. How do you get the gene in that person?

Janice: from the discover of the DC CH 2 actually cured to discover the drug to cure disease. It takes a long time.

Steve: Okay. So would you say that’s been the majority of

Janice: my, ever since I discovered the gene I’m working on glycogen storages I didn’t do anything else but the glycogen storage

Steve: right because okay. So why does the actual cure take so long compared to the actual

Janice: because we don’t know how to cure and the gene was cloned in 1993 and that time people start doing thinking of doing gene therapy means put the good gene into the patient who has a bad Gene. And in the beginning people actually choose how to deliver the gene to the patient’s the many different method. I was interested in viral Vector because it was trending virology.

Steve: Okay, so just to and we talked about this prior to this interview so I could dumb it down for the audience. But basically the way it’s delivered and correct me if I’m wrong is you literally put this gene into a virus that isn’t harmful

Janice: right

Steve: And you jnject it into someone in that for some reason allows this Gene to

Janice: to get into the tissue and function produce the correct protein

Steve: right produce in this in this case. It’s the enzyme right that breaks down that chemical into energy

Janice: Right, right

Steve: who came up with that?

Janice: Not me. Yeah. Okay, you can deliver the gene, a lot of therapy people would simply deliver the protein directly to the patient but for glucose 6-phosphate it is very fast subulate cannot solubilize. Nobody can isolate a functional glucose 6 phosphatase. So we know enzyme replacement therapy definitely not right.

Steve: So, what you’re saying here is you can’t just inject this enzyme

Janice: I cannot

Steve: because it gets absorbed

Janice: Nobody can purify it in there. Okay. I still cannot purify, I cloned the gene but I still cannot purify

Steve: the only way to cure disease

Janice: is the liver gene

Steve: Just kinda curious regarding this disease you mentioned that people can’t process energy. So people is disease do they pass right away or how did they treat it right now without the cure?

Janice: okay, before we cloned the gene Thomas Kingsford is the one who discovered a dietary therapy cornstarch therapy, the patient can take raw corn starch because corn starch slow digestion become glucose. So the patient without eating food at night, for example. They can last four to six hours without eating because they take corn starch usually four to six hours. So patient in general at night has to be wake up at least once to take additional cornstarch. So they will survive ever since cornstarch therapy discovered. They survived pretty well can too and they go to college even so

Steve: basically you have to take corn starch every four to six hours. It’s like a drug

Steve: Like a drug, yeah

Steve: Okay. Yeah and okay. So tell me about the process of the clinical trial like how does that work? So you have a potential cure that you’ve cured in a mouse?

Janice: So we decide to use different viral Vector. So there were adenovirus Vector turn out to be very toxic. So then the other vectors adeno-associated virus Vector which developed by many scientists,

Steve: So when you say virus Vector you mean like The different inert viruses that you attach this gene on

Janice: this is the active virus.

Steve: Yeah. Okay,

Janice: right. So it is not develop by my me but developed by scientists in the viral field and I just use one of them and what my contributions is, how to get a vector expressed glucose-6-phosphatase gene into high efficacy.

Steve: Basically efficacy means it works right?

Janice: Yes it works, right. Yeah.

Steve: Why do you guys use such big words when you can just say it works

Janice: Efficacy, really?

Steve: no one talk. No one uses the word efficacy.

Janice: Ah Okay.

Steve: Anyways, okay, so okay. So you tried this in a mouse first, right?

Janice: I tried in a mouse and we cured the mouse. The mouse you give newborn infusion and they survive to 70-80 weeks. So we cured so

Steve: so Mouse is a lot different than a human though. So uhm

Janice: well, I but many of the commercial company because the adeno-associated virus immediate gene therapy being discovered being used for other disease and so many commercial company. They already know that this non-toxic can deliver a gene can last in human probably four to five years. So they approached us to let license my Vector so they set up, set up the clinical trial

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wiegler and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

Steve: So what is the process of a clinical trial? I don’t even know. Okay, so you have this cure. Do you know how the process works?

Janice: Well, the company put out set up a crater a collaboration with an NIH with test for preclinical trial method so we can get FDA to approve. So

Steve: How does this administered? is it just like injected in the

Janice: it’s just injected into the bloodstream. Okay, because the liver, when you do blood infusion most vector of the gene, everything, 90% go to the liver. So liver is the one very easy to be cured by gene therapy.

Steve: I see

Janice: So like this, the FDA approved in 2018. They start clinical trial in June 2018. So phase one to clean the whole trial they have initials 12 patients. So right now I believe there for eight or nine already tried. The outcome most of the, many of the patient no longer need corn starch. They can sleep overnight.

Steve: Wow, nice

Janice: but we do not know how long will it last, yet. So it’s the only in the first year

Steve: I see I see and then but right now is this commercially available or no?

Janice: No, it’s face ½

Steve: Phase 1/2, Okay, and it’s only until phase 3 that

Janice: yeah, they may want to skip phase 1/2 if everything work well, because the company not me, wants to set up my test center test. So they hope to get into clinical trials

Steve: everyone with this disease would want to try this, right?

Janice: Yes. The problem also is you know, they have immune response to the vector even that Vector is not toxic.

Steve: I see okay

Janice: so, so far, I think eight patient responds well

Steve: I see I know you never did this for the money and this is your life’s work here. But just how valuable is this research and what are like some of the business terms. Do you know? Like

Janice: well, what if the drug works? They, we have, NIH have royalties and I should have whatever royalty belongs to me, the drug belongs to NIH not me.

Steve: sure of course, of course, right. But how much does this treatment cost? Do you know?

Janice: we don’t know.

Steve: Okay, are we talking like thousands, millions?

Janice: No, that’s there’s I was told one of the clinical trial for one of the disease is 1 million per dose.

Steve: Wow. Yeah. How many doses do you need to cure?

Janice: one dose.

Steve: Oh, just one dose.

Janice: Oh, yeah.

Steve: Okay, so a million and I mean it’s worth it to not have to eat corn starch every 4 – 6 hours before this.

Janice: Yes. Yes,

Steve: so I’m kind of curious this all these private companies out there doing research. Why hasn’t any private company tackled your disease.

Janice: That’s a private company, Ultragen is a private company.

Steve: Okay. Okay. Okay.

Janice: Okay, to be honest. They’re very, there are many rare disease developed can be cured by gene therapy. Why many company now seeking to me for glucose-6-phosphatase because it is very easy to follow whether your disease is corrected or not. Take one blood, see your glucose level. That’s the reason it’s

Steve: So your disease is very straight forward

Janice: Yes very easy to follow. Yes

Steve: meaning like it’s easy to test for which is a simple blood test and it’s just a single Gene

Janice: single gene

Steve: and okay, and then the way it’s delivered is simple too because it goes to the liver. Yes, the liver related to disease

Janice: yes. That’s what among so many rare diseases. They choose my disease.

Steve: I see I see and then from that they can expand it to more complicated diseases.

Janice: Yeah, Yes.

Steve: Do you know whether your methods have been expanded to any other disease cures so far?

Janice: I’m an odd one development method they already start Factor 10 for example, but they already succeeded in gene therapy. And so my disease is just one of the follow-up and when they seeking to looking for glucose 6-phosphate it’s fairly rare disease because easy to detect easy-to-follow

Steve: right and then this whole thing from just you telling me a story which I’ve never heard before it just was kind of fortuitous that Patients were there you had access to the patients you could do these quick tests to see what this Gene was missing and it’s only one gene. Do most diseases have more than one gene missing?

Janice: they have mitogen family. So far gene therapy work, mostly single gene. Yeah

Steve: Gene single. Wow. So going forward. Are there a lot of these diseases that are just single Gene?

Janice: Yes

Steve: Oh really? Okay

Janice: many of the gene, but many of you have to be easy, to be delivered. liver is gene is one of the easy to deliver gene

Steve: I see

Janice: and for, a lot of DC affect the brand, it’s very hard to pass the blood-brain barrier to deliver the gene. Yeah

Steve: I see Okay. So this is kind of like a very specialized, at least today.

Janice: Yes.

Steve: So if anyone out there is interested in curing diseases. How would you recommend that they proceed today? Like let’s say someone’s in college, right now and they want to do what you do. What is the recommended path?

Janice: Well at first you have to study you follow your interest and follow your talent. So and sometimes you have to be lucky you have to be in the right place the right time.

Steve: So if I’m in college right now, do you recommend I study biochemistry. Do you recommend I follow your path and work at NIH or like you obviously need money to do this, right? You can’t do this on your own.

Janice: No research is very expensive, but if you go to college you can get Grant. It’s the same thing if you are good. Okay, when what I recommend most people working in my lab focus, focus is very important don’t attack ten different projects focus on one or two. Also do not only do one. You do one or two projects and focus and concentrate, start a very hard and try to set up all the region.

For example, glucose-6-phosphatase, 80% reagent developing my lab. I’m very focused, I cloned the gene and make the mouse model and make antibody which the antibody to detect the enzyme. The one works only in my lab, commercial one doesn’t work either.

Steve: I see

Janice: so you have to be focused and work harder. You don’t have to work super hard, but you cannot just touch 10 different things. Nothing works

Steve: Okay, and then when you became a unit head you decide you want to go out on your own. How did you come to that conclusion?

Janice: I like tov everybody in their career, they want to be independent Right?

Steve: Is that true? That’s not always true. But could you have not been independent for your entire career if you chose? I mean it’s kind of like starting a business in a way. What you did is what I’m getting at here right? You could have just worked for in someone else’s lab doing someone else’s research for

Janice: if you, you have your own idea. You want a company, what you think you want to do and you have to be independent. I always have idea what I want to do. I don’t want to follow people around.

Steve: right.

Janice: So I want to have my own lab.

Steve: And so what’s the best way for someone to get their own lab?

Janice: You have to know what do you want, focus on a thing, develop a thing, become an expert then people seeking you instead of that you have to apply

Steve: were you already an expert when NIH gave you a lab?

Janice: I think I was pretty good. I percentage in regulation already

Steve: Okay, so back when you’re a postdoc. You already developed

Janice: I have some very productive, in my to postdoc, the first post that I published eight good papers, which is very rare

Steve: I see. I remember when I was growing up you told me never to go into your field

Janice: and fortunately I say research scientists nowadays, it’s not easy to get a job. And there’s so many people working on biology major in biology in college is one of the problem major topics, right? and the research position because this is so expensive to do research and you need to apply Grant and Grant before the percentage of people can get Grant become less and less.

That’s why I said if you really want you really really interesting in research. Maybe you should get MD degree then doing research. So you have alternative if you couldn’t find a permanent job, you can still practice medicine.

Steve: So what’s the difference between the private sector and the government, working for the government?

Janice: I never work on private sector, I think private sector. You probably have to work with or follow so many Direction, it’s difficult to be interest in what you do and only doing what you want to do.

Steve: So I want to kind of end this interview with the funny story in high school. I cannot come up with science fair project for the life of me. So you suggested that I do a project related to your research and my project that year was the effects of cyclic amp and retinoic acid on PSG gene expression to this day. I have no clue what that project was about and I remember my I remember you prepared me a cheat sheet on the back of my poster board.

Of all the possible questions I could get asked and when the judges came by I would just read off these answers and so my final question for you is like I don’t quite understand what you do, but do you actually understand what I do for a living now?

Janice: not really.

Steve: okay and this podcast do you understand how the money is made on the blog and the podcast and?

Janice: not exactly either.

Steve: Okay. So let me give you a quick lesson here then. So this podcast doesn’t actually make any money really there’s some sponsorships. But the money in there is Trivial, the podcast is there for me to meet people that that can you know help you we can help each other later on and it’s also a way for people to follow you like you have people that you follow right? And so people follow me on this podcast and by nature of following me. And then you know whenever I do release a product or a book or what not, people will buy it.

And so the main money makers are you know, people listened to my referrals and so whenever I refer something I get a cut of the business or I have my course where I’m actually teaching someone it’s like teaching a university class for example, and then of course, there’s advertising whenever someone’s listening to other companies can advertise on the behalf. So but you understand how the e-commerce store works?

Janice: That, I do.

Steve: that’s right. Yeah. Okay. Did you, this is the last question. Did you ever Envision that I end up doing this as opposed to engineering or?

Janice: totally not anticipated. I thought you were working as an engineer. Maybe you open a company like electrical engineer company never thought it would be doing this

Steve: and growing up. Did you foresee me? I say, I can’t remember back that far. But do you remember me being interested in these things growing up?

Janice: I am very bad in the New technology to be honest, so I have to say I don’t anticipate you having a business like you have now.

Steve: So in the event that there’s someone out there who wants to do what you have done as you so you already gave the advice to focus but in terms of studying it seems like college education is necessary, right?

Janice: Yes.

Steve: Okay. You can’t learn. stuff yourself go apply to a company and

Janice: okay. I think graduate school, actually is very important for you to learn how to do experiment. In my days in Taiwan. We don’t do very much experiments in college. So when I went to graduate school, I learned everything from the beginning maybe an American college. I think they have a lot of lab work it’s proper better training then I was in Taiwan in college.

But still you need graduate school learn how to do independent thinking, you cannot follow people everything follow your professor your never have your own idea. How can you become independent?

Steve: Sounds like there’s a theme here, you have to go out on your own which is one of the fundamental tenets of Entrepreneurship and it doesn’t matter in case my mom here. She’s worked for the government for what’s been 40 years?

Janice: 40 years

Steve: 40 years. Yes, but yet, you know, she’s still doing her own thing. She’s researching other diseases finding cures, entrepreneurship doesn’t necessarily mean that you’re not working for someone else but it just means that you’re pursuing things that you want to be doing. So, I hope you enjoyed this interview with my Mom. Hey, thanks for coming on. I know you don’t normally do these things

Janice: No, this is my first interview.

Steve: Okay. Well, thank you.

Janice: Okay.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode. And what can I say? I’m super proud of my Mom for everything that she has accomplished and when I compare myself as a purveyor of fine handkerchiefs to someone who has discovered a cure for a disease there really is no comparison, but I am glad that my mom finally kind of understands what I do for a living. For more information about this episode go to mywifequither job.com/episode300

And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

I also want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

299: How To Buy An Online Business The Right Way With Chris Guthrie

299: How To Buy An Online Business The Right Way With Chris Guthrie

Today I’m happy to have my buddy Chris Guthrie back on the show. Now a lot has changed since I last interviewed him in episode 53.

For one thing, he’s bought and sold a bunch of businesses in the past 4 years and he recently joined Quiet Light Brokerage as well.

So today, we’re going to break down Chris’s process on how he selects businesses to buy.

What You’ll Learn

  • Where to look for potential deals and how to find them
  • The typical multiples for different types of online businesses
  • How to vet good companies to buy
  • Common mistakes when buying businesses for the first time
  • When should you sell a business

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today, I’m with my friend Chris Guthrie back on the show and a lot has changed since I had Chris back during episode 53 now for one thing. He’s bought and sold a bunch of businesses in the past four years. So today we are going to pick his brain on his process on how he selects businesses to buy.

But before we begin I want to thank Klaviyo helps brands build relationships across any distance delivering email marketing moments. Your customers will appreciate, remember and share in good times and bad. And since it is all driven by real-time e-commerce data, you can make sure every interaction feels more personal. Now when you have a 360 degree view of the customer the growth possibilities are endless. So visit klaviyo.com/mywife and try for free. That’s KLAVIYO.com/mywife. Now on to the show.

I also want to thank Privy who is also sponsored the show previously tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store. Now, what does privy do? Well Privy is an email list growth platform and they manage all my email capture forms and I use Privy hand-in-hand with my email marketing provider. Now, there are a bunch of companies out there that are managing email capture forms, but I like privy because they specialize in e-commerce. And right now I’m using preview display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives their email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this when it implemented this form email signups increased by a 131%. Now, I’m also using their new cut pop up feature to recover a Abandoned carts as well. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers, which I then feed to my email provider to close the sale so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free and if you decide to need some more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for 15% off. Once again, that’s privy.com/steve. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the my wife quit her job podcast, Today, I’m happy to have Chris Guthrie back on the show. Now, Chris is someone who I interviewed back in episode 53 where we discussed his WordPress plugin business. But since then Chris has joined Quiet Light brokerage and the two of us got back in touch and my buddy Scott Valker’s event brand accelerator live and as it turns out in the past four to five years. Chris has bought and sold many businesses and made a ton of money in the process. And I know for a fact that many You out there listening to this would rather buy an existing business then start from scratch and start making money immediately.

So today what we’re going to do is we are going to break down Chris’s thought process on how he selects businesses to buy and will also take a closer look at the business selling process and why Chris has chosen to sell some of his businesses in the past as well. And with that welcome to show Chris. How you doing today man?

Chris: Steve, Thanks so much for the warm welcome. I’m doing well.

Steve: Yeah, welcome back. I mean catch us up what’s been going on in your life for the past five years and how you ended up a quiet light of all places?

Chris: Yeah. I mean the past five years, actually I guess five years exactly ago would be when I started a sales backer and then we’ve also just kind of during that time as well. We were doing Amasuite which is our research tool set for for selling Amazon and basically just like a lot of different software type stuff essentially five years ago and then moving forward up to the presence. I was actually looking for a much larger business to buy and I’ve been kind of going down that path got fairly close on moving forward that but I would have you been using the SBA program which we can talk about more details as well, and ultimately I just decided I was like well if I’m gonna buy this business it was going to be a personal guarantee for about 4 million dollars.

The deck component of that deal and I was like, you know, I just don’t feel like I want to take that big of a swing and when I’ve already built a decent amount of wealth up from running various online businesses over the years and so I was talking to my friends Brad Waylon who’s also broker at Quiet Light and he said, you know, you should just come on Quiet Light. You’ve been doing this stuff for years. I’ve known you for about 10 years and essentially ended up meeting up with Mark and Joe the two owners of The Brokerage. I’d already met them before in the past events by met up with them and in February of last year and at actually it was March. Yeah traffic and conversion summit though.

And Mark basically informally interviewed me, beer / pizzeria place. I love about midnight and then the say hey, we’re gonna bring you on the summer and so that’s, that was it.

Steve: so you’re working at quite light and yet you still run all these businesses and I think you just had a transaction late last year also, right?

Chris: Yeah. Yeah happy to tell you about that as well. Yeah. Basically I the way that works with Quiet Light is the only bringing on Brokers that have experience with with this process of building buying and selling kind of collection of every every side of the transaction. And so that’s why you end up with like people like myself or Brad. I know he’s done I think about 20 or so content transactions and then the way it works as well as we just take on the individual Brokers rather. They take on the amount of work that they can handle and then you know, they can pass their lead days or their their deals to other Brokers that have more availability at various times or they just bring on additional Brokers if they need to.

Steve: so, I know you’ve started a lot of your own businesses from scratch and you also bought existing businesses and you’ve sold existing businesses as well as your own. So I’d like to kind of focus on the buying process. So first of all, what were your motivations for just buying Business in the past versus starting from scratch?

Chris: Yeah. So very first real success. I had online was with building Amazon affiliate websites specifically just review type websites and I just kind of found that process of like, okay, I’ve got to create the content myself because at the time I didn’t have any money and I was just learning everything so I was doing all the concept myself and once I started doing it, you know, it always be like this time period where it would take before you can actually get anything ranking in Google and before you start to see results.

And so I just was like, what can I do to kind of just kind of go past that process and go a bit further ahead and that’s why I start to look towards buying and and I started doing some smaller Acquisitions, but I was buying stuff like in a five-figure ranges, like maybe eight years ago or so and.

Steve: Okay

Chris: And so then I started to decide okay. I need to actually have some more capital before I can really buy more stuff and that’s when I started doing, you know building more from scratch about five years ago or so and and then more recently So I start buying more well now they’ve have more capital available to deploy.

Steve: So back in the beginning. I guess if you were just to start doing this again. I don’t know if you’re in the market for buying and selling or starting from scratch today, but can you just kind of talk about your thought process? Like if you have the money would you always buy or like when do you buy versus start from scratch?

Chris: That’s a great question because you know when I would talk to people, you know, I’m 36 now. And so when I was first doing this about 10 years ago, that’s when I first left my my day job. I would always talk to people and they were further on in their careers and they have more cash and I’d say well, why would you you know, why wouldn’t you just write the content yourself? You can save money and I was like, yeah lacking the concept of obviously that they have not enough time to do that. So really I just kind of found that it really comes down to what it is that we’re at might in your career and the cash available and things like that.

Like for me the buying process is as more of like, okay, whatever they want to focus on what type of niche I want to get into. I want to get into whatever business on against your other and then going and going down that path. On the buying side, If you have just straight cash, then that’s obviously makes it a simple transaction. But now there’s programs that I wasn’t even aware of at the time and I don’t think were as really available for online businesses. But now you can use like the SBA loan program where you’re putting 10% down on a deal and then the rest is financed through the government essentially.

Steve: back when you were buying businesses. Would you have bought a business not knowing anything about it? If you’re a newbie, would you recommend someone buy or just start from scratch? Learn the ropes and then buy?

Chris: yeah, that’s a tough question. I think that I think it does depend a little bit on your skill set. So if what you’re doing your day job is somewhat related to a business that you might be interested in buying and it can make sense to just go straight into acquisition mode. If it’s something where you don’t have as much experience that it might make sense at least to try and start something from scratch to start right just to kind of get a better sense of the process.

Steve: Hmm

Chris: And also too it’s just your risk tolerance. Like, you know, if you sort of start an eCommerce business and let’s say you’re just launching products and Amazon. That’s something that you could start to get a feel for the platform everything. And then once you have that experience, then it’s much easier if you were to buy something to be able to feel like okay. I’ve already got some skills here to transfer so but I do think it really does depend too on just someone’s individual risk tolerance, their personal financial situation and their experience level.

Yeah. I think that if you have the experience and you Sure, go ahead and go and buy but for me personally, I always like to start something from scratch before I would really, understand and model before I would try and buy something in that same

Steve: And is this SBA loan that you were just talking about. It sounds great 10% down backed by the government. What are some of the particulars and what’s the catch?

Chris: Yeah, I mean the catch is that there are different requirements for a deal to be pre-approved. Like when we put something together to to list a sell through the Brokerage, we reached out to SBA lenders that we’ve worked with in the past to get stuff pre-qualified and So what they’ll look for is the look for at least a few years of tax returns. The business has to be filing separate tax returns that can’t be commingled and things like that. It also has to be a US based business, which is a bummer for some of our uk-based Sellers and others around the world. And then also too, they look for things that that could be problems with the business, right?

So when the lenders trying to approve a deal they’re looking to make sure that they’re not going to be left with an issue of holding some of that the

Steve: Sure, of course

Chris: I believe it now, I believe these are the particulars but I’m not a specialist on the program itself. But I believe the lenders really only hook for 25 percent. Whereas the federal government some hook for the 75% alone. But the interest rate is the, is prime plus 2.75% So it ends up around 7 percent right now and it’s a 10-year Loan program. So the you know, when we’re selling these online businesses their the multiples are usually you know, much lower than 10 of course.

And so then you’re able to run these businesses, pay the debt and then also be able to work towards, you know, trying to grow the business as well. Well, I’ll buy all buy, be able to get, just go with that first 10%.

Steve: It sounds too Good to be true. Actually just

Chris: yeah, I mean it is nice. That’s why I was looking to go down that path. The other thing that I will say this as well. It’s kind of nice as well. Especially if you’re more better verse is you can they rebalance the law or they automatically rebalance alone every annually, so if you wanted to pay that back the loan faster and you do that and then also lowers your payments, you know, rather than like if you do that with a mortgage

Steve: Right, the payment stay the same. Yeah. So

Chris: yeah, Exactly, so it’s great. It’s just there’s you know, there’s there’s different specifics about being able to approve that. I know there’s forms you’ve got to go through. I haven’t bought a deal personally using SBA yet. So I haven’t gone through the horse myself. But yeah, it’s a great option. Not every transaction is like Not every transaction is available to to be awesome like that but it opens up the buyer pool for us from what’s inside as well.

Steve: So back in the day when let’s I guess we can talk about like the last business that you purchased. What are some things that you look for when you’re buying?

Chris: yeah, that’s a great question. I’m always looking for especially if I can find it, just immediate low-lying fruit that I could do to improve. So like the last was what this like a second last business I bought. It was a content inside it was a smaller sale. I bought it for 75,000. I bought actually through Quiet Light before I joined on at the team. Now, it’s kind of like well, once you’re on the team, you can’t really buy buy from the stuff that’s coming through the brokerage.

Steve: Oh is that right? Okay, I didn’t know that.

Chris: Okay. Yeah, it’s just better to keep things separate keep the yeah to put those out to clients instead, but yeah, I basically just bought that site because I was like, well, I’m looking for something bigger, but you know, I’m obviously also as well looking for Additional cash flow and in the case of that side. It was just I could see there were some clear improvements to the out earnings that could be done. Like it was just using AdSense since like I need I could use ad Thrive or media Vine or one of these other newer ad platforms that can pay out a better RPMs for the for that things.

And also to look on the traffic side. So like I like it just you know, what can I do on the learning side? And what can I do on the traffic side to improve and if there’s like low-hanging fruit on both? That’s great. And also I try and think about you know, so what’s the long-term strategy could be in terms of after I’ve made those improvements. What can I do and now in some cases if it’s a smaller site and I don’t want to devote a lot of time to it. I might just do those low hanging fruit things and then just kind of you know, that’s it.

Steve: Yeah, right.

Chris: right exactly. But if it’s something that you see that has much more potential then obviously you’d want dive in deeper than that, but that’s kind of like a high level overview.

Steve: So everything you just described is what kind of depending on your experience like, you know about these ad networks. So for someone kind of brand new They wouldn’t necessarily know how to improve the site which kind of reinforces the idea to me that you should probably get some experience under your belt before you before you start buying.

Chris: Yeah, I mean that’s and that’s where I think that when I was talking about that earlier example, like if you wanted to buy an e-commerce business, well just you know go out and find something that you think that you could sell on Amazon and just relatively low commitment in terms of the amount of cash to to deploy certainly in comparison to buy something. It just gives them an experience that the platform and and see if you like What it’s like running that type of business, you know, and you can get at least a little bit of a sense and also some experience before you buy something. So I would I would say that that’s probably the better path

Steve: Are you allowed to talk about the particulars of your content set? I’m just kind of curious myself what the multiples are on content and I think you just sold that company, right?

Chris: Yeah. Yeah. I can I can share just like the general Niche. I just can’t share the specific URL. It was

Steve: yeah, that’s fine.

Chris: Yeah. It wasn’t on Automotive space. I bought sites like I bought a site in the gardening space years ago, and I didn’t know anything about gardening but I but the previous owner at new women that was actually knows. Yeah, but I’ve got a site in the garden space, but then I also have a site in the crafting space and the one the crafting space the woman that was helping me create content for that site. She knew someone that was also a gardener and so I had that person help create content for the gardening side. So it’s like I kind of just I don’t necessarily have to know a lot about the niche. I just kind of care more about what how it’s getting traffic house making money.

And so the same thing with this automotive niche. I don’t know anything about cars that much in particular but I do know about what it takes to to make money with a website. And so in that case I just basically did a lot of those improvements and after I saw pretty dramatic increase in earnings, actually the owner started to see the earnings up to the previous owner started see the earnings uptick. He was actually was going to pull the deal and so I just call them and say hey look, okay.

Steve: Whoa wait, I thought the deal was done like how how could he pull out?

Chris: So I’m going back. Like when I first bought it like when I first bought this deal I went yeah, I was talking to him and he was about to back out and I said, okay. Well, how about I just give you a revenue split, you know, I’ll give you a slightly more cash upfront and also just split like whatever the increase is over the Baseline a 50/50 with you and he already had like a much larger business that he was working on. And so I was like, you know, you’re obviously selling this because you have a much larger opportunity than this one and he was like, okay, let’s do that. And so I was able well to kind of help keep the deal on track and buy it from him. But yes, that was how I bought it and then when I sold it was just okay.

I did all these improvements and I saw pretty dramatic increase with the earnings by including adThrive and some other stuff that I was doing and so I don’t have to selling you’re basically almost exactly a year later to a friend of mine because yeah, it was okay that I’ve already recognized a lot of the improvements and this case this is a transaction where it was more of like a make the improvements get the more of a Buy and Hold type approach and then holding a pass a year I could could recognize the gains this capital gains long-terms tax treatment as opposed to ordinary income tax.

Steve: Are you allowed to talk about so what multiple did you buy for? You said you bought it for 75k.

Chris: I bought it, I think it was high to is 2s. I don’t even remember the specifics. I guess I should look that up ahead of time.

Steve: That’s okay. Is that typical for a Content? So I’m just kind of getting out trying to get an idea of what the multiples are for various Industries, I guess.

Chris: Yeah, you know, it’s not necessarily typical. It really is it’s tough because even when I talk to potential clients in the on the brokerage side, you know people ask well, what’s the multiple for this and it’s like well, I need to know more about the niche course. Yeah, the financial cetera. So they really do kind of kind of very but I’d say it fell within a somewhat typical range for that business and then ended up selling it for right around the same type of multiple as well. But because I approve the earnings it was like, okay. Well the number that’s being multiplied is much larger. So

Steve: so it was making let’s say twenty five thousand dollars in profit when you bought it roughly 30. 25

Chris: yeah, yeah.

Steve: and then you improved it. Can I ask you like what you built it to in just a year?

Chris: Yeah, it was up to about eight thousand a month when I sold it.

Steve: Oh, okay so dramatically so you basically tripled the profits.

Chris: Yeah, it might have been a little more than 25,000 when I first bought it in terms of the ranges at the time but what I had it at when I sold it was about yeah about 8,000 or so a month

Steve: and then when you sold it Did you get a similar multiple?

Chris: Yeah, it’s somewhat similar again. I wish I would have looked up all the earnings again.

Steve: oh no it’s okay, We were just looking for ranges here. I’m just curious

Chris: Yeah, Yeah, it was pretty similar on both sides. And I mean really it was like the main real win there was just that because I increase your earnings substantially. That’s really where I was able to make more money. It’s just because the the know the total number of us much larger than what it was in the past.

Steve: So can I ask you why you sold it? I mean you grew it so rapidly and at this point you’d already made back everything you paid for it. It sounded like it was generating money seemingly on it is very passive. Right? because it sounds like it was ad driven.

Chris: Yeah.

Steve: So what were your reasons for selling it?

Chris: I’m so glad you asked that because I think that’s one of the things that that experience and in hindsight. There are multiple times that they’ve been things that have been like that for me where I’ve had like a huge success and then it’s like okay. I’m not going to sell it because exactly what you just said, it’s you know, it’s not that much time and you know, everything’s great. It’s going to continue to be great. But what I found and experiences that things don’t always stay great and that sometimes especially if you have multiple different projects here running. It’s almost always better to sell because it just freezes up that that mental energy to focus it elsewhere. And so for me like this transaction was just I was still I was still at the time on the hunt for something much larger.

It was like, well, here’s something I can do for cash. So I know I can improve it and do these things to do it, but you know, I was looking for something bigger and so it’s just more that I’ve found that if you A lot of stuff going on that you just kind of at something ends up falling off somewhere. And so either stuff needs to be large enough for you to have a team of team that can help manage it full time or it’s just you’re gonna have issues sometimes and so for me, it’s just I’ve had stuff like that is like, well, here’s here’s something simple. I can lock in the win and coincidentally because I did sell to a friend of mine. He told me the other day that his earnings are even higher than I had it and I said well, okay that’s good for you. You know, I don’t want think of poorly.

Steve: Yeah. Sure. Of course. Course, so presumably let’s just assume that you got a 3X multiple again for this content site. I mean, you don’t remember the particulars, but it was probably between three and four, I would guess right?

Chris: Yeah.

Steve: All right, so that means that if you just held on to it for three more years. Passively you would have gotten that money back. Right?

Chris: Yes, but the ordinary I’m at a fairly High ordinary income tax rate. And so when I sold it I was able to do long-term capital gains, which will be 20% for me as opposed to, you know, it starts at 15 percent or well 0 depending on your income bracket and then 15 then 20 and so it actually would take a little bit longer than that turn back all of the money as well.

Steve: So can you kind of Define for the listeners out there who don’t understand how that works. So when you’re selling you’re not taking the lump sum. You’re allowed to amortize that and take long-term cap gains. Can you kind of explain that process?

Chris: Yeah. So again, I’ll say that obviously, I’m not an accountant and you need to talk to your your account in particular. But with almost every deal I’ve done I always try and make sure that if I’m going to sell it it’s almost always at least past the one your whole period I’ve never had something where I bought and then I sold it like less than a year. But when you do that you can you can do basically when you sell it and you’ve had it for more than a year. It would be something like, you know I came to a stock trade where you buy Shares and Tesla, you hold it for a year.

You’ve had some gains and then you sell those shares and if it’s after the one year mark, then you can qualify for a long-term capital gains. It supports, as opposed to ordinary income tax rate. And so the same thing applies to yeah a business where you’re selling it and so that’s kind of the process and so long term capital gains is its, you know, it starts at zero percent and I believe it stays that way until you reach a certain level of income. I don’t know exactly what it is

Steve: Yeah it’s okay

Chris: and then it’s 15% and then it’s 20% is the cap currently.

Steve: Yeah, I guess the main point here is that when you sell you get you get this lower tax rate, whereas when you’re running it, you have to pay ordinary income on all your gains for your business for the most part.

Chris: Exactly. And so the thing too is that you know, I immediately have that capital and it’s okay. I can use that cash right now for you know, whatever else it is. I want to do.

Steve: that’s actually was my next question. So when you went into selling this, did you already know what you were going to do with that money?

Chris: You know, I for me it was more just like okay. I want to lock in the Win and I want to have the cash available to just as a buffer to be able to use for anything. I want to be able to do and so it wasn’t something where I was like, I know immediately what I’m going to use the cash for it was more just a kind of have it at me to use it for the next transaction. I’m just going to use it for maybe like real estate or something else like that

Steve: All right. So how do you find your companies?

Chris: Yeah, so so I’ve done a lot of deals through just private type sales and finding people in In them directly and I’ve also just done, you know, like the most recent one was through just buying through quiet light brokerage just saying for the email list essentially and getting notified of all the different deals and also too you know, if you’re out looking to buy, you know, sign up for signing up for multiple different brokerage email lists and things like that. You can get a sense of what the deal flow looks like as well. But that’s

Steve: what do you get access to just from signing up like you obviously don’t get the financials right away you have to probably fill out an NDA or something. What does the process look like?

Chris: yeah the way we do it is, you know, you can see if you, right now if we just go to the website you can go to you don’t Click by the top of the just quietlightbrokerage.com and you click the buy Link at the top that will take you to every listing that we have and then it’s basically like an executive summary of what the business looks like. The multiples being sold out the revenue things like that and then you’d fill out your contact information and then you’d be able to get to sign an NDA. And then you’re given a details for that business.

And so that’s essentially the process but even as it is now you could just sign up for the email list just to get a sense of what comes through and that’s even something that would make sense. If you’re trying to get comfortable with the buying process or just what stuff is selling for what it’s looking like that’s a good kind of starting spot.

Steve: So like in real estate the seller pays all the fees. Is there any harm in going through a broker to buy?

Chris: No, actually because the the yeah, the sellers always the one paying the fees and so it’s the way we work is its hundred percent success based. So only if we sell is there a fee that goes through but yeah that fee is only applicable to the seller. So

Steve: as you’re looking through these listings and let’s say you fill out the NDA and you get more information in your experience. What are just some like red flags that you look for when you’re buying?

Chris: I think it’s just you know, I look for longevity of the business. I look for you know of growth opportunities. Like I mentioned the low-hanging fruit things like that. But a lot of its just at least in the buyer side initially, it’s just kind of where do I think I can take this business moving forward, you know, what are the competitive threats and we you know, we in the questionnaire that we put together we include things like, you know, where the competitors and things like that and and they’ll list out who they are.

And of course you would as a buyer. You don’t want to do your own due diligence to dive even deeper and look for it other competitors and things like that. But a lot of it’s just yeah for me. It’s just the initial part of life. Okay, what would I do with this business? If I owned it and how would I prove it and things like that?

Steve: So let’s break that. So, longevity. What do you mean by that does the business have to be around for X number of years?

Chris: Well, so I’d like I think it’s definitely a plus, especially I think this various to buy business model, right? So if it’s a Content website and you know, it’s been out and ranking for seven years. I’m talking to a friend of mine that has same situation right here. Yeah, that’s much more attractive to me than a like-for-like site that’s been around for three years. Right? And it’s just shows that it’s had slightly longer a staying power suppose as opposed to a shorter history. So things like history do help but it also is you know, sometimes with in e-commerce for instance, you can see eCommerce businesses that get ramped up and doing substantially well in early stages and so.

It really can vary by business model but longevity and just kind of I also just think like, okay. Well, what are they selling right? Okay, is it If I can see think of an example, if you’re selling something that’s that it’s based on a specific technology, but you but if you do research, you know that like another better technology is going to be coming out to potentially replace that

Steve: sure

Chris: Something like that would be an example, right? But that’s sort of what I would look at a little bit

Steve: just going back to your content site. Like there’s some risk factors was most of that traffic Google traffic?

Chris: Yeah. Yeah, exactly. And that’s and that I’ve had that happen right I’ve had sites were you know you’re making great money and all of a sudden you’re not not anymore.

Steve: Yeah. Okay. So I mean I guess most of the listeners aren’t e-commerce. So let’s talk about e-commerce a little bit. So let’s say you’re looking and you see Amazon businesses versus businesses that have their own e-commerce presence. Can you kind of comment on some of the things that you know buyers are looking for in both of those spaces?

Chris: Yeah, you know it’s interesting that you mentioned that example because I was just before we had our cause on a call with another buyer interested in one of the listings I’m selling right now. And you know, he was commenting that he doesn’t want to buy businesses that are just selling on Amazon. He’s only interested when they have you know, multiple different channels where they’re looking for, you know, if those got wholesale Channel, Shopify and Amazon for instance, but then also talk to buyers that because of the teams they built they have operational efficiencies around what they’re doing on Amazon and they have really good processes for building ranking products and things like that and they’re only interested in stuff that’s on Amazon.

So it’s really kind of again it varies the buyers and what they’re interested in. I would say that if you’re a business owner listening right now and you’re looking about how to maximize the value I’d say focus on the things that make you more comfortable if you think that, you know, being a hundred percent on Amazon is a risk then you do your best to try and scale up what you can on your Shopify store or you know equivalent platform that can help reduce that that business.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wiegler and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

Steve: So can we talk about multiples? Because I know everyone’s always interested in what you can buy and sell companies for. so for in Amazon business and I know there’s gonna be a lot of particulars here and depending on the size of the business that’s going to change too. But if you could just kind of provide some sort of range and where the breakpoints are in terms of Revenue of the business.

Chris: Yeah. I mean it’s and I know you kind of preface it with saying that there’s you know, what some of the pig you know that there’s a particular as they can make things different. I would say that to give a broad range and I will say that you can see e-commerce businesses as low as multiples in the two times range. And so that’s 2 times on the trailing 12 month. We call seller discretionary earnings. And so that’s basically you know what the business is earning but then there’s also things that you might be doing the business like let’s say there’s one owner and then there’s a one staff member that’s being paid and you’re paying yourself as an owner on the payroll.

Well, the way the industry is kind of align itself is that you can add back the value of one owner of working up to 40 hours a week back in the value of the business. So that payroll line item will be included down in the back schedule. And so we looked for expenses like that that the new owner wouldn’t have to pay for and then we include that in the ad back schedule after the net income line. And so add those together and that’s where we get the seller discretionary earnings.

Steve: So let me just translate what you just said just in case people out there don’t understand. Basically you’re allowed. So let’s say you’re paying yourself in your business. You are allowed to add your salary back into the value of the business as an ad back and up and ad back is basically ways that you can get money back and added to your valuation.

Chris: Yeah, exactly.

Steve: Okay, right. So you said as low as two which sounds really, is this for, what are the difference between Amazon versus your own e-commerce store?

Chris: Well, so let me just finish that thought on that was so I’d say let’s like to point something so like yeah, high twos low mid twos on up to you know. High fours high fives, it can really run the range I’d say that very common range can be in the 3s mid to low 3s High to high threes on seven-figure type transactions.

Steve: Yeah.

Chris: Once we start seeing larger multiples is when they start to get up to the range where you know, they could be it’s more like private Equity type buyers and things like that.

Steve: Is it like above seven figures then at that point or how big do you have to be to attract those type of buyers?

Chris: Yeah, that’d be more of like an eight-figure type range

Steve: Okay. Alright. So let’s take a million-dollar business. Let’s say. And can we talk about things that would drive it to the lower end of that range versus the higher end of that range, like what the different factors are?

Chris: I would say that the higher end of the range would be if there’s really strong year-over-year growth. We look at the growth transferability, the documentation. Those are kind of the things that we look at in terms of how easy it’s going to be for a new owner to take over the business. What type of opportunities just going to be to grow it. if you were to see like a this to businesses and you know once got somewhat declining revenue and you know, there’s you know, and so that’s going to indicate something that’s this, you know setting that wrong the wrong direction. Then that might be something that would drive it down to the you know, two timings.

Steve: Okay

Chris: exactly. Whereas if you’ve got your viewer growth of say 20% Okay, that’s nice. If you got your over year growth of 50 plus percent then that’s even better and so it can kind of shift in that regard and what I’d say too is that really, I can’t all have examples. I say it’s always like to really get evaluation and something completely nailed down. You have to talk with someone to get the specifics because every business is going to be different. So that’s where it’s like.

Steve: Well, let’s take your highest multiple transaction that you’ve done thus far. What were some of the characteristics that allowed it to go for such a high multiple.

Chris: Yeah

Steve: and don’t have to tell me about the company just tell me you don’t have to go into specifics, but just tell me what the characteristics were.

Chris: Well this one’s kind of the, in this case. It’s sort of an interesting business. the main thing was that they had a huge audience of people that been using this particular

Steve: like recurring Revenue?

Chris: Yeah. It was like recurring Revenue. They had like a huge audience around this company and the products that they were they were offering and it was also just there was a clear path where they’ve been hamstrung by just living off of the proceeds in the business and not really able not really devoting too much the resources back into to growth

Steve: I see

Chris: and so you know, and so we list the businesses. We listed it like a four times multiple and ended up selling it right about that that number actually so

Steve: So obviously you can’t have that with an Amazon business right having subscribers and recurring Revenue.

Chirs: Well, if you’re looking at the recurring Revenue side of things, you know, subscribe and say, those numbers are interesting to include, you know, if there’s a consumable Part of it in the business and so they actually can help drive up multiples as well because they know that even though it is Amazon and you know as much control over those customers there is some element of recurrent revenue from from those people.

Steve: I was just thinking in terms of an audience with this business.

Chris: Yeah. I mean that would be more of like a e-commerce business where they had you know other additional

Steve: I guess what I’m trying to get at is like how valuable is like having an email list and and you know SMS subscribers, for example

Chris: I would say that all those things kind of work together to help push the multiple up, but it’s not like something where it’s like oh because you have an email list with this many subscriber. Now you get this extra thing. It’s more of like, how does everything as a as a whole we’re together to drive the business forward. And then what is the growth look like for everything all together? Right? That’s kind of what helps to drive and look at the multiples

Steve: and that deal that you worked on. I mean, it sounds like that business had a lot of potential sold for high multiple. What were the reasons for that owner wanting to sell?

Chris: they’ve been working on it for like eight or nine years and I think it was just a case of

Steve: You don’t know.

Chris: Yeah, I mean, it’s some point unless you’re really interested in just doing the same thing for a really long time. Yeah, everyone gets to the point where they want to sell, I think

Steve: okay and just get a big cash out.

Chris : Yeah, because you know, then you get all that cash and you can decide you know in a lot of cases to these owners have all have another business. Like I’m the one I was on the collar today. He’s got other business already up and kind of going and he’s like, okay this one’s taken off and I’ve had the other one for seven years and it’s time to just You know sell that one and forget my attention and have a nice kind of financial event and kind of go from there.

Steve: I know Chris. You know, what I like about you is you don’t a lot of different things you’ve done SAS tools you’ve done e-commerce and you’ve done content. Can you kind of comment on the pros and cons of each one of those verticals from like a multiple standpoint and I guess how much work is involved?

Chris: Yeah. It’s a great question. yeah, I’ve done a lot. Yeah, I’ve done a lot of different models. I think that it’s I’d say that the highest multiples were probably be more likely on the south side of things.

Steve: Okay

Chris: just because there are a lot of the, the margins on SAS are just you know, in a lot of cases pretty incredible and then the growth potential is also, you know, if you find something that can really scale the business then you know, it’s just a question of how much cash you push back into it. To more forecast in the future

Steve: but Engineers are expensive too right? you need a support team. I don’t know. I’ve never run a SAS company before.

Chris: Yeah. No, of course. I think that’s the thing right? It’s I think that ultimately, I would say never never go into a business model just based on what multiple there might be four potential exit. You know, I think that it’s always makes more sense to go with go in the direction that’s most interesting to you. Like if you really like the idea of physical products brand and want to build something up and and you like being able to you know, you get Product samples, you can see that the tweaks you’re making with their suppliers to you know, come up with each products. That’s great head down that path if you like working with writers or creating cut the content yourself. Then something concentrated is makes more sense.

For me, It’s just sort of a natural progression going across different models and trying new things but I would say that the SAS tends to be higher multiples e-commerce and it’s a e-commerce in the content would follow behind that. But it also again it hate to say this going to said it so many times but it really does vary on like the specifics because that’s really what drives

Steve: the only thing we can really comment on ranges, right? So

Chris: yeah

Steve: I did a general framework there. What do you like about SAS vs e common, content? What are some of the cons I guess of SAS?

Chris: some of the cons I’d say is definitely the the technical side of things, you know, if there’s and this will vary based on what Niche you’re in, but you know, if you’re working and you’re building something that’s platform dependent in your in the shadow of a larger company then, what moves they make an influence how you have to make decisions in your business. You also have you know, the engineering side of things where you’ve got, you know, however many Technical Resources you have at your disposal and you know where you can focus their attention. The other content

Steve: Do you find marketing more difficult for a SAS business versus e-comm or content.

Chris: Definitely. Yeah, I think so.

Steve: why is that?

Chris: I think the challenge is that, sometimes it’s just finding those customers. Right? Like if you’re thinking of, I’m thinking of just buying my own SAS, it’s like okay, you know, how am I going to Market to people that are selling physical products on Amazon? Okay. Well, I do know that there’s lots of Facebook groups and things like that and I know there’s people with podcasts and things like, that have audiences and so I can go to those people and Market to them there but the marketing is, you know, it’s different than you know, if it’s an e-commerce business or a Content site and you’re just creating content that you’re trying to rank in Google and monetizing the traffic that comes through.

But the other kind of says well, it’s just yeah, I’d say that there’s a lot of competition and SAS as well. So, you know, if you find something that works well, then you’re likely to seek a competition come through as well.

Steve: What about on the content side? What are some of the cons there? That’s the, content is generally one of the more passive ways, right?

Chris: Yeah, I would say with content it’s you know, it’s sort of like, your biggest partner really with content is Google and a lot of ways, and so, you know, whether you want them to be your partner or not. They really are like this partner the background that you know, depending on the algorithm updates that come through you might like them or you might hate them. Yeah, we had a have a Converse brand with the former employee of mine and one of the things that’s because for him part of the way that I helped that him and wanted to end up hire him on full-time as he helped build like a Content site from scratch with me and I just kind of gave him the advice and what I wanted to do and so he took the those skills and applied it to creating content for the brand that we have.

And you know, there was an update where because we met he made a mistake of accidentally attributing the post that we have from medical professionals, the recruiting the content to his wife who’s a graphic designer. Google’s like, okay why this person is not qualified to comment on these medical things and so then ended up like Dramatically dropping the traffic in half, right?

Steve: Oh you got hit with the Medical Update. Yeah

Chris: Yeah, it says so but it was because it was like a an accidental misattribution on like the back end of our content management system of applying the wrong author to the article just threw like a tactical mistake essentially but yes going back to like the content side is you know, you’ve got Google as a huge partner and the algorithm updates and things like that. And so with content it’s always back to you know, the content you’re creating, how well is it served the intent of the person that searching for that content.

And then also like what is the backlink profile look like for your site, you know where you’re getting higher promoting your content and things of that nature. Content certainly were if you’re not Technical and you’re not as interested in doing physical inventory then content is a very attractive thing. That’s where I first started studying. I don’t have any money and I was just like, okay, how do I make money with having no money at all? And that’s why I went with content initially, you know that get it go

Steve: So I want to talk about you real quick. What are your future plans in terms of deals?

Chris: Yeah, right. Now I’m really focused just on the the broker side of things then also. I’m trying to think back to just like potentially new ideas as well. I’m looking at new software type businesses that I can start. I’m looking at, as well even if just new content type sites. I’ve met a few people. I went to the ad Thrive events after I sold that site. I was like, let me just go out to ad thrives, I can’t remember, we’re in Texas. I think it was Austin, or maybe it was Dallas, but I went to that ad Thrive event last year and I met a lot of people that had been running their sites for like eight years or so.

And it was like kind of interesting because I’ve never had a Content site really that I’ve had for that long and they were just still, you know, still passionate about what they were doing. And so, you know, it might be something along those lines as well kind of be inspired me to think about what’s like a bigger picture content-type play that I could do that I could see running for a long period of time. So I guess I’d say that I’m still kind of up in the air in terms of what my next steps are. I remain open to, you know new opportunities for buying things, but I’m also looking at new ideas as well and just trying to balance everything with what I’ve got as well.

Steve: it sounds like software is I mean, I’ve always known you as a software entrepreneur and it sounds like that’s where most of your interest lies.

Chris: Yeah. I mean, it’s software’s great. I mean, it’s just, you know you’ve asked about the cons earlier but like the pros when it was hospices like it’s really nice to know. Okay, especially when it’s recurring Revenue that it’s like okay. I know the very least I need to make this much money this month unless the chance and how dramatically increases. And so yeah software is fantastic.

And I, basically the very first business I ever sold was the content website back in 2010 and I used some of the cash from that content site sale to finance the first WordPress plugin that I did and then that kind of led to kind of going down some of the software path as well. So

Steve: And just to be clear you’re not a engineer or a developer yourself, right?

Chris: No, just more of a marketing sales type guy. So yeah

Steve: so you have like a technical co-founder for most of these projects?

Chris: Yeah, most of the time I have a partner in the cases that WordPress plugin. I hired someone that I went to a local WordPress Meetup in Seattle and then just said, has anyone know here that anyone know anyone that does WordPress plug-in development and then found Nick that way and then I’ve worked with him for like five, six years now or so, but yeah, and then and he’s a business partner, but that’s a lot of the times I’ve done that is just kind of partnering up that way.

Steve: So Chris, where can people find you for I guess advice in the buy and sell side over at quite light.

Chris: Yeah, I think the best way is to just send me send me an e-mail chris@queitlightbrokerage.com. I’m happy to get on call with people and just talk about you know, if they’re looking to buy and they want advice, you know, I can tailor that advice more specifically in that format than through a podcast. But yeah, I’m happy to talk to people that probably the best way to reach out.

Steve: All right, cool. Sounds good. Well Chris, I really appreciate your time man, this was very helpful.

Chris: Thanks, Steve

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now starting a business from complete scratch is a grind and you can easily jump start the process by buying another business for sale. And if you can manage to just break even for three years then it’s going to be worth it. For more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode299.

And once again, I want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

298: How My Student Sally Makes 6 Figures Selling Cross Stitch Supplies Online

298: How My Student Sally Makes 6 Figures Selling Cross Stitch Supplies Online

Today I’m really happy to have Sally Wilson on the show. Sally is a student in my Create A Profitable Online Store Course, she resides in the UK and she sells cross stitch supplies over at CaterpillarCrossstitch.com.

Sally has been a joy to have in the class and in this episode, she tells us her story and reveals how she has managed to generate all of her sales.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Sally got started with crossstitching
  • Sally’s motivations for starting her business
  • How Sally validated her niche before she began
  • How Sally generates sales
  • How Sally built an audience.

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses.

Now, it’s been a while since I’ve talked about successful students in my e-commerce course, so this month I’m going to be having a bunch of six and seven-figure students from my class on the podcast. And today, I’m happy to have Sally Osborne on the show and she sells cross stitch kits online over at caterpillarcross-stitch.com. And she’s an amazing woman as you’ll soon find out and we are going to learn how she became successful.

But before we begin I want to give a quick shout-out to Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when I implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Privy also offers a low-cost email solution for e-commerce Merchants. So if all you need are the basic email autoresponder sequences, like abandoned cart went back campaigns pre and post purchase flows. Then Privy might be an ideal solution for you. So bottom line, Privy allows you to turn the visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales. So head on over to preview.com Steve and try it for free. And if you decide you need some of the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for 15% off. Once again, that’s PRIVY.com/Steve

But before we begin I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store and I depend on them for over thirty percent of my revenues. Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who shopped in your store in exactly what they bought so let’s say I want to send an email to everyone who’s purchased a Red handkerchief in the last week, easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake and there’s full Revenue tracking on every single email sent now Klaviyo is most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free over at mywifequitherjob.com/Klaviyo. Once again, That’s my mywifequitherjob.com/Klaviyo.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast today. I’m really happy to have Sally Osborne on the show. Now, Sally is a student in my creative profitable online store course and she resides in the UK and she’s been an absolute joy to work with in the class. She is an avid cross stitcher and she sells cross-stitch supplies over at caterpillarcrossstitch.com and she’s been doing quite well. So, I decided to bring her on the show to tell her story and reveal how she has managed to generate all of her sales and with that, welcome to show Sally. How are you doing today?

Sally: I’m good. Thank you. You?

Steve: I’m very good. I’m so glad that we could get this rescheduled. I know that things are really hectic for you over the holidays, which I assume is a good thing.

Sally: Yeah, definitely good.

Steve: And you know a holiday season is really busy for us too, so it all worked out.

Sally: Yeah.

Steve: So Sally, please tell the audience about your store, what you sell and how you got started.

Sally: Okay, so my business is called Caterpillar Cross Stitch and we sell modern cross stitch kits. Some cross-stitch patterns and magnetic needle minders which are an essential for all stitches and then some other accessories as well to go with stitching like, project bags, pins. All kinds of bits and pieces. So, it’s been going for just about four years.

Steve: Oh, wow. I didn’t realize it’s been a long. Holly.

Sally: We just had… Not full-time, but just had four years for your birthday.

Steve: Nice.

Sally: But in that time, I have had two children. So, it’s only been the last year really that it’s been full-on concentrated.

Steve: Hahaha. Okay, and are these supplies of your own design or are you searching from somewhere?

Sally: So yeah, I design absolutely everything myself. So, everything is made especially for the brand. Nothing’s white labeled. So, it takes longer and everything is made by hand and it’s unique but that is our USP.

Steve: I see. So, everything is made by hand meaning you package everything?

Sally: All of it. Yes.

Steve: Oh okay. Wow!

Sally: Everything’s done in-house by the team. All of the designs done by me and no one else has the designs. You can’t buy them anywhere else. And then, there’s no competition in that sense. Like there are other cross stitch designers and kits and things but, some of them and the other websites do sell all kinds of other brands and other companies and they all kind of sell the same thing. So, my designs are exclusive to the website and then all of the other items like the needle minders and the bags are all designed by me. And we have all the stock and do everything here.

Steve: That is incredible. So, in terms of you mentioned team, how many members do you have?

Sally: So, there’s me and I tend to work. Well, it’s pretty much full-time if you actually add up all the hours. But it’s only three days in the week and then there’s three other part-time workers.

Steve: Okay. Yeah because you have kids…

Sally: But that counts my husband.

Steve: Yep.

Sally: Yes. Hahaha.

Steve: Do you count your husband as a kid too? Or… Hahaha.

Sally: Well, no hahaha. So, he… I sort of rope him in as often as I can, but he works full time. He’s an engineer…

Steve: Oh, he’s an… Okay, perfect.

Sally: Yeah, I keep saying to him that you left your job and did this with Jen and I’m like, “When are you going to quit?” He actually doesn’t want to; he loves his job so…

Steve: I did too actually and so I was just doing all the tech stuff on the side. I didn’t actually quit until I had my own thing. Just kind of completely by myself…

Sally: Yeah.

Steve: So, I understand how he feels. So, in terms of the materials like… So all the designs are yours, but in terms of the materials, are you sourcing those locally? Overseas?

Sally: So with the needle minders, they’re made in China. And the bank’s actually come from a factory in China as well.

Steve: Okay, and in terms of finding those vendors, did you actually go travel to China? Or do you use Alibaba?

Sally: I used Alibaba. I remember from your course saying, you know, you needed to be persistent and all the tips you gave us. So it does take a long time and a lot of patience and finding the right person and I think just communicating effectively exactly what you want and being really specific with the design and the spec because some of it can sort of get lost in translation, sometimes. But once I found sort of reliable and great factories and contacts there, it’s been okay, actually. So, with repeat orders and once they know what they’re doing I sent over the new designs… Or if there’s a new product and you know work together to develop it. So, it’s gets easier as it goes on.

Steve: What were your challenges during that phase, when you were looking for suppliers?

Sally: It wasn’t too bad to find suppliers. I probably tried to contact maybe five or six. Different companies from Alibaba. Looked at their reviews and how long they’ve been trading and things. But a few of the problems have just been like materials. So, in terms of the metal that’s used for the needle minders, which is essentially an enamel. Imagine like an enamel pin. It’s like that but magnetic there’s a magnet on the back, but it has to be a certain thick and brass alloy and it can’t have any other metals in it. Otherwise, the piece itself becomes magnetic and defeats the purpose. So, I did have probably 1200 of them shipped to England and they were all wrong.

Steve: Oh… Did you end up eating that cost? Or…

Sally: No, they replaced everything but it took another month. We’ve had some, where the magnets like again or probably a thousand. All the magnets came off but, not before I shipped them out, only after I ship them out. So, I then had to bear the cost of replacing them all. All the postage costs. So that was a bit of a nightmare, but generally it’s all been okay. So, I think we’ve got over the hurdle so far now.

Steve: Okay, are you using inspectors now or do you trust your vendor enough?

Sally: We just go for it now. Today sounds awful, I don’t even get samples. I just go for it because they’re not huge items. They’re not… It’s not like the sort of $50 or $100 they’re quite small and the people are so good that if there is a problem they tend to replace them for free. And in terms of the time I’d prefer to have the turnaround quicker. Get them advertised, get them sold, get them out there and I do a lot of pre-order as well. So, people will buy all of the needle minders up front and then they’ll be shipped out three weeks later. So, I’m quite hot on getting it turn around as quickly as possible and out the door.

Steve: That makes sense. And then these vendors that you deal with, how do you communicate with them? Is it through WeChat? Skype? Email?

Sally: Email. Just email.

Steve: Cool. Have you met them? Have you gone to China to meet them at all? Or it’s just…

Sally: No, I’ve never been. I’d like to go but, to be honest there isn’t really much… I don’t need to go and there’s only a few products. It’s only like the enamel metal factories, the magnet Factory and then like the fabric canvas bag factory. So, it’s kind of a standard product and I think everyone knows what they’re doing so… Maybe one day but with the kids and stuff at home right now, I don’t really get a lot of time.

Steve: Yeah, it’s tough. I’m lucky to have you on this interview and I know their bedtime is pretty soon.

Sally: Yeah, it’s nearly half 6:00 at night. So, yeah.

Steve: So, before you decided to invest in this, how did you know that your items were going to sell? Like, how did you validate your niche?

Sally: Well I spoke to you about it many times. So, what I did if you want to sort of a bit of background, so I trained as a lawyer and practice law for years and then it probably been about eight or nine years. And then when I had my first child, I was on maternity leave and I had a year. Which I know is a lot longer than some people get in America that I thought right? I’ve only got a year to figure out what am I going to do because I thought this is my opportunity and I had been reading your blog for years My Wife Quit Her Job and I thought, right… I’ve got to do it.

So, I think my daughter was about five months. I did your course every nap time every morning every evening and went through probably about six different, ideas different options spent a lot of time on keywords and market samurai and speaking to you and I’d always loved crafts. I’d always been quite creative. I think that’s what I was missing with law and everything just kind of fit in, really.

I probably I did sell some patterns on eBay, but that wasn’t really sort of the target audience anyway, and I was wanting to go for the full kit. So, the full package with threads and needle and fabric and pattern and everything you need ready to get going. But they sold really well just the printed patterns that was on eBay and I did loads of research on Facebook. So, I found out that there was like 50 plus Facebook groups dedicated to cross stitching there is about seven different cross-stitching magazines. Loads of what they call floss tube channels. So, it’s YouTube and the cotton thread in England in America is called floss. So, everyone has lots of channels.

So, it was more I did do the specifics and I did run the numbers but it was more of a feeling which I sort of pondered over for probably three months and it was a general feeling of actually… This community is underserved. It’s really passionate. It kind of ticked every box. I got to design stuff make stuff with my hands the people that bought the products, continue to buy them. It’s not a one-time purchase and then you don’t see them again and it’s a real community feel. It’s not just I don’t know like a mug or something. It’s the stitching can take one month; it can take six months. They will have them up in their houses forever. They’ll give them to someone for Christmas.

They become these kind of heirloom works of art and then they sort of, we’ll come back for the next one. So, it just kind of ticked every box and it just felt right, in my gut. I think that’s all I can kind of describe it as a really.

Steve: Your products are very design-related, right? because you’re designing everything. How did you know that people were going to like your designs? Like did you just had confidence in your own designs that they would sell?

Sally: So, in terms of the design… I don’t really have much of a design background other than doing art and graphic design and stuff at school or college.

Steve: That’s a background right there. Hahaha.

Sally: Hahaha yeah. And I always just loved arts and crafts and stuff, but we did put some bits and pieces up on Reddit. There’s quite a big cross stitch community on Reddit and I think before I’d even started the business because you’re not really allowed to market it or sell anything from there, but in terms of the designs, I did get some feedback and people said they liked them. But yeah, it was a bit of a risk because I’m not technically an artist and it’s a good question because I didn’t really know if people would like them or not. I just thought let’s go for… And there wasn’t anything like that out there.

Steve: Okay.

Sally: I did a lot of research on everything that was available and everything was pretty much the same kind of style, a bit old-fashioned and originally, I started out with a collection of… It was only five designs but each design was available in three different colorways and they were all baby birth samplers, which is one of the main reasons traditionally that someone would get into cross stitching or embroidery would be the birth of a child and they would stitch their name and the personalization on which is another option that I offered.

So, it just worked out quite well, but I have adapted things over the years. I’ve learned exactly what people like, bright colors and people kind of liked animals and cute things, but I try to keep I’m quite modern and not to… I don’t know, hipsy if you know what I mean.

Steve: Hahaha. So how much money would you say, you invested to get started?

Sally: So, your course, I bought a new camera which I didn’t need but I just wanted a new camera and I know you say you don’t need to buy all of this cool equipment, but I also really wanted to do my own Flosstube channel. So, I did get a new camera which was probably 400, 500 pounds, your course. What else did I get? Oh, so I got software to design the patterns. So, the software is quite specific. So that was probably a hundred and fifty pounds and then the Shopify website becoming whatever that was. I think $25 per month. And that was it really… I suppose other than that, the materials.

I started off buying really really low quantities less than 100 pounds and I remember my husband originally… Like he’s very supportive but he’s also quite pessimistic about of things and he’s very cautious and said, “Don’t worry we can sell things on eBay.” And I was thinking, that’s not much of a gopher attitude but there wasn’t really much risk and there wasn’t really much invested.

Steve: Okay, that’s great. So, under a thousand dollars is what it sounds like.

Sally: Yeah.

Steve: You know, what’s funny is your husband is a lot like me. Maybe it’s because he’s an engineer. I had the exact same attitudes when I when I got started at first too so… Hahaha.

Sally: Oh really? Haha. It works quite well because I’m quite spontaneous and impatient and I just go for things.

Steve: So, you wouldn’t describe yourself as technical, would you? Did you have any problems with the site or any of the technical aspects of getting started?

Sally: Well, I did originally because I thought as I pretty much watch every one of your videos, and thought, “I know. I will code the entire website myself. How hard can it be? And then I quickly realized that I was probably going to spend the next 2 years if I was going down that road and thought, “You know what? I don’t need to do all of it myself.” I think like you say, you need to pick what your best skills what you’re good at and everything else. You can always find someone else to do it. There’s always an option don’t waste time basically. So, I went with Shopify which was perfectly fine. I found that quite easy to set up and have loved it really ever since.

Steve: Cool. Did your husband help you at all with it? Or because it’s a beautiful-looking site.

Sally: Thanks. No. Weirdly, he’s not… He’s quite into the numbers and accounts and things like that. But he doesn’t really do anything with the website, no. He’s now been transferred into fulfillment and stock check and stuff like that.

Steve: Yeah. So my wife… Like this is over the holidays, she invited me out to lunch at the office and I walked in she’s like, “Oh my god, look, there’s some boxes there that need to be moved.” Haha

Sally: Yeah, I actually saw that on Instagram.

Steve: Yes. Exactly.

Sally: That’s why I’m like… Basically, a lot of you here you just do this. Haha

Steve: Exactly haha. So, let’s talk about your first sale. How did you get your first sale?

Sally: So, I think I pretty much set up the Facebook page, Facebook group, Instagram account all at the same time and the YouTube channel. The website went live pretty much at the end of my… Was it the end of my maternity leave? In fact, it wasn’t. What happened was I had a year off which was the year of 2014 and then from the January 2015 it took me a long time to do all of the designs and do all of the… Get all the suppliers and everything and get everything up and running. So, my first sale was until the end of 2015 and that was just via the website. So, it’s gone live.

I don’t know I’d probably didn’t even look at analytics. I don’t know how they got there. I just knew it wasn’t a family member and I didn’t know them. It must have been a real sale. And but I think just from Facebook, I spent a lot of time looking at the kind of content that worked and the people were sharing. I tried to make loads of connections with other Facebook group admins and see if they can kind of share my content and stuff. But yeah just grew really organically in the beginning.

Steve: Is your… So first of all, just for the benefit of the readers you get most of your sales from your own website, right?

Sally: Yes, almost everything.

Steve: Oh almost everything? Okay. So, you’re not on Amazon. You said you were on Etsy earlier before we started this interview.

Sally: Yeah, the kits and patterns aren’t on Etsy but there’s a couple of needle minders but with the Etsy fees that they deduct, I’ve put the prices up of the item. So, if someone was to buy it makes more sense to just get it from the website.

Steve: I see. Okay.

Sally: They’re just there. I don’t even know why they’re there. They’re just there for the sake of it to be honest.

Steve: So, everything… Basically, the majority almost all of your sales come from your own website.

Sally: Yeah, pretty much everything.

Steve: So, do you know whether they come from your YouTube channel? Or Facebook? Or exactly what?

Sally” So, I actually looked at this the other day. So, I do a lot of email marketing.

Steve: Hmm okay. Are you using Klaviyo?

Sally: I use MailChimp culture. I have looked into klaviyo and it is something that I am going to spend a bit more time doing since MailChimp and Shopify have parted ways, earlier this year or last year. But I would probably say it was something like 50% Facebook, 30% Instagram, 10% YouTube. Email marketing a pretty big chunk and then it kind of knocked 50% of Facebook, but most of it Facebook basically that I’ve quite a large following of the Facebook page and also in the group which I put a lot of effort into. And also, just a lot through Google search.

Steve: Okay. Can we talk about your Facebook group strategy? Like how did you… When you first started out when you had no fans and nothing what were some of the things that you did to kind of get started?

Sally: So, I practiced law with my camera tries to get some great shots. I kept sharing other people’s content Rachel Miller, who I think you had on quite a long time ago. I did her free… I basically used as many of her free resources as I could and used her… Sort of copied her tips and everything and she’s got a Facebook group. That’s really really helpful called. I think Facebook… Massive Growth or something?

Steve: She changed it recently. Yeah.

Sally: But I just kept sharing images people love memes. As well funny memes about shopping for supplies and then having to hide them from your husband or something. Like they’ll be a cat driving a car and what do you have over there? Like hobby lobby, all have a sale on and the cats like I’ve got to get there now, but funny things like that. So, I would just keep sharing and another thing that I wanted to mention was, I’ve always tried to be really make really good contact with anyone in the group. They might not necessarily be a customer.

But always remembering people’s names and having conversations with them people will talk about their children and the Facebook group is not just for sales. It’s also just to it’s this whole community of support. And people don’t talk about everything but we do welcome all kinds of other conversations if something’s happened that day, something happening their family and it really is this group of friends, and then the sales is way further down the line. But people are so loyal and you have that… They know me, they know the brand.

Steve: So, you’re very active in this group yourself and commenting…

Sally: Yeah.

Steve: Okay.

Sally: Yeah, there’s me and then two of the admins. Just because you’ve just got to 5,000 members so there’s a lot of… there’s a lot going on. So yeah, I just need a couple of other people to help.

Steve: What are some things that you do within that group to kind of foster the conversation or it’s probably organic at this point, but in the beginning have…

Sally: Yeah in the beginning. So again, I think it might be Rachel Miller’s kind of advice was to post maybe three times a day, but always different styles of things. So, one could be an image, one could be a video. I would always share the content across all platforms or sort of repurpose it. Obviously, I wouldn’t put off a full YouTube video on Facebook, but I could do snippets of things and then ask questions, really. Not so open-ended like, “How’s your day been?” But one of the designs was this.

We say holiday and vacation themes. And we might say, “Oh, where’s your best vacation?” Or whatever and everyone’s talking about that and what are the elements within the pattern which was called seize the day. So, a mixture of things just to get to know people and get them talking without being too obvious. Like, “Can everyone please comment?” Things they might be interested in.

Steve: Hehe sure. And then occasionally, you’ll just slip in like a new product that you’re thinking about releasing or design?

Sally: Yeah. And the thing is I kind of tailor it, depending on the main Facebook page or the group. So, in the page, which is a little bit more… It’s not formal but just it’s more personalized in the group and I will ask more questions in the group. So for example, we do charity products as well and one the other week, people can vote on what they want and what they want to support and everyone voted for the Australian bushfires to support them.

So, I designed a koala needle minder which is in production and everyone’s pre-ordered that and but then, that money can go to Australia straight away and we’ve done one for cancer research, and also for mind which is a mental health charity here in the UK. But they’ll be all sorts of questions. So, I’m trying to think I’ve also started doing events and workshops. So it’ll be,” Which day of the week do you want events on?” or “Which… What kind of a location?”

Steve: Are these live or are these virtual?

Sally: The events are in person, real life events. So yeah, that was November 2019.

Steve: Oh, that’s why you’re so busy.

Sally: Yeah. So, this… To do a few more and hopefully take it a bit further. Maybe sort of do London, Birmingham, Manchester there have been quite a lot of requests to come to America, but I’m not quite sure I can handle that, just yet.

Steve: Well, take your entire family if you do.

Sally: Oh, yeah. Definitely. I mean we could do a whole road trip.

Steve: Exactly

Sally: Yeah. It’s like a big friendly community in the Facebook group.

Steve: And then, do you run any paid ads at all?

Sally: Yes, so I always… I mean I didn’t really, in the early years. I think it just takes a while to get your head around to ads. But in terms of Facebook, I actually was contacted by Facebook expert which just pops up one day. I clicked on the link on the business page or business manager and I’ve got this now Facebook expert in marketing who calls me every month and we go through all of the ads so I have sometimes 2 ads running and within that, there’s three different ad sets.

So, one might be quite broad to find new people, one is retargeting and then one is quite specific if someone’s interacted with an Instagram post or they’ve watched sort of 25 seconds of a Facebook video that haven’t bought, we’ll retarget them. There’s lots of variation on the Facebook ads and I’m slowly learning more as we go along and then being more confident to increase ad spend.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wiegler and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

Let’s talk about your YouTube channel. So, what type of videos do you put on there?

Sally: So, tutorials how to cross stitch, how to use a hoop, all about the needles and what kinds of fabric because you can stitch on pretty much anything also time-lapses. So, if you keep that camera in the same place and take snapshots bit like stop motion and then while you’re stitching those can turn out pretty cool. Also, Vlogs of like craft days out so if you imagine like a convention or something. And I will Vlog if I go to anything like that or like a stitching market or whatever.

Actually, what else I’ve done? I’ve logged the events because there’s lot of people that couldn’t come. I’m trying to think… There’s all kinds of things in there but it’s all quite specific to cross stich.

Steve: Are those videos repurposed like on your… Do you have… You have a blog too I remember.

Sally: So, there’s the blog which is part of the website. So, it’s the Shopify blog.

Steve: And then to the YouTube channel, I guess you’re trying to get subscribers. But do you just have a link in the description to point people back to your site or are these like your Facebook folks going over to watch your YouTube channel and vice versa. Are they like separate channels?

Sally: So, on the YouTube. So I do repurpose all of the content in different ways. So yeah, they’ll be stuff on the blog and then that might I don’t know push people through to YouTube. I’m trying to have a think… So for example, we’ve got a project at the moment which is called stitch together. So, there’s people from all over the world and everybody is stitching a 3-inch square and it can be their name and then any kind of icon that represents them or where they’re from. And then they are being stitched together and we must have three or four hundred into this huge wall-tapestry-type thing and all of the details for that. That’s in a blog, that’s on all social media.

There’s a full video all about that on the YouTube channel as well. But yeah in YouTube, so I’ve done a lot of research on search terms and although it is a small niche, there is a large group of passionate stitchers and also there’s way sort of more younger people coming into as well. All of the time for various reasons. They could be older people that sort of new people joining the craft and in the description box.

I have links to sign up for the newsletter. So, they… I’ve designed a free ebook. So, there’s five different cross stitch patterns, which basically covered a whole year. So you’ve got valentine’s day, Halloween, there’s a bluebird, there’s all kinds of different patterns in there to basically suit anyone. So, there’s a link to that and there’s quite a high conversion of people that will come through the videos. If they’ve watched at least half of the video and then sign up, they can join the Facebook group they can shop but I try not to straight away be like go to the shop. It’s easier to say go to the group and sign up for newsletter.

And then I’ve got a funnel of probably ten emails when they sign up for the newsletter and that works quite well actually and it’s not too pushy.

Steve: And you’re giving value right? You’re giving away these designs.

Sally: Yes, they’re getting designs and then they’ll be more tutorials and they’ll be helpful blog posts and it’ll be something else before I say, “Oh, would you like to join our Stitch along project? And would you like to buy this new thing?” But yeah, I think there’s sort of how to wash your cross stitch, how to frame it those kinds of things.

Steve: Let’s talk about email marketing a little bit and your repeat business. So, are you running a bunch of these set flows? Is it primary your pre-purchase? How are you getting people to buy again?

Sally: So there’s probably 9 different emails in the welcome funnel, is what we call it?

Steve: Yep.

Sally: I don’t know the terminology. I just, I just know what I’m doing. So, there’s an initial email that goes out, I think 24 hours after someone signs up and they have the free ebook of the patterns and we also offer 10% off and what I’ve always done with the email list is, it might be smaller than some people’s but it’s very concentrated. So, I think this was one of your tips, was to see who isn’t opening they haven’t engaged with any or however many emails recently, haven’t opened them, haven’t clicked through and then I’ll send them.

There are two final emails if they haven’t bought anything. They’ve been there for a long time and they’re just not bothered and I’ll have these clear outs every four months which means that the open rates because it’s quite a concentrated list of people who genuinely are interested are like 40 percent now on pretty much everything.

Steve: Nice nice. And then for the people who have bought from you’re ready, I imagine a lot of as you mentioned before people who buy from you, they will often buy like the next design. And so, are you just periodically sending them out? Emails? Like when you have something new available and that sort of thing.

Sally: Yes. So, all of the… So when’s the new blog post that goes out, when there’s a new YouTube video that goes out. We also have Stitcher of the Month. So that person wins a voucher to spend in the store and they tell their whole story and they can go into detail about how they learn to stitch and what their favorite project is. It doesn’t have to be one of mine. It can be anything if they’ve done a cushion or an item of clothing, whatever. And people love that and although I’m not selling people still buy from those emails weirdly.

Steve: Yeah, you know, it seems like you’ve created a really good, really tight-knit community. And by sharing their stories, they’ll feel more a part of it and other people read these stories and they’re more inspired to get started crafting as well.

Sally: Yeah in terms of post-purchase, we have for something that goes out a while after that says,”Do you like your product? And is there anything we can do to help if you’ve got any queries?” Because sometimes people might need help completing the actual cross stitch. Although, we do include instructions and things. We’ll always offer that support follow-up and then you’ll leave and nice review or something.

Yeah, and then every time there’s a new release or a new product those will be kind of intertwined with the content emails but we also do stitch longs three a year which are kind of like imagine a subscription service. So, you’ll buy the materials and then every month, you’ll get sent a new pattern.

Steve: Nice.

Sally: So those are kind of, on top of just buying a kit as it comes. These are kind of like an added extra.

Steve: So, Sally so there’s a lot of people listening to this podcast who are kind of on the fence about getting started or they really want to start a standalone e-commerce store. What’s sort of advice would you tell some of these new people just based on what you’ve experienced?

Sally: I would say don’t be afraid because sometimes you don’t really… You can’t necessarily identify exactly what’s stopping you but, I think most of the time it’s fear and I think that to be grateful for everything that you have and I’ve been reading this book recently, which is Jensen Cello who says, ”To be grateful for everything that you don’t have yet and visualize the life you want.” Visualize yourself running that business and being successful and if you have that faith and that gratitude, that will completely overcome any fear.

I think that the degree of obviously having to validate a niche and be sensible and run the numbers and everything else, financially. But I think a lot of it is just being afraid. Afraid of what people think or how we see ourselves and if we don’t know anyone who’s an entrepreneur, who hasn’t done it before. I would say, “Just get going. What’s the worst that can happen?” It’s been the best thing I’ve ever done.

I’m so glad I found your blog but I think it’s really hard to take that leap and when you’ve trained in a job and that’s almost who you’ve become and what people sort of view you as to then say, “Oh, by the way, I’m just going to leave this career and set up this business.” And for the first few years, you really have to block out any negative comments from other people.

I’ve had some really patronizing comments said to me, over the years and I just smile and think that’s fine, you can go back to your 9 to 5 if that’s what makes you happy and I don’t necessarily talk about it a lot to other people. I just think that’s fine because I’m… Honestly, it’s one of the most fulfilling things anyone can do, is having that freedom over your life over your working life leads to happiness basically. So, I would just say get on with it basically stop making excuses and get on with it.

Steve: So Sally, if you were just kind of pick like your top two challenges that you personally faced in starting, what were they? And you know, if you have any advice or on how you overcame those two biggest obstacles with your business.

Sally: One of the biggest obstacles… I would say, I haven’t necessarily anything practically. I was thinking you can get over; you can learn anything if it’s the website. These days there’s so many resources out there. You can type anything into Google or YouTube. And as long as you are focused, you can always figure everything out. Nothing’s too difficult. I think the main challenge is doubting yourself because you’re alone and you’ve gone from usually work if you’ve been working somewhere.

There’s a larger team and you’ve got a boss who’s saying, ”Oh well done for this” And there’s always someone to ask for help. Often, you’re working alone at home you in the house all day and I think it’s so easy to doubt yourself and think, “Hang on what on Earth am I doing?” You know, I haven’t got a clue. So, I always say to people the number one thing is, resilience. Keep going. Don’t stop you’ve got to believe in yourself and not looked for anyone else or reassurance or to pat you on the back? You’ve got to have laser focus and determination.

Steve: Okay. Yeah, that’s a good answer. With your husband, your husband’s been supportive through this entire process?

Sally: Yeah.

Steve: When did he become a believer?

Sally: Probably… I don’t know a couple of years in maybe. I think… I mean it’s because I’ve had the two children, it’s kind of been a bit up and down, but once I started getting going and the growth has been insane. And again, I think in the early years, it’s so hard because you’re putting so much content out there. You’re working hard. You’ve got these products that you really believe in but no one can really find you.

You know, you’re not at the top of Google search results, but once everything starts to come together, it can grow quite quickly and I really found that over the last 18 months. It’s kind of exploded and I think that was the point where he thought, “Hang on a minute actually.” And now, he’s completely on board and is loving life and funding retirement. That’s yeah won’t quit his job.

Steve: Hahaha. So Sally, I did want to give you an opportunity to tell the readers where they can find you, where all your various groups are, have them sign up for your list. I’m sure there’s people out there interested in cross stitch. I didn’t tell you this actually, but when we first had our first child, we actually did a little cross stitch project too. So, when you mention that there’s a lot of people that do that. Yeah because you want something as like a keepsake.

Sally: Yeah. Did you actually search it?

Steve: Well, I did a little bit of it. But my wife did most of it.

Sally: Oh. You know an awful lot of people, it’s kind of like this weird secret. An awful lot of people come up to me and they’ll go, “I actually do cross stitch, you know?” And they’ll kind of whisper it as if it’s one of those hobbies that you do in the house. No one really talks about it and…

Steve: It’s quite relaxing. Actually.

Sally: Yeah, it’s very relaxing. It’s like yoga for the mind.

Steve: Exactly.

Sally: I asked you did a blog post all about how it’s great for people to kind of zone out at the end of a hard day and there’s a lot of male stitchers. That’s a whole new thing, there’s a lot of male floss tubers but there’s children are doing it, teenagers are doing it. If your kind of stressed or anxious, you’ve got new mums on maternity leave that have been with this baby all day and they’re thinking, “I just need to relax and you know, just zone out.” So yeah, there’s a lot of people doing it.

Steve: And it feels great when you’re done.

Sally: Oh, it’s amazing. That’s so amazing. Because the thing is, you’re not just doing it for the sake of it. Like, you know, you can go for a run or something. But this way, you look at it. You think, look at what I’ve achieved and then it’s on your wall and you can show off to everyone. So, the website is caterpillarcrossstitch.com I’m actually launching a new business that I don’t think I’ve told you about.

Steve: No, you have not.

Sally: It’s called loveitstitchit.com and it is a new design platform that it’s my new tech startup. But it’s not launching until February 2020. So, I can’t tell you too much about it right now, but that’s really exciting and that’s been something that I’ve developed from feedback from customers over the years YouTube is Caterpillar Crossstitch Instagram is at Caterpillar Crossstitch and Facebook is Caterpillar Crossstitch.

Steve: Well, that’s great Sally. I really appreciate you coming on the show and finding some time to come on and you’ve just been fantastic to work with over the years. I just really love your enthusiasm and I guess the most important trait that I saw on you right away is that you’re a go-getter like if you get stuck on something like just keep hammering at it until you solve it and it’s just persistence and that drive that makes you really successful.

Sally: Ohh well, thank you so much for all of your help. I couldn’t have done it without you.

Steve: Thanks a lot Sally and next time I’m in the UK, I will definitely look you up.

Sally: Yeah, definitely. Thanks so much.

Steve: Take care.

Hope you enjoyed that episode now. Sally is a very driven woman and I have no doubts that her business will hit seven figures at some point. For more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode298.

And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

Oh, I also want to thank thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!